WQ0039997_Application_20240207

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Division of Water Resources
15A NCAC 02T .0600 — SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE
WASTEWATER IRRIGATION SYSTEM — RENEWAL
10111 NU ALy 01 IWAT1LT/ R9 M11041
Pursuant to 15A NCAC 02T .0107(b), if the application does not include all required information and the necessary supporting
documentation, the application shall be returned. The application and attachments shall be prepared in accordance with 15A
NCAC 02T .0100, 15A NCAC 02T .0600, and Division Policies. For more information, visit the Water Quality Permitting
Section's Non -Discharge Branch website. The Applicant shall submit an electronic copy of the application and attachments
uploaded as a single Portable Document Format (PDF) file to https://edocs.deci.nc.aov/Forms/NonDischarae-Branch-Submittal-
Form-Ver2, or emailed to Non-Discharge.Reports(&ncdenr.gov if less than 20 megabytes (MB).
SECTION I — APPLICANT INFORMATION
1.
Applicant: Alexander P. Constantine and Marissa L. Carmi
2.
Permit No.: WQ0039997
3.
Signature authority: AlexanderP. Constantine and Marissa L. Carmi
Title: Owners
4.
Mailing address: 7816 Walnut Grove Church Rd.
City: Hurdle Mills
State: NC Zip: 27541-
5.
Contact person: AlexanderP. Constantine
Email: [e-mail]
Primary phone number: [phone] Home
Secondary phone number: ( ) - Select
6.
Secondary Contact person: Marissa L. Carmi
Email:
Primary phone number: [phone] Home
Secondary phone number: ( ) - Select
SECTION II — FACILITY INFORMATION
1. Physical address: 7816 Walnut Grove Church Rd. County: Orange
City: Hurdle Mills
State: NC Zip: 27541-
yX6111Y[1101103100lecalei ICI]NuEvll[Il►11111111111111
1. Billing address: 7816 Walnut Grove Church Rd.
City: Hurdle Mills State: NC Zip: 27541-
2. Verify the Applicant does not have any overdue annual fees:
https://deg.ne. gov/about/divisions/water-resources/water-resources-permits/wq-el2ayments
Pursuant to 15A NCAC 02T .0120(c), permits for renewing facilities shall not be granted if the Applicant or any affiliation has
an unpaid annual fee.
FORM: SFRWWIS-R 02-21 Page 1 of 4

SECTION IV — OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Permit No.: WQ0039997 County: Orange
Permittee: Alexander P. Constantine and Manssa L. Carmi (i.e., all deeded property owners)
The Permittee agrees to operate and maintain the single-family residence wastewater treatment and irrigation system as
follows:
1. Inspect the septic tank annually, and pump out solids as needed.
2. Inspect and clean the septic tank effluent filter annually. (if applicable)
3. Inspect the tablet chlorinator weekly. Add wastewater grade chlorine tablets (e.g., calcium hypochlorite) as needed.
Swimming pool grade chlorine tablets are not acceptable. (if applicable)
4. Inspect the ultraviolet disinfection unit weekly. Clean or replace the lamps and quartz sleeves as needed. (if
applicable)
5. Inspect all storage tanks, pumps, and alarms monthly. Remove the floating scum layer in all pump/storage tanks
when pumping the septic tank solids out.
6. Inspect the spray irrigation system monthly to verify: proper operation of the spray heads; that there are no leaks;
that vegetative growth does not obstruct the spray heads; that the irrigated wastewater is not ponding in or running
off the designated irrigation area; and that there are no objectionable odors. (if applicable)
7. Inspect the drip irrigation system monthly to verify: proper operation of the drip lines; that there are no leaks; that
vegetative growth does not obstruct the drip emitters; that the irrigated wastewater is not ponding in or running off
the designated irrigation area; and that there are no objectionable odors. (if applicable)
8. Maintain a set of Division -approved engineering plans and specifications.
9. Pay the required annual fee.
10. Request renewal of this permit on Division -approved forms no later than 180 days prior to expiration.
11. Sign and provide a Change of Ownership application to any future owner of the single-family residence wastewater
treatment and irrigation system for their completion and submission to the Division of Water Resources.
I/We understand the above requirements and agree to these terms as part of the issued permit.
Signature:
Signature
Signature:
Signature:
/, ,Kill, III!
Date: 02/07/2024
Date: 02/07/2024
Date:
Date:
All deeded property owners shall sign this Operation and Maintenance Agreement
FORM: SFRWWIS-R 02-21 Page 2 of 4

ATTACHMENT A — SITE MAP
16
Was the facility originally permitted or had a major modification issued after September 1, 2006?
® Yes —Pursuant to 15A NCAC 02T .0105(d), submit a site map pursuant to the requirements in 15A NCAC 02T .0604(d). These
requirements are:
® A scaled map of the site with topographic contour intervals not exceeding 10 feet or 25 percent of total site relief and showing
all facility -related structures and fences within the wastewater treatment, storage, and irrigation areas.
® Soil mapping units shown on all irrigation sites.
® The location of all wells (including usage and construction details if available), streams (ephemeral, intermittent, and
perennial), springs, lakes, ponds, and other surface drainage features within 500 feet of all wastewater treatment, storage,
and irrigation sites.
® Delineation of the compliance and review boundaries per 15A NCAC 02L .0107 and .0108, and 15A NCAC 02T .0601.
® Setbacks as required by 15A NCAC 02T .0606.
® Site property boundaries within 500 feet of all wastewater treatment, storage, and irrigation sites.
® All habitable residences or places of public assembly within 500 feet of all treatment, storage, and irrigation sites.
❑ No — Skip Attachment A.
ATTACHMENT B — SIGNATURE AUTHORITY DELEGATION
Does the signature authority in Section I, Item 3 meet the requirements pursuant to 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b)?
® Yes — Skip Attachment B.
❑ No — Submit a delegation letter pursuant to 15A NCAC 02T .0106(c) authorizing the signature authority to sign.
TTACHMENT C — FLOW REDUCTION
Does the existing permit include an approved flow reduction?
❑ Yes — Submit a copy of the flow reduction approval letter, as well as the measured monthly average amount of wastewater flow
contributed per unit for the 12 months prior to permit renewal. If any of these monthly averages are within 20% of the approved
flow reduction value, the Permittee shall provide a reevaluation of the reduced flow value pursuant to the requirements in 15A
NCAC 02T .0114(f).
® No — Skip Attachment C.
ATTACHMENT D — EASEMENT, ENCROACHMENT, AND LEASE AGREEMENTS
Does the Permittee own all of the land associated with the wastewater collection, treatment, conveyance, and irrigation system?
® Yes — Skip Attachment D.
❑ No — Pursuant to 15A NCAC 02T .0116(c), provide a copy of all easements, lease agreements, and encroachment agreements
allowing the Permittee to operate and maintain the wastewater collection, treatment, conveyance, and irrigation system on
property not owned by the Permittee.
ATTACHMENT E — AFFILIATIONS
Are the Permittee's affiliations of record correct? Check affiliations.
❑ Yes — Skip Attachment E.
® No — Provide the corrected affiliations and their contact information.
ATTACHMENT F — COMPLIANCE HEDULES
Does the existing permit include any Compliance Schedules? (See Section I of the most recently issued permit)
® Yes — Submit documentation that the compliance schedules have been met.
❑ No — Skip Attachment F.
FORM: SFRWWIS-R 02-21 Page 3 of 4

� ATTACHMENT G — CAIL PENALTIES AND OUTSTANDING VIOLATIONS
Does the Permittee have any existing civil penalties or outstanding violations?
❑ Yes civil penalties) — Submit payment for the civil penalty, or proof of remission request.
❑ Yes (violations) — Submit a copy of your response to the Notice of Violation.
® No — Skip Attachment G.
ATTACHMENT H — SETBACK WAIVERS
Does the existing permit include setback waivers?
® Yes — Pursuant to 15A NCAC 02T .0606(c), provide setbacks waivers that have been written, notarized, signed by all parties
involved, and recorded with the county Register of Deeds. Waivers involving the compliance boundary shall be in accordance
with 15A NCAC 02L .0107.
❑ No — Skip Attachment H.
APPLICANT'S CERTIFICATION
I, '44; L_a� /00 attest that this application
(Signature authority's name as noted in Section I, Item 3)
has been reviewed by me and is accurate and complete to the best of my knowledge. I understand that if all required parts of this
application package are not completed, and that if all required supporting information and attachments are not included, this
application package will be returned as incomplete. I further certify pursuant to 15A NCAC 02T .0120(b), that the applicant, or any
parent, subsidiary, or other affiliate of the applicant has: not been convicted of environmental crimes under; not previously abandoned
a wastewater treatment facility without properly closing the facility; not paid a civil penalty; not been compliant with any compliance
schedule in a permit, settlement agreement, or order; not paid an annual fee.
Note: The Applicant's Certification shall be signed pursuant to 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b). An alternate person may be delegated as
the signing official if a letter is provided pursuant to 15A NCAC 02T .0106(c). Pursuant to § 143-215.6A and § 143-215.613, any
person who knowingly makes any false statement, representation, or certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class
2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not to exceed $10,000 as well as civil penalties up to $25,000 per violation.
Signature: 'K� ID � Date: 02/07/2024
IYIIW010119aovN0117.1W90Iff.11Nrller:l►117:r0KTQsQ/1Biel 100so M 00.1I=Ylltlu110N0117:VyRyl►r"0a91701110NkTA ET
Email:
Non-Discharae.Reports(&ncdenr. aov
Laserfiche Upload:
https://edocs. deo.nc.aov/Forms/NonDischarae-Branch-
Submittal-Form-Ver2
FORM: SFRWWIS-R 02-21 Page 4 of 4

Z; 1\
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Constant ine Residence
SFR Wastewater Irrigati on System
Orange Coun ty
Proj ect Specifications
FINAL DESIGN
REL EASED F OR CONSTRUCTION
This document was originally signed and sealed by
Kevin D. Davidson, NC PE #024582 on May 11, 2018.
SEAL: This medium shall not be considered a signed and sealed document.
Client: Alexander Constantine and Marissa Carmi
519 High Ridge Drive
Durham, NC 27707
Property Location: Walnut Grove Church Road
Hurdle Mills, NC 27541
Orange County
PIN# 9879-35-4085
Project Engineer: Kevin D. Davidson, P.E.
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street
Suite 203
Apex, NC 27602
Date: August 9, 2018

Table of Contents
1.0 General Project Specifications
1.1
Project Description
1.2
Site Description
1.3
Adjacent Property
1.4
Soils and Water Table
2.0
Material Management Practices
2.1
Housekeeping
2.2
Hazardous Products
2.3
Product Safety Practices
2.3.1 Petroleum Products
2.3.2 Fertilizers
2.4
Spill Control Practices
3.0
Site Work
3.1
Construction Roads and Parking
3.2
Tree Preservation and Protection
3.3
Removal of Topsoil
3.4
Addition of Fill Material
3.5
Permanent Seeding
3.5.1 Seedbed Requirements
3.5.2 Soil Conditioner
3.5.3 Seedbed Preparation
3.5.4 Seeding
3.5.5 Irrigation
3.5.6 Mulch all plantings immediately after seeding
3.5.7 Application of Organic Mulch
3.5.8 Anchoring Organic Mulch
3.5.9 Permanent Stabilization
4.0
Installer Specification
5.0
Material Specifications
5.1
Concrete Tanks
5.2
Piping
5.3
Electrical Requirements
6.0
Component Specifications
6.1
Concrete Tanks (Septic Tank, Pump Tank)
6.2
Access Risers
6.3
Drain Line
6.4
Pumps
6.5
AdvanTex Treatment Unit
6.6
UV Disinfection
6.7
Control Panel
6.8
Spray Components and Fence
6.9
Irrigation Headworks

1.0. General Project Specifications
1.1 Project Description
The purpose of the project is to install a wastewater treatment system and surface spray field to
accommodate wastewater from a four -bedroom single-family residence. The treatment system will
consist of a septic tank, an AdvanTex Treatment unit with integral recirculation tank, UV
disinfection, pump tank, irrigation headworks, and a control panel. The surface spray irrigation
system covers approximately 0.36 acres.
1.2 Site Description
The project site consists of property located at PIN# 9879-35-4085 Walnut Grove Church Road
in Orange County, NC. The residence will be located to the west of Walnut Grove Church Road,
in the southwest region of the property. The spray field will be located to the northeast of the
proposed residence. Both the house and spray field are located in a cleared area of the property.
The property is already sufficiently cleared of forest for the installation of the spray field. There are
several setbacks that have been considered for the location of the treatment unit and the spray field.
The setbacks and location of the treatment unit and spray field are shown on the system drawings.
1.3 Adjacent Property
The surrounding area at the residence site is rural and occupied by primarily undeveloped land,
agricultural land and single-family residences. The spray field is to be located a minimum of 400'
from any off -site residence and 150' from any property line or right-of-way.
1.4 Soils and Water Table
The soil in the project area is predominately Helena series and is above the groundwater table.

2.0. Material Management Practices
The following are the material management practices that will be used to reduce the risk of spills and
other accidental exposure of materials and substances to storm water runoff.
2.1 Housekeeping
The following good housekeeping practices will be followed on site during the construction project.
• An effort will be made to store only enough product required to do the job.
• All materials stored on site will be stored in a neat orderly manner in their appropriate containers
and, if possible, under a roof or other enclosure.
• Products will be kept in their original containers with the original manufacturer's label.
• Substances will not be mixed with one another unless recommended by the manufacturer.
• Whenever possible, all of a product will be used before disposing of the container.
• Manufacturer's recommendations for proper use and disposal will be followed.
• The site superintendent will inspect daily to ensure proper use and disposal of materials on site.
2.2 Hazardous Products
These practices are used to reduce the risks associated with hazardous materials:
Products will be kept in original containers unless they are not re -sealable.
Original labels and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) will be retained as they provide
important product information.
If surplus product must be disposed of, the manufacturer's or local and state recommended
methods for proper disposal will be followed.
2.3 Product Safety Practices
The following product safety practices will be followed on site:
2.3.1 Petroleum Products
All on site vehicles will be monitored for leaks and receive regular preventive maintenance to reduce
the chance of leakage. Petroleum products will be stored in tightly sealed containers which are
clearly labeled.
2.3.2 Fertilizers
Fertilizers used will be applied at recommended agronomic rates. Once applied, fertilizer will be
worked into the soil to limit exposure to storm water. The contents of any partially used bags of
fertilizer will be transferred to a sealable plastic bin to avoid spills.

2.4 Spill Control Practices
The following practices will be followed for spill prevention and cleanup:
• Manufacturer's recommended methods for spill cleanup will be clearly understood and site
personnel will be made aware of the procedures and the location of the information and cleanup
supplies.
• Materials and equipment necessary for spill cleanup will be kept in the material storage area on
site. Equipment and materials will include but not be limited to brooms, dust pans, mops, rags,
gloves, goggles, kitty litter, sand, sawdust, and plastic and metal trash containers specifically for
this purpose.
• All spills will be cleaned up immediately after discovery.
• The spill area will be kept well ventilated and personnel will wear appropriate protective clothing
to prevent injury from contact with a hazardous substance.
• Spills of toxic or hazardous material will be reported to the appropriate state or local government
agency, regardless of size.
• The spill prevention plan will be adjusted to include measures to prevent this type of spill from
reoccurring and how to clean up the spill if there is another one. A description of the spill, what
caused it, and the cleanup measures will also be included.
• , the site superintendent responsible for the day-to-day site operations, will
be the spill prevention and cleanup coordinator. He will designate at least other site
personnel who will receive spill prevention and cleanup training. These individuals will each
become responsible for a particular phase of prevention and cleanup.

3.0. Site Work
The site shall be maintained in an orderly and clean fashion. Debris should be confined to a common
area and removed weekly. The minimum area needed shall be disturbed. Due to the small footprint
of the project, a formal erosion and control plan has not been developed. However, contractor shall
follow standard practices to minimize any adverse effects from the installation of the system.
3.1 Construction Roads and Parking
Construction roads and parking areas are to be inspected periodically for condition of surface. Top -
dress with new gravel as needed. Check areas for erosion and sedimentation after runoff -producing
rains. Maintain all vegetation in a healthy, vigorous condition. Sediment -producing areas should be
treated immediately.
3.2 Tree Preservation and Protection
Some clearing of trees will be required for the installation of the drain line connecting the facility to
the treatment unit. Care shall be taken to minimize the disturbed area during installation. In spite of
precautions, some damage to protected trees may occur. In such cases, repair any damage to the
crown, trunk, or root system immediately.
- Repair roots by cutting off the damaged areas and painting them with tree paint. Spread peat
moss or moist topsoil over exposed roots.
- Repair damage to bark by trimming around the damaged area as shown in Figure 1 below,
taper the cut to provide drainage, and paint with tree paint.
- Cut off all damaged tree limbs above the tree collar at the trunk or main branch. Use three
separate cuts as shown in Figure 2 to avoid peeling bark from healthy areas of the tree.

TREE WOUND
TRIM AND TAPER
Figure 1. Trim bark wounds with a tapered cut, then apply tree paint.
COLLAR
INCORRECT CORRECT
Figure 2. Prune damaged branches with three cuts to avoid peeling bark from the tree when tree trunk falls
from tree.
To the degree possible, the vegetation that is removed during the drain line installation shall be
shredded on site and used to cover the drain line installation. Larger material shall be removed from
the site and disposed of properly.

3.3 Removal of Topsoil
MATERIALS
Determine whether the quality and quantity of available topsoil justifies selective handling. Quality
topsoil has the following characteristics:
- Texture - loam, sandy loam, and silt loam are best; sandy clay loam, silty clay loam, clay
loam, and loamy sand are fair. Do not use heavy clay and organic soils such as peat or muck
as topsoil.
- Organic matter content - (sometimes referred to as "humic matter") should be greater than
1.5% by weight.
- Acidity - pH should be greater than 3.6 before liming, and liming is required if it is less than
6.0.
- Soluble salts- should be less than 500 ppm.
- Sodium- sodium adsorption ratio should be less than 12. The depth of material meeting the
above qualifications should be at least 2 inches. Soil factors such as rock fragments, slope,
depth to water table, and layer thickness affect the ease of excavation and spreading of
topsoil. Generally, the upper part of the soil, which is richest in organic matter, is most
desirable; however, material excavated from deeper layers may be worth storing if it meets
the other criteria listed above. Organic soils such as mucks and peats do not make good
topsoil. They can be identified by their extremely light weight when dry.
STRIPP ING
Strip topsoil only from those areas that will be disturbed by excavation, filling, road building, or
compaction by equipment. A 4-6 inch stripping depth is common, but depth varies depending on the
site. Determine depth of stripping by taking soil cores at several locations within each area to be
stripped. Topsoil depth generally varies along a gradient from hilltop to toe of the slope. Put
sediment basins, diversions, and other controls into place before stripping.
STOCKP ILING
Select stockpile location to avoid slopes, natural drainage ways, and traffic routes (also applies to fill
soil stockpiles). Re -spreading is easier and more economical when topsoil is stockpiled in small
piles located near areas where they will be used.
Sediment barrier s- Use sediment fences or other barriers where necessary to retain
sediment.
Slope stabilization - Protect topsoil stockpiles by temporarily seeding as soon as possible.
Topsoil stockpiles with slopes steeper than 2:1 must be stabilized within 7 days, otherwise
within 14 calendar days from the last land -disturbing activity.
Perm anent vegetation - If stockpiles will not be used within 90 days they must be stabilized
with permanent vegetation to control erosion and weed growth.
SITE PREPARATION
Before spreading topsoil, establish erosion and sedimentation control practices such as diversions,
and berms as needed.

Gr ading - Maintain grades on the areas to be topsoiled according to the approved plan and do
not alter them by adding topsoil.
Limit of subs oil- Where the pH of the existing subsoil is 6.0 or less, or the soil is composed
of heavy clays, incorporate agricultural limestone in amounts recommended by soil tests or
specified for the seeding mixture to be used. Incorporate lime to a depth of at least 2 inches
by disking or raking.
Roughenin g- Immediately prior to spreading the topsoil, loosen the subgrade by disking or
scarifying to a depth of at least 4 inches, to ensure bonding of the topsoil and subsoil. If no
amendments have been incorporated, loosen the soil to a depth of at least 6 inches before
spreading topsoil.
SPREADIN G TOP SOIL
Uniformly distribute topsoil to a minimum compacted depth of 2 inches. Do not spread topsoil
while it is frozen or muddy or when the subgrade is wet or frozen. Correct any irregularities in the
surface that result from topsoiling or other operations to prevent the formation of depressions or
water pockets. Compact the topsoil enough to ensure good contact with the underlying soil, but avoid
excessive compaction, as it increases runoff and inhibits seed germination. Light packing with a
roller is recommended where high -maintenance turf is to be established.
On slopes and areas that will not be mowed, the surface may be left rough after spreading topsoil. A
disk may be used to promote bonding at the interface between the topsoil and subsoil. After topsoil
application, follow procedures for seedbed preparation, taking care to avoid excessive mixing of
topsoil into the subsoil.
3.4 Addition of Fill Material
MATERIALS
The final fill material will accept wastewater application not to exceed 0.30 inches per hour. Fill
material will be placed and graded to provide a slope that matches the natural grade of 2-5%. Fill
material shall meet the following guidelines:
1) Coarse fragments as defined by USDA (2 mm to 3.0 inches) shall not exceed 10% by
volume of the volume of the fill material.
2) Fill material shall not contain more than 5% organic matter (including leaf debris, twigs,
sticks, etc.)
3) Fill material shall not include any construction debris such as bricks, concrete,
construction wood materials, or any components or fragments of such.
4) Fill material shall classify under one of the following USDA soil texture classes: loamy
sand, sandy loam, sandy clay loam, loam, clay loam, or silt loam. Particle size analysis
may be confirmed by a third party testing laboratory if necessary.
APPLICATION
Specific fill application details may vary from site to site, for this site:
1) Vegetation 8" or less in diameter shall be removed by hand or with small tracked
equipment to prevent native soil loss and compaction.

2) Provide sufficient fill to achieve 12" separation to the SHWT.
3) Fill is to be applied at the 4-inch depth over the footprint of the drip irrigation field in a
single 4" lift.
4) Fill shall not be tilled to avoid bringing firm, expansive clay material closer to the
surface.
5) Extend fill material 5 feet beyond the wetted area and blend into the natural contours.
6) Compact the fill material to 1.1-1.3 g/cm3.
7) Surface shall be graded to a final grade that matches the natural grade with 2-5% slopes to
provide uniform drainage.
8) No site work shall be done when the conditions are wet, to avoid excess compaction.
9) Avoid placing fill material around large trees to prevent tree death (an arborist can
provide more guidance on tree protection).
10) Field shall be seeded with temporary vegetation suitable for the specific time of year. If
construction is complete in the following windows, permanent seeding can take place
immediately: February 15 through April 15, or September 15 through November 15.
Once final fill has been placed, a soil fertility sample shall be taken. Seeding can occur
immediately with the following amendments:
Ag-Lime: 380-400 pounds
10-10-10 Fertilizer: 250 pounds
The soil test recommendations will be used to supply additional amendments as needed.
Temporary seeding shall include the following species and rates: Annual ryegrass or
ryegrass blend with other small grains, at 10 pounds per 1000 square feet, lightly tilled or
raked into the top 0.5-1.0 inch of topsoil, cultipack or roll lightly, and cover with straw or
other shade cover. Follow with permanent fescue seeding in the appropriate dates, with
the September 15- October 15 window preferred.
FERTILIT Y ANALYSIS
Upon addition of the fill, a soil sample will be taken for fertility analyses. Soil test recommendations
will be followed for pH adjustment and nutrient amendments for N, P, and K to help with grass
establishment. Soil amendments may be applied pre or post construction.

3.5 Permanent Seeding
3.5.1 SEEDBED REQUIREMENTS
Establishment of vegetation should not be attempted on sites that are unsuitable due to inappropriate
soil texture, poor drainage, concentrated overland flow, or steepness of slope until measures have
been taken to correct these problems.
To maintain a good stand of vegetation, the soil must meet certain minimum requirements as a
growth medium. The existing soil should have these criteria:
- Enough fine-grained (silt and clay) material to maintain adequate moisture and nutrient
supply (available water capacity of at least .05 inches of water to 1 inch of soil).
- Sufficient pore space to permit root penetration.
- Sufficient depth of soil to provide an adequate root zone. The depth to rock or impermeable
layers such as hardpans should be 12 inches or more, except on slopes steeper than 2:1 where
the addition of soil is not feasible.
- A favorable pH range for plant growth, usually 6.0-6.5.
- Freedom from large roots, branches, stones, large clods of earth, or trash of any kind. Clods
and stones may be left on slopes steeper than 3:1 if they are to be hydroseeded.
If any of the above criteria are not met (i.e., if the existing soil is too coarse, dense, shallow, or acidic
to foster vegetation) special amendments are required. The soil conditioners described below may be
beneficial.
3.5.2 SOIL CONDIT IONERS
In order to improve the structure or drainage characteristics of a soil, the following materials may be
added. These amendments should only be necessary where soils have limitations that make them
poor for plant growth or for fine turf establishment.
- Peat Appropriate types are sphagnum moss peat, hypnum moss peat, reed -
sedge peat, or peat humus, all from fresh -water sources. Peat should
be shredded and conditioned in storage piles for at least 6 months
after excavation.
- Sand clean and free of toxic materials.
- Verm iculite horticultural grade and free of toxic substances.
- Rotte d manure stable or cattle manure not containing undue amounts of straw or
other bedding materials.
3.5.3 SEEDBED PREPARATION
Complete grading according to the approved plan before seeding. Below are steps to take in order to
prepare the seedbed for planting.
• Chisel compacted areas and spread topsoil 3 inched deep over adverse soil conditions, if
available.
0 Rip the entire area to 6 inches deep (if recommended by soil scientist).

• Remove all loose rock, roots, and other obstructions leaving surface reasonably smooth and
uniform.
• Apply agricultural lime, fertilizer, and superphosphate uniformly and mix with soil (section 4.6).
• Continue tillage until a well pulverized, firm reasonably uniform seedbed is prepared 4 to 6
inches deep.
• Seed on a freshly prepared seedbed.
• Mulch immediately after seeding and anchor mulch (section 8.3).
Apply lime and fertilizer evenly and incorporate into the top 4-6 inches of soil by disking or other
suitable means. Operate machinery on the contour. When using a hydroseeder, apply lime and
fertilizer to a rough, loose surface.
Roughen surfaces. Complete seedbed preparation by breaking up large clods and raking into a
smooth, uniform surface. Fill in or level depressions that can collect water. Broadcast seed into a
freshly loosened seedbed that has not been sealed by rainfall.
3.5.4 SEEDING
Seeding dates given in the manufacturer's seeding mixture specifications are designated as "best" or
"possible". Seedings properly carried out within the "best" dates have a high probability of success.
It is also possible to have satisfactory establishment when seeding outside these dates. However, as
you deviate from them, the probability of failure increases rapidly. Seeding on the last date shown
under "possible" may reduce chances of success by 30-50%. Always take this into account in
scheduling land -disturbing activities.
Use certified seed for permanent seeding whenever possible. Certified seed is inspected by the North
Carolina Crop Improvement Association. It meets published North Carolina Standards and should
bear an official "Certified Seed" label.
Labeling of non -certified seed is also required by law. Labels contain important information on seed
purity, germination, and presence of weed seeds. Seed must meet State standards for content of
noxious weeds. Do not accept seed containing "prohibited" noxious weed seed.
Apply seed uniformly with a cyclone seeder, drop -type spreader drill, cultipacker seeder, or
hydroseeder on a firm, friable seedbed.
When using a drill or cultipacker seeder, plant small grains no more than 1 inch deep, grasses and
legumes no more than 2 inch. Equipment should be calibrated in the field for the desired seeding
rate.
When using broadcast -seeding methods, subdivide the area into workable sections and determine the
amount of seed needed for each section. Apply one-half the seed while moving back and forth across
the area, making a uniform pattern; then apply the second half in the same way, but moving at right
angles to the first pass (Figure 13).

Cover broadcast seed by raking or chain dragging; then firm the surface with a roller or cultipacker
to provide good seed contact.
3.5.5 IRRIGA TION
Moisture is essential for seed germination and seedling establishment. Supplemental irrigation can be
very helpful in assuring adequate stands in dry seasons or to speed development of full cover.
Assess the need for irrigation when the seeding is conducted.
Water application rates must be carefully controlled to prevent runoff. Inadequate or excessive
amounts of water can be more harmful than no supplemental water.
3.5.6 MULCHING
Mulch all plantings immediately after seeding. Select a material based on site and practice
requirements, availability of material, labor, and equipment. Table 6.14a lists commonly used
mulches and some alternatives.
Before mulching, complete the required grading, install sediment control practices, and prepare the
seedbed. Apply seed before mulching except in the following cases:
- Seed is applied as part of a hydroseeder slurry containing wood fiber mulch.
- A hydroseeder slurry is applied over straw.
3.5.7 APPLICATION OF ORG ANIC MULCH
Organic mulches are effective where they can be tacked securely to the surface.
Spread mulch uniformly by hand, or with a mulch blower. When spreading straw mulch by hand,
divide the area to be mulched into sections of approximately 1,000 ft2, and place 70-90 lb of straw (1
to 2 bales) in each section to facilitate uniform distribution. After spreading mulch, no more than
25% of the ground surface should be visible. In hydroseeding operations, a green dye, added to the
slurry, assures a uniform application.
3.5.8 ANCHORING ORGANIC MULCH
Straw mulch must be anchored immediately after spreading using vegetation. Rye (grain) may be
used to anchor mulch in fall plantings, and German millet in spring. Broadcast at 15 lb/acre before
applying mulch.
3.5.9 PERMANENT STABILIZATION
Permanent stabilization is needed in graded or cleared areas subject to erosion and where a
permanent, long-lived vegetative cover is needed. Typically, disturbed portions of a site where
construction activities have permanently ceased will be stabilized with permanent seeding no later
than 14 days after the last construction activity. This method will not provide erosion control cover
or prevent soil slippage on soils that are not stable due to soil texture or structure, water movement
or excessively steep slopes. In some areas, it may be necessary to install erosion or sediment control
practices such as dikes, contour ripping, erosion stops, channel liners, sediment basins, diversions,
subsurface drainage, or other practices.

Prior to seeding, 1,000 lbs/ac of a 12-12-12 or equivalent fertilizer and lime according to soil test or
in lieu of soil test, 4,000 lbs/ac of ground agricultural limestone shall be worked into the soil to a
depth of 3 inches.
Seed should be applied uniformly at a depth of 1/4 to 2 inch with appropriate equipment. Except on
very flat slopes and ideal seeding conditions, small grain straw should be applied at a rate of 3,000 to
4,000 lbs/ac using appropriate mulch anchoring techniques. Other mulch materials can be used
except under adverse conditions or steep slopes; grain straw should be adequate.

4.0 Installer Specification
- Installer to m aintain Clas s IV installer License per NCOWCIC B.
- Installer to document installation history of advanced pretreatment systems and surface
application systems.

5.0 Material Specifications
5.1 Concrete Tanks
All concrete tanks are to be State approved tanks.
5.2 Piping
All drainlines and piping to be SCH 40 PVC. Non -pressure drain lines can be DWV.
Sweeping style elbows to be used on gravity lines. All pressure lines to be pressure rated
SCH 40 PVC. All pressure lines to be cut with a hand ratcheting style cutter or wheel style
cutter. PVC saws shall not be used to cut pressure pipe.
5.3 Electrical Requirements
Installer shall install all electrical fittings from the control panel to the individual treatment
components and pumps. Installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's
specifications. Qualified electrician or local power utility shall bring power to panel and
energize panel.

6.0 Component Specifications (information following)
6.1 Concrete Tanks (Septic Tank, Pump Tank)
- All concrete tanks to be State Approved Tank.
- All tank seams to be sealed with butyl rubber sealant.
- Backfill and compact soil around tank with a "jumping jack" style compactor.
- Following installation, tanks to be vacuum and water tested. Passing criteria as follows:
- Vacuum Test 5 in Hg for 2 min with <0.5 in Hg
- Water Test 10 gallons/1000 gallons/24 hr period
- Tanks to be installed level on 6" gravel base (#57 stone)
- All penetrations to be cast in place rubber boots for inflow and outflow penetrations.
- All tanks to have cast in place riser adapters for Orenco Risers.
6.2 Access Risers
- Install risers per manufacturer's specifications.
- All Orenco risers to extend minimum 6" above grade.
- All electrical conduits to be sealed with duct seal.
- Penetrations thru risers to use grommets or bulk head fitting.
- All tank risers that do not contain an inner lid shall be equipped with a safety net.
6.3 Drain Line
- All gravity drain line to be 4" SCH 40 PVC, DWV (min).
- Elbows to be sweeping style fitting.
6.4 Pumps
- Install pumps per system drawing and manufacturers specifications (included).
- Piping to be SCH 40 Pressure Pipe.
6.5 AdvanTex Treatment Unit
- Install unit per manufacturers specifications (included).
- Install with 12" lid extension if needed.
- Install unit on 6" gravel base.
6.6 UV Disinfection
- Install UV disinfection per system drawing and manufacturers specifications (included).

6.7 Control Panel
- Install per system drawing and manufacturers specifications (included).
- Panel to be minimum 24" above grade.
- Seal all pipes with duct seal
- Panel to be mounted on 4" x 6" (minimum) pressure treated post.
- Install Rain Sensor on control panel enclosure.
6.8 Spray Field
- Install spray field per system drawings.
- Spray field shall be hand cleared of small brush, debris and vegetation.
- Install perimeter fence per system drawings.
6.9 Irrigation Headworks
- Install headworks per system drawing.
- Install headworks on 6" gravel base.

Tanks and Risers

--NOTE-USE 24'
CAST -IN -PLACE
ORENC❑ RISER
ADAPTER
❑renco 24'
Riser Base
WV Lid
TOP
J xxTOP VIEW MEASUREMENTS
/ ARE TO WIDEST DIMENSIONS
4" SIDE INLET
WITH BOOT
❑renco 24'
Riser Base
W/ Lid
4" INLET &
OUTLET BOOTS
Cast in Place Orenco Riser Adapters
4' 3"
5 °
TO BOTTOM OF
INLET
L
_ET
SHOAF PRECAST SEPTIC INC.
MODEL: TS 1500 STB
NON TRAFFIC
1500 Gallon Septic Tank
4130 WEST US HWY 64
LEXINGTON, NC 27295
PHONE [phone]
FAX [phone]
WWW.SHOAFPRECAST.COM
SHOAF-1,500 SEPTIC TANK
STB-390 NON TRAFFIC
LIQUID CAPACITY-1,517 GALLONS/AIRSPACE-10"
TANK HEIGHT-70"
BOTTOM OF TANK TO CENTER OF INLET-61"
BOTTOM OF TANK TO CENTER OF OUTLET-59"
LENGTH TO WIDTH RATIO-2 TO 1
SIZE OF INLET & OUTLET-4" PIPE
TYPE OF INLET & OUTLET-POLYLOCK OR EQUAL (MEETS ASTM C-923)
CONCRETE PSI-4000; TANK WEIGHT- 13,000 LBS.
REINFORCEMENT PER STATE CODE
--NOTE-TEE NOT
SuPPLIE➢
TOM OF
TLET
J;UALE - N.I.J.
••NOTE 1' BUTYL RUBBER
MASTIC SEALANT
CONTINUOUS IN JOINT
7° 6"
r3'
o"
O
ENT
00 0 04" FLOW
THROUGH
END VIES/
6"
1. Septic tank to be approved by NCDHHS.
2. Leakage testing of tank is required. Allowable leakage must not exceed
capacity per 24 hour period.
3. Documentation of tank testing shall be provided to certifying Engineer.
4. Tank risers to extend minimum of 6" above finished grade.
5. Final grading shall slope soil away from tank openings.
STATE
APPROVAL #
SHOAF-1500
/ STB-390
1 % of tank
N.T.S.

)KNOTE-USE 24'
CAST -IN -PLACE
❑RENC❑ RISER
ADAPTER
74' TO BOTTOM OF 4' INLET -
MODEL MS NON -TRAFFIC 3500 PT
NoN TRAFFIC MID SEAM PUMP TANK
SHOAF PRECAST SEPTIC INC.
4130 WEST US HWY 64
LEXINGTON, NC 27295
PHONE [phone]
FAX [phone]
[e-mail]
y Ww,shoafprecast.com
- NC APPROVAL # ; PT-2105
- LIQUID CAPACITY - 3,516 GALLONS
- GALLONS PER INCH - 43.95
'IPE PENETRATIONS - (MEETS ASTM C-9
CONCRETE - 5000 PSI MIN.
TANK WEIGHT - 18,640 #
- TOP - 9,320 #
- BOTTOM - 9,320 #
REINFORCEMENT PER ENGINEER SPECS
" BUYTL SEALANT CONTINUOUS IN JOIN
4°
aa° ao°
FLOW THROUG
O O
4°
1. Pump tank to be approved by NCDHHS or Engineer.
2. Leakage testing of tank is required. Allowable leakage must not exceed 1 % of tank
capacity per 24 hour period.
3. Documentation of tank testing shall be provided to certifying Engineer.
4. Tank risers to extend minimum of 6" above finished grade.
5. Final grading shall slope soil away from tank openings.
N.T.S.

PRTA ABS Tank Adapters
Applications
PRTA tank adapters are used to provide a structural, watertight method
of installing a 24-or 30-inch (600- or 750-mm) access riser over a tank
opening.
General
Orenco's PRTA tank adapters are molded plastic products and there-
fore have excellent part -quality and consistency. PRTA tank adapters
can be cast into a tank or fastened to the top of the tank with a bolt -
down kit. The bolt -down kit consists of either six or twelve (depending
on model) stainless steel concrete anchors and a roll of butyl tape.
The O.D. of the vertical flange matches the I.D. of Orenco's ribbed
risers, which provides a suitable joint to seal with MA320, ADW 00,
SS115, or SS140 adhesive.
Cast in Place Tank Adapters
On for each end of each tank.
Standard Models 4 x PRTA24
PRTA24, PRTA30
PRTA24BDKIT (6 anchors), PRTA30BDKIT (12 anchors)
Product Code Diagram
PRTA �0
I Riser diameter
24 = 24" riser (Perma-Loc, Ultra -Rib, KOR FLO)
30 = 30" riser (Perma-Loc, Ultra -Rib)
ABS riser tank adapter
Materials of Construction
Tank adapter
ABS
Concrete anchors
Stainless steel anchor bolts
Sealant
Butyl tape
Specifications
Dimensions*
PRTA24
PRTA30
A - Outside dia., in. (mm)
23.38 (594)
29.25 (743)
B - Flange dia., in. (mm)
26.75 (679)
34.25 (870)
C - Horizontal flange width, in. (mm)
2.00 (51)
2.50 (64)
D - vertical flange height, in. (mm)
3.50 (89)
3.25 (83)
*The tank adapter has a nominal 0.25 inch (6 mm) thickness
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-RLA-PRTA-1
Rev. 2.0, © 03/17
Page 1 of 1

Access Risers -Ultra-Rib '"'
Applications
Orenco's Access Risers provide access to septic tank openings and
can be cast into the tops of concrete tanks, bonded in place, or bolted
down using a riser tank adaptor. They can also be used as valve
enclosures.
Materials of Construction
General
Orenco Ultra -Rib'" Access Risers are constructed of ribbed PVC pipe
and are available in 12-, 18-, 21-, and 24-in. diameters. They can be
ordered in 3-in. (76.2-mm) increments in lengths up to 13 ft (3.96 m)
for 12- and 18-in. diameter risers, and up to 14 ft
(4.27 m) for 21- and 24-in. diameter risers. Orenco Ultra -Rib riser
pipe is also available in truckload quantities. A complete line of Orenco
pipe -cutting tools makes it easy to fabricate risers in your shop or in
the field Risers: 5 x RR24 XX
Adjust riser height to allow for
Standard Models minimum 6" above ground.
RR12XX, RU18XX, RR21XX, RR24XX
Product Code Diagram
R
+❑+❑
Tischarge grommet option, in. (mm):
Blank = no discharge grommet
10 = 1 (25)
12 = 1 A (32)
15 = 11z (38)
20 = 2 (50)
Splice
box grommet or splice box options (choose one):
Blank
= no grommet or splice box
or
S
= grommet installed,1-in. (25-mm), fits SB1-SB4
L
= grommet installed,1 A -in. (32-mm), fits SB5-SB6
SX
= hole drilled for Orenco® external splice boxt
or
S1
= grommet and SB1 internal splice box installed
S2
= grommet and SB2 internal splice box installed
S3
= grommet and SB3 internal splice box installed
S4
= grommet and SB4 internal splice box installed
L5
= grommet and SB5 internal splice box installed
L6
= grommet and SB6 internal splice box installed
or
Ys
= grommet and simplex explosion -proof splice box installedt
XD
= grommet and duplex explosion -proof splice box installedt
XT
= grommet and triplex explosion -proof splice box installedt
Riser height in inches (3-in. increments standard)
Riser diameter:
12 = 12-in. (300-mm)'
18 = 18-in. (450-mm)'
21 = 21 -in. (525-mm)
24 = 24-in. (600-mm)
Riser type code:
R = 12-in. (300-mm), 21-in. (525-mm), and 24-in. (600-mm) diameters
U = 18-in. (450-mm) diameter
PU = bulk Ultra-RibTM pipe, all diameters
Ultra -Rib TM PVC Pipe: PVC I Riser, Ultra -Rib'"
Not intended for use over pump vaults
t Requires minimum 18-in. (457-mm) riser height
Specifications t For Class I Division I environments
Model RR12XX RU18XX RR21XX RR24XX
I.D., in. (mm)
11.74 (298)
17.65 (448)
20.50 (521)
23.50 (597)
Wall Thickness - excluding ribs, in. (mm)
0.10(3)
0.19(5)
0.25(6)
0.25(6)
O.D. - including ribs, in. (mm)
13.13 (334)
19.44 (494)
22.63 (575)
25.63 (651)
Weight, Ibs per ft (kg per m)
5(7.4)
11 (16.4)
15 (22.3)
19 (28.3)
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843. 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com M-RLA-RR-2
Rev. 3.0, ® 03/17
Page 1 of 1

PVC Riser Installation
Installing PVC Access Risers onto Cast -In Orenco® Riser -Tank Adapters
Access risers provide access to septic tank openings, simplifying inspection and maintenance procedures. Access riser -to -tank connections
must be watertight for the proper functioning of an onsite septic system or effluent sewer system. Orenco strongly recommends watertightness
testing of all access riser -to -tank connections after installation.
Following are instruction sets for prepping and installing access risers, installing grommets, and selecting adhesives for riser installations.
Refer to the chart below to determine which instruction set to use.
InstructionSet................................................................................ Page
1. Riser Preparation ..................................................................................1
2. Grommet Installation............................................................................... 2
3. Riser Installation — PRTA24-2 Adapters................................................................. 3
4. Riser Installation — RRFTA24, RRFTA30, PRTA24, PRTA30, FRTA24-RVF, and FRTA30-FRP Adapters .................... 4
5. Riser Installation — Orenco FRP Tanks with 24-inch-Diameter (600-mm) Risers ................................... 5
6. Riser Watertightness Testing.......................................................................... 6
7. Adhesive Selection and Quantities...................................................................... 7
Instruction Set 1: Riser Preparation
Step 1: Determine Riser Height
Determine how high the riser needs to be.
• The top of the riser should be about 3 inches (75 mm) above finished grade
after installation and backfilling —This allows 2 inches (50 mm) for tank
settling and 1 inch (25 mm) for ensuring drainage away from the riser.
Step 2: Cut Riser to Size (if Necessary)
If the riser needs to be cut to size, cut it with a circular saw or table saw
• Always cut excess length from the bottom of the riser.
• For square, even cuts, a good fit, and a watertight joint between the riser
and the adapter, use an Orenco riser -cutting saw guide.
• To install risers less than 30 inches (760 mm) wide onto 500-gallon
(2000-L) Orenco FRP tanks, cut the riser so it fits into the tank and the
lowest rib rests on the tank's top, as shown.
Step 3: Dry Fit Riser to Adapter
Step 3a: Dry fit the riser to the adapter.
• Make sure riser penetrations are the right sizes and in the correct locations.
Step 3b: If the riser is higher than 3 inches (75 mm) above the estimated final
grade, cut it to size per the instructions in Step 2.
Step 3c: If the riser is too short, use an Orenco grade ring to extend it.
ODetermine riser height
3 inches (75 mm)
et
o , ,Q
rLJ
Riser prep for 500-gal. (2000-L) Orenco FRP tanks
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 7.0, © 03/17
Page 1 of 7

Instruction Set 2: Grommet Installation
Step 1: Mark Access Riser
Step 1a: Use the site plans or drawings to find out if riser penetrations are needed.
Step 1b: Use the plans or drawing to mark the locations of the penetrations.
• If plans or drawings aren't available, use Drawing 1b as a general guide
for locating riser penetrations.
Step 2: Drill Holes and Clean Access Riser
Step 2a: Drill holes for riser penetrations.
• If you have questions about where to locate various riser penetrations,
contact your Distributor for more information.
Using Orenco® RKHS Hole Saws ...
Cut the hole and grind the ribs down to make a flat, smooth surface for
installing the grommet.
• Make sure your hole saw is the correct size and your drill is at least 18 volts.
• Don't grind too deeply — about 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) is deep enough.
Using Standard Hole Saws ...
1: Use the correctly sized hole saw to cut a hole, centered on the mark.
2: Trim the riser ribs back 1 inch (25 mm) from around the hole.
• Use a grinder or cutting tool to notch the ribs through to the riser wall.
• Use a hammer and chisel to break off the notched rib sections.
• Use a grinder to make a flat, smooth surface around the hole.
Step 2b: Clean and deburr the hole and flat surface with a wire brush and
deburring knife or tool.
• Be careful not to enlarge the penetration.
Step 3: Install Grommet
Step 3a: Apply a bead of adhesive to the groove in the grommet's outer diameter.
• For adhesive recommendations, see Instruction Set 7.
Step 3b: Firmly press the grommet into the penetration.
Grommet Hole Sizing Guide
Grommet size, inches (nominal IN pipe size)
Hole saw size
1 /2
1
3/4
1-1/4
1
1-9/16
1-1/4
1-3/4
1-1/2
2-1/8
2
2-3/4
3
3-7/8
4
5
For more information on grommet dimensions and actual pipe O.D., see the Orenco Technical Data
Sheet for grommets, NTD-RLA-PG-1
2a
Grommet for
splice box
(at 12 o'clock)
Grommet for
discharge assembly
(at 3 or 9 o'clock)
NIN-RLA-RR-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 7.0, © 03/17
Page 2 of 7

Cutaway view of Orenco" PRTA24-2, cast into
concrete tank with 24-inch (600-mm) access
riser attached
Instruction Set 3:
Riser Installation — PRTA24-2 Adapters
Step 1: Prep Adapter Channel and Riser
Step 1a: Roughen the adapter channel and the bottom surfaces of the riser
with sandpaper.
Step 1 b: Use a clean cloth and acetone or alcohol to clean the channel and the
bottom surfaces of the riser.
• The channel must be clean and dry for a good fit and watertight joint.
• Let the acetone or alcohol dry completely.
Step 2: Apply Adhesive
Fill the channel with methacrylate adhesive.
• For adhesive recommendations, see Instruction Set 7.
Note: If you're using a methacrylate adhesive that's non -self -leveling, use
enough to fully fill the channel, with no voids in the adhesive.
Step 3: Install Riser
Step 3a: If the riser has penetrations, align the riser correctly.
Step 3b: Firmly press the bottom of the riser into the channel.
• Twist the riser back and forth slightly to fully seat it and to create a good bond.
• If the inside seam is not completely filled, add adhesive to form a complete
fillet.
Step X Use a tongue depressor, putty knife, or clean cloth to make a good
fillet over the inside seam.
Note: If cold weather conditions or frost heave are a concern at the site, contact
a qualified engineer or Orenco for additional recommendations on installing ribbed
PVC risers.
IMPORTANT Orenco strongly recommends that all tank risers 12-in. (300-mm)
and larger in diameter be equipped with riser safety grates to help prevent
accidental or unauthorized entry.
Step 4: Test Riser Watertightness
Follow Instruction Set 6 of this document for testing the riser's watertightness.
Note: Watertight connections are critical for the wastewater system to function
effectively and efficiently.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 7.0, © 03/17
Page 3 of 7

Instruction Set 4:
Riser Installation — RRFTA24, RRFTA30, PRTA24,
PRTA30, FRTA24-RVF, and FRTA30-FRP Adapters
Step 1: Prep Adapter and Riser
Step 1a: Roughen the bonding surfaces of the adapter and riser with
sandpaper.
Step 1b: Use a clean cloth and acetone or alcohol to clean the bonding
surfaces of the adapter and the riser.
• The bonding surfaces must be clean and dry for a good fit and watertight joint.
• Let the acetone or alcohol dry completely.
Step 2: Apply Methacrylate Adhesive
Apply a bead of methacrylate adhesive to the outside of the adapter.
• For adhesive recommendations, see Instruction Set 7.
Step 3: Install Riser
Step 3a: If the riser has penetrations, align the riser correctly.
Step 3111 Firmly press the riser onto the adapter until the bottom of the riser is
resting on the concrete (cast -in adapters) or the adapter flange (bolted -down
adapters).
• Twist the riser back and forth slightly to fully seat it and to create a good bond.
Step X Apply a bead of methacrylate adhesive to the inside of the access
riser -adapter joint.
Step 3d: Use a putty knife, tongue depressor, or clean shop rag to make a
continuous fillet on the inside of the access riser -adapter joint.
Note: If cold weather conditions or frost heave are a concern at the site, contact
a qualified engineer or Orenco for additional recommendations on installing ribbed
PVC risers.
IMPORTANT Orenco strongly recommends that all tank risers 12-in. (300-mm)
and larger in diameter be equipped with riser safety grates to help prevent
accidental or unauthorized entry.
Step 4: Test Riser Watertightness
Follow Instruction Set 6 of this document for testing the riser's watertightness.
Note: Watertight connections are critical for the wastewater system to function
effectively and efficiently.
NIN-RLA-RR-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 7.0, © 03/17
Page 4 of 7

Cross-section detail of adhesive fillet
on inside seam of 1000-gal. (37851)
tank with 24-inch (600-mm) riser
Cross-section detail of adhesive
fillet on outside seam of 500-gal.
(18901) tank with 24-inch
(600-mm) riser
At
Instruction Set 5:
Riser Installation — Orenco FRP Tanks with 24-inch-
Diameter (600-mm) Risers
Step 1: Prep Tank and Riser
Step 1a: Roughen the bonding surfaces of the tank and the riser with
sandpaper.
Step 1b: Use a clean cloth and acetone or alcohol to clean the roughened tank
surface and the bottom surfaces of the riser.
• The surfaces must be clean and dry for a good fit and watertight joint.
• Let the acetone or alcohol dry completely.
Step 2: Apply Methacrylate Adhesive
Apply methacrylate adhesive to the bonding surfaces of the tank and the riser.
• For adhesive recommendations, see Instruction Set 7.
Step 3: Install Riser
Step 3a: If the riser has penetrations, align the riser correctly.
Step 3b: Press the riser into position
• For 1000-gal. through 2000-gal. tanks (3785-L through 7570-L), firmly press
the riser onto the tank opening
• For 500-gal. (1890-L) tanks, firmly press the riser into the tank opening.
• Twist the riser back and forth slightly to fully seat it and create a good bond.
• If the seams aren't completely filled, add adhesive to form a complete fillet.
Step X Use a tongue depressor, putty knife, or clean cloth to make a good
fillet over the seams.
Note: If cold weather conditions or frost heave are a concern at the site, contact
a qualified engineer or Orenco for additional recommendations on installing ribbed
PVC risers.
IMPORTANT Orenco strongly recommends that all tank risers 12-in. (300-mm)
and larger in diameter be equipped with riser safety grates to help prevent
accidental or unauthorized entry.
Step 4: Test Riser Watertightness
Follow Instruction Set 6 of this document for testing the riser's watertightness.
Note: Watertight connections are critical for the wastewater system to function
effectively and efficiently.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 7.0, © 03/17
Page 5 of 7

Instruction Set 6: Riser Watertightness Testing
IMPORTANT A watertight tank and watertight riser -to -tank connections are
critical for the wastewater system to function effectively and efficiently.
Step 1: Prep for Test
Step 1a: Make sure the adhesive seams have set and the tank has been backfilled
according to the manufacturer's instructions — typically to the tank's midpoint.
Step 1b: Plug the inlet (and outlet, if present) of the tank with watertight plugs.
Step 1c: Fill the tank with water to a level 2 inches (51 mm) into the riser.
Step 2: Test Watertightness
Step 2a: Wait for the required time before inspecting the riser -to -tank
connections for leakage.
• Follow the tank manufacturer's recommendations (or applicable local regula-
tions) for wait times before inspecting the tank for leaks.
• Orenco recommends at least 30 minutes for its fiberglass tanks.
Step 2b: Check for any drop in the liquid level inside of the riser and any visible
leakage from the riser -to -tank connections.
• At the end of the test, there should be no drop in liquid level and no visible
leakage from seams, pinholes, or other imperfections.
• If leaks are found during the test, seal the leaks and repeat the test.
Step 2c: Once the riser -to -tank connections are proven watertight, remove the
plug(s) and drop the water level in the tank to just below the invert of the inlet or
outlet, whichever is lower.
Watertightness test
Access riser
Fill the tank to a
level 2 in. (51 mm)
into the riser
y 2 in.
Tank brim (51 mm)
NIN-RLA-RR-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 7.0, © 03/17
Page 6 of 7

VC Riser Installation Grenc
S Y S T E
Instruction Set 7: Adhesive Selection and Quantities
Use the table below to select the correct adhesive and quantity for your grommet or riser installation(s). Be sure to check the expiration
date on the adhesive package. If the adhesive is expired, do not use it to install Orenco components.
Note: Before installing a riser on an Orenco riser -tank adapter with an adhesive not recommended in the table below, contact your
Distributor or Orenco.
Component
Adhesive Type and Approximate Usage
MA8120 SA510 MA320
300/300-mL cartridge 300/300-mL cartridge Toz (200-mL)
(600-mL total) (600-mL total) packet
IN 810
1-pint (473-mL)
1-quart (946-mL)
ADH100
10.2-oz (300-mL) tube
Grommets
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
various quantities
Riser Tank
FRTA36
1 cartridge`
1 cartridge`
n/a
n/a
n/a
Adapters
PRTA24
Yz cartridge`
Yzcartridge`
1 packet
n/a
1 tube
PRTA24-2
>_ Yz cartridge`
_> Yz cartridge`
n/a
< 1 pint
n/a
PRTA30
< 1 cartridge`
< 1 cartridge`
2 packets
n/a
2 tubes
RRFTA24
Yz cartridge`
Yz cartridge`
1 packet
n/a
1 tube
RRFTA30
1 cartridge`
1 cartridge`
2 packets
n/a
n/a
Indicates preferred adhesive for this application
Orenco Systems°, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 7.0, © 03/17
Page 7of7

DuraFiber'"' Access Lids
Applications
Orenco° DuraFiber" Access Lids provide a secure, damage -resistant
covering for ribbed PVC and HDPE risers, pump basins, and access
ports. They are not recommended for vehicular traffic. 24-inch (600-mm)
DuraFiber lids require an RLA24 adapter to mate to 24-inch (600-mm)
Perma-Loc'" pipe. 30-inch (750-mm) DuraFiber lids are not compatible
with 30-inch (750-mm) RLA Riser -Lid -Adapters or 30-inch (750-mm)
Perma-Loc pipe. For these products, use Orenco's FLF-Series lids.
General
DuraFiber Access Lids are constructed of resin -infused fiberglass fabrics
for extreme durability and damage resistance, with breaking strengths in
excess of 20,000 pounds (9,000 kg).
They feature flat -style flanges for easier access, allowing clean, flush -to -
grade installations. They have cored centering rings for aligning lids with
risers. They also have urethane gaskets to help provide watertight seals.
DuraFiber Lids feature a non-skid surface for better grip and aesthet-
ics, a molded -in caution statement, and room for a customer logo. They
come with four 516-inch stainless steel flathead socket cap screws and
a hex key wrench.
Durafiber Lids are available with optional insulation, installed at the fac-
tory or in kits that can be installed in the field.
Standard Models
FLD24G, FLD24GATX, FLD24GW, FLD30G, FLD30GATX, FLD30GW
Product Code Diagram
FLD ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ Riser Lids
TIFLD 24G (5)
olor and logo options:
Blank — green color lid
B = brown color lid
C — custom logo
ATX — AdvanTee logo
W — warning label
Insulation:*
Blank — no insulation
12 = 2-inch (50-mm) insulation installed
14 — 4-inch (100-mm) insulation installed
Vent and filter options:
Blank — no vent or filter options
V — vent
CIF — carbon filter
Gasket options:
G = gasket (standard)
Blank — no gasket
Lid diameter, in. (mm):
24 — 24 (600)
30 = 30 (750)
DuraFiber'" fiberglass lid
* Insulation has an R-value of 10 per 2-inch (50-mm) increment.
B
a
T
T
i,,
C
_ I
Materials of Construction:
Lid
Fiberglass reinforced polyester
Gasket
Urethane
Centering ring core
Structural foam
Mounting hardware
Stainless steel
Insulation (optional)
Closed -cell foam
Insulation mounting hardware
Stainless steel
Specifications
Model
FLD24XX
FLD30XX
A in. (mm)
26 (660)
33 (838)
B, in. (mm)
1 %2 (38)
1 %2 (38)
C, in. (mm)
23'/4 (590)
29'/4 (743)
Gasket width, in. (mm)
3/4 (19)
3/4 (19)
Bolt hole diameter, in. (mm)
5/6 (8)
V16 (8)
Weight, Ibs (kg)
11 (5)
20 (9)
Bolt holes, per lid
4
4
Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-RLA-FL-4
Rev. 3.0, © 10/17
Page 1 of 1

External Splice Box
Applications
The Orenco° External Splice Box attaches outside the access riser of an
underground tank. It is engineered specifically for water and wastewater
treatment systems and is especially suited for use in locations prone to
high groundwater and other wet conditions. Its separate conduit hubs,
large volume, and optional dividers make it useful for maintaining isolation
of high and low voltage wires where needed. It has four cord grips which
accommodate power cords for floats and pumps of 0.170 - 0.470 inches
(4.3 -11.9 mm) in diameter. Unused cord grips can be plugged watertight
with the supplied cord grip plugs. Each External Splice Box is provided with
a hole -cutting template to simplify installation on the riser and a 4-inch
(100-mm) diameter grommet for the riser penetration.
SBEX14, Treatment Pod (1), Pump Tank (1), and
Headworks (1). Run pump and float cords through
Splice Box to Panel.
DO NOT CUT WIRES IN SPLICE BOX IF POSSIBLE
General
To specify the Orenco External Splice Box for your installation, require the
following:
• Watertight for prolonged submergence per UL listing (type 6P)
• Attachment external to access riser to allow inspection with no need
to open the riser lid
• Volume of 100 in.3 (1639 cm3) for easy wiring access and to
accommodate multiple wiring configurations
• Bottom entry, so conduit or direct -bury cable always remains below
minimum burial depth
• Molded of UL (f1) rated plastic, resistant to cold and UV exposure,
suitable for external applications
• Optional divider plates available for isolating high and low voltage
wires from separate conduits or direct -bury cable
Standard Models
SBEX1-4, SBEXI -4-P
Product Code Diagram
SBEX1-4 -
TBlank = no divider plates
P = divider plates
External splice box
The External Splice Box is molded
of a UL if 1) rated PVC alloy. It has
a UL Type 6P listing for prolonged
submergence.
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-SBEX-1
Rev. 3.0, © 10/17
Page 1 of 2

Physical Specifications Materials of Construction
Volume 100 in.3 (1639 cm3) Splice box PVC alloy
Cord grips 4 per SBEX Cord grips Nylon
Cord grip plugs 3 per SBEX Cord grip plugs EPDM rubber
Cord diameters 0.170- 0.470 in. (4.3 -11.9 mm) 0-rings Buna rubber
accommodated Conduit hub plug PVC per ASTM D-1784
Conduit hubs 2 4-in. (100-mm) grommet* EPDM rubber
Conduit hub plug 1 * Grommet not shown in illustration below
Conduit sizes 3/ in.,1 in. (with coupling), %2 in. (with fitting or bell end)
accommodated
Dia. of hole into riser 5 in. (127 mm), hole -cutting template included
Threa
4.5 in.
(114 rr
mm
Cord grip
Cord grips Cord grip Optional
plugs (3)
(4) plate divider
5.24 in.(133 mm)
8.25 in. (133 mm)
duit Optional
IIuus (2) divider
- Conduit
hub plug (1)
NTD-SBEX-1 Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 3.0, © 10/17
Page 2of2

BT 24SECVRIT NET
24 ,
r
STF-R8240 SEGMENTED RISER
w
FEATURES
Use as a security measure to keep
persons, especially children, from
accidental entry while systems are
being serviced or any other instance
where a cover is removed
Available to fit 18", 24", and 30"
diameter risers
Open areas in web are large enough
to allow tanks to be pumped without
having to remove the security net
Installs easily in our segmented riser
and others
Install safety net in all risers not
containing an inner lid.
Order part No. STF-N18
STF-N24
STF-N 30
CAD detail drawing available in DXF format
RELATED PRODUCTS
STF-CI24 page 5
STF-APC24G page 6
STF-APC24B page 6
STF-R824B page 9
STF-AR24 page 9
STF-APC24GI-075 page 14
STF-APC24BI-075 page 14
STF-APC24GI-100 page 14
STF-APC24BI-100 page 14
STF-APL24G page 14
U.S. Patent Pending STF-APL24B page 14
PAGE
Toll Free 888-999-3290 Office 231-582-1020 Fax [phone] Email [e-mail] Web www.gag-simtech.com 111

Septic Tank Effluent Filter

8-in. to 15-in. Dia. Biotube Effluent Filters
Applications
Orenco° 8-inch to 15-inch Biotube° Effluent Filters are designed to
remove solids from effluent leaving commercial septic tanks. They can be
used in new and existing tanks.
General
Orenco® 8-inch to 15-inch Biotube° Effluent Filters' are used to improve
the quality of effluent exiting a commercial septic tank. The Biotube
cartridge fits snugly in the vault and is removable for maintenance, the
handle assembly snaps into the notches in the top of the vault, and the
tee handle can be extended for easy removal of the cartridge. A "base
inlet" model (see p. 2) is available for low -profile tanks. An optional slide
rail system, available on larger models, simplifies installation and provides
tank access for servicing.
Handle assembly
klarm float assembly
ordered separately)
Pipe coupling
Biotubes
✓ault
nlet holes m
Supr
i
Suppo.
Cutaway view
Side view
. Oreni Biotube® Effluent Filters are covered under multiple U S. and international patents.
Standard Models
FT0854-36, FT1254-36, FT1554-36, FT0822-1413, FT1254-36AR
Product Code Diagrams
FT
❑ ❑ - 36 El FTP 0854-36 NC
_,_Float switch bracket and slide rail options:
Blank = no options selected
A = float switch bracket installed
R = slide rail installed'
Cartridge height, in. (TT):
36 = 36 (914), standard
Housing height', in. (mm):
48 = 48 (1219)
54 — 54 (1372)
60 = 60 (1524)
66 = 66 (1676-mm)
Filter diameter, in. (ram):
08 = 08 (200)
12 = 12 (300)
15 = 15 (375)
Filter mesh option:
Blank — 1/,-in. (3-mm) filter mesh
P — Y,6-in. (1.6-mm) filter mesh
Biotube® effluent filter
Minimum liquid level (MILL) information:
48-in. (1219-mm) housing for MILL of 37-46 in. (940-1168 mm)
54-in. (1372-mm) housing for MILL of 47-63 in. (1194-1600 man
60-in. (1524-mm) housing for MILL of 64-84 in. (1626-2134 mm)
66-in. (1676-mm) housing for MILL of 85-112 in. (2159-2845 mm)
' For 12- and 15-in. (300- and 375-mm) only; use slide mil option
when only one access is available for fire filter chamber
FTD❑22-14B❑
Toot switch bracket and overflow plate options:
Blank = no options selected
A = float switch elbow installed
FSO = overflow plate installed
Base inlet model
Cartridge height, in. (mm):
14 = 14 (356), standard
Filter housing height, in. (mm):
22 = 22 (558), standard
Filter diameter, in. (mm):
08 = 8 (200)
12 = 12 (300)
Filter mesh option:
Blank 1/8-in. (3-mm) filter mesh
P Y,6-in. (1.6-mm) filter mesh
Biotube® effluent filter
Materials of Construction
Vault PVC
Pipe coupling PVC
Handle components PVC
Support coupling and bracket PVC
Biotube° cartridge Polypropylene and polyethylene
Note: Support coupling and support bracket are available on 12-inch and 15-inch filters only.
Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-FT-FT-2
Rev. 2.0, © 03/17
Page 1 of 2

Air vents and discharge orifices
Air vent o 0
Discharge orifice(s) �� O
8-in. base 8-in. 12-in. to 15-in.
inlet models models models
A
B IN
Standard model
Specifications
Model
FT0854-36
FT0822-14B
FT1254-36
FT1254-36AR
FT1554-36
A - Cartridge height, in.
36
14
36
36
36
B - Nominal diameter, in.
8
8
12
12
15
C - Inlet hole height, in.
22
n/at
22
22
22
D - Vault base to invert height, in.
38
13
38
38
38
E - Vault height
54
22
54
54
54
Number of inlet holes
8
n/a
8
8
8
Inlet hole diameter, in.
1.375
n/a
1.375
1.375
1.375
Number of discharge orifices
2
1
1
1
1
Discharge orifice diameter, in.
1.125
1.750
2
2
2
Pipe coupling diameter, in.
4
4
4
4
4
Number of air vents
1
1
1
1
1
Air vent diameter, in.
0.75
1.750
0.75
0.75
0.75
Filter surface area, ft2
14.6
6.0
30.0
30.0
50.5
Flow area**, ft2
4.4
1.8
9.0
9.0
15.2
* Inlet hole height can vary depending on the configuration of the tank. Optimum hole height is 65-75% of the minimum liquid level
t No inlet holes required, because influent enters between the vault base and the bottom of the filter cartridge.
# Filter area is defined as the total surface area of all individual Biotubes® within the filter cartridge.
** Flow area is defined as the total open area (area of the mesh openings) of all the individual Biotubes within the filter cartridge.
NTD-FT-FT-2 Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 2.0, © 03/17
Page 2 of 2

BiotubeO Effluent Filters
Installation, Operation and Maintenance Instructions
FT08 Models and All Base Inlet Models
U.S. Patent Nos. 5294635 / 4439323
Installation Instructions:
The Biotube Effluent Filter is suspended in the septic tank by the 4" outlet pipe. The filter is composed of a
vault body that will be fixed to the discharge pipe and a removable cartridge that consists of the Biotube
filter cartridge and the extendible handle.
1. Test -fit the effluent filter on the 4" out-
let pipe without gluing. Make sure that
it fits plumb.
Any existing outlet tee will have to be
removed.
2. Ensure sufficient clearance for trouble -
free servicing of filter cartridge. Install
assembly near the tank wall to reduce
any stresses that may be caused by
maintenance.
Sufficient room between the access
port and filter should be provided for
easy removal of solids from the tank.
The cartridge will need to be removed
and cleaned while the tank's solids
content is being pumped -out.
Ce
Orenco Systems'
Incorporated
1-800-348-9843
N I N-FT-FTM-1
Rev. 1.3, © 12/02
Page 1 of 4

Installation Instructions (continued)
3. Once the filter has been fitted properly,
apply primer and PVC cement to the
outside of the outlet pipe and the filter's
4" outlet. Use a multipurpose cement if
the outlet pipe is ABS. Do not use
primer on ABS.
Optional: Stainless steel set screws
may be used instead of glue.
4. Slide the effluent filter onto the 4" pipe
and plumb vertically.
5. Hold the filter in position until the adhe-
sive has time to set (approximately 20
seconds).
6. Extend the handle of the cartridge to an
elevation above the top of the tank for
easy access. Use 3/4" schedule 40 PVC
for extension.
Either use the stainless steel set
screws or glue the extensions in place.
q
� o
N I N-FT-FTM-1
Rev. 1.3, © 12/02
Page 2 of 4

Installation Instructions (continued)
Optional
In existing tanks or in tanks with poorly
located access ports, it may be
necessary to extend the tank outlet
fitting by using a coupling.
A coupling may also be needed to
bush from 3034 PVC to the schedule
40 outlet of the filter.
Maintenance Instructions:
1. Remove the filter cartridge by lifting it
out of the vault.
2. Spray the cartridge tubes with a hose
to remove material sticking to them.
Make sure the rinse water runs back
into the tank.
3. Inspect the vent hole and modulating
orifices. Spray them clear of any
debris.
Replace the cartridge. Be sure to snap
the cartridge back into the saddle holes
at the top of the cartridge vault.
N I N-FT-FTM-1
Rev. 1.3, © 12/02
Page 3 of 4

Maintenance Instructions (continued)
4. An alarm is optional and will give notice that
the filter needs attention before the building
sewer backs up.
If you have an alarm, check to make sure it
is working by lifting the float switch and
sounding the alarm.
5. Record that you have cleaned the filter and,
if applicable, checked the alarm. Also com-
ment any other observations about the tank
or system.
Make sure to clean up thoroughly when
finished.
Inspection / Maintenance
Date installed: Model Tank: Size:
Model: Single/Double Compartment:
N I N-FT-FTM-1
Rev. 1.3, © 12/02
Page 4 of 4

AdvanTex Treatment Component

AdvanTex'5 AX-RT Treatment Systems
Applications
Orenco's AdvanTex° AX-RT Treatment System is a single, complete,
self-contained module that treats septic tank effluent to better than
secondary standards with nitrogen reduction before discharging it by
means of pump or gravity. It is ideal for:
• Repairs and retrofits
• Small sites and poor soils
• Sites that require shallow bury
F
4
Product image is for illustrative purposes only.
General
Following a septic tank equipped with a Biotube° effluent filter, the
AdvanTex AX-RT unit eliminates the need for separate recirc, treat-
ment, and discharge tanks by performing all functions within a single
module. It also reduces the number of risers and lids needed in the
treatment train. For sites requiring antibuoyancy measures, Orenco
offers antifloatation kits with turnbuckles.
The heart of the system is the AdvanTex Recirculating Treatment Tank,
a sturdy, watertight, corrosion -proof fiberglass tank that includes the
same dependable, textile treatment media found in all AdvanTex prod-
ucts. X20RT MODEM
Standard Models
AX20RT-MODE1 A, AX20RT-MODE1 B/10, AX20RT-MODE1 B/30
AX25RT-MODE1 A, AX25RT-MODE1 B/10, AX25RT-MODE1 B/30
Product Code Diagram
AXI IRT
El - ❑/❑- ❑-T❑
Float switch options:
Blank = mercury float switches
MVF = non-memury float switches
Discharge pump voltage options:
Blank= 120V
230 = 230 V
Discharge pump options:
Blank = no discharge pump
10 = 10 gpm (0.6 L/sec) pump 20 = 20 gpm (1.3 Vsec) pump
30 = 30 gpm (1.9 L/sec) pump 50 = 50 gpm (3.2 Vseo) pump
Cold weather options:
Blank = standard lid
UCW = ult—ld weather package
Treatment mode:
M0DF1A = mak 1, gravity discharge MODF3A = mode 3, gravity discharge
MOM = mode1, pump discharge MODF3B = mode 3, pump discharge
0V disinfection unit option (AX20-BT only):
Blank no uV disinfection unit
UV
= AXOV disinfection unit
NSF approval option:
Blank = standard AdvanTmPaysfem
N = NSFcMfified AdvanTex' system
WT-sedas treatment unit
I Nominal treetmentarea:
25 = 25 iN(2.3 m')
AdvanTex' Treaanem System
AdvanTex° Treatment System AX-RTN Models meet the requirements of
NSF/ANSI Standard 40 for Class I Systems.
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 2.0, © 03/17
Page 1 of 2

Components
1. Inlet
2. Recirc/blend chamber
3. Recirc transfer line
4. Recirc pumping system
5. Manifold and spin nozzles
6. Treatment media
7. Tank baffle
8. Recirc return valve
9. Recirc/filtrate chamber
10. Discharge pumping system (pump discharge only)
11. Outlet
12. Splice box
13. Passive air vent
14. Biotube® effluent filter (in septic tank, not shown)
15. Control panel (not shown) 0
Specifications
Nominal Dimensions"
Length, in. (mm) 102 (2591)
AdvanTexAX-RT side view (AX20-RT pump discharge model shown)
Width, in. (mm)
62 (1575)
Height, in. (mm)
72 (1829)
Overall unit footprint, ft2 (m2)
44 (4.11)
AdvanTexAX-RT top view (AX20-RT pump discharge model shown)
Visible footprint after installation, ft2 (m2)
20 (1.86)
Lid insulation value
R-6 (RSI-1.1)
Dry Weight AX20-RT
AX25-RT
Gravity discharge model, lb (kg) 883 (400)
908 (412)
Pump discharge model, lb (kg) 923 (419)
948 (430)
Not to be sold individually in the state of Georgia.
Nominal values provided. See AdvanTex® Treatment System drawings for exact dimensions.
NTD-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 2.0, © 03/17
Page 2 of 2

Installation
Manual
om�
mm-
Or%lij
enco
1-800-348-9843
[phone]
www.orenco.com

How To Use This Manual............................................................ Page 2
Before You Begin.................................................................. Page 3
Septic Tanks Used in AX-RT Treatment Systems .......................................... Page 3
Standard Unit Components And Functions .............................................. Page 4
Installation Overview............................................................... Page 5
Installation Steps
Step 1:
Review or Sketch Site Plan .......................................................
Page 6
Step 2:
Perform Excavation(s)...........................................................Page
6
Step 3:
Set Septic Tank (If Needed).......................................................
Page 7
Step 4:
Set AX-RT Unit.................................................................Page
8
Step 5:
Install Antibuoyancy Deadmen (If Needed) ............................................
Page 8
Step 6:
Partially Backfill Excavation(s).....................................................
Page 9
Step 7:
Install Adapters and Risers (If Needed) ...............................................
Page 10
Step 8:
Test Tank and Adapter Seams for Watertightness .......................................
Page 10
Step 9:
Test AX-RT Midseam for Watertightness .............................................
Page 11
Step 10:
Install Effluent Filter............................................................
Page 11
Step 11:
Connect Tank -to -Unit Transport Line(s)..............................................
Page 11
Step 12:
Connect Passive Air Vent .........................................................
Page 12
Step 13:
Connect AX-RT Outlet to Transport Line ..............................................
Page 12
Step 14:
Mount Control Panel and Perform Wiring .............................................
Page 12
Step 15:
Perform AX-RT Operational Test ...................................................
Page 13
Step 16:
Complete Backfilling............................................................
Page 15
How To Use This Manual
This manual contains an Installation Overview and a set of Installation Steps.
• Installation Overview —This is a simple overview of the installation steps. Its purpose is to help you quickly see the suggested order
of operations for installing an AX-RT unit. It is intended as a summary only — it does not provide complete instructions.
• Installation Steps —This provides general instructions for each installation step along with references to detailed installation docu-
ments for specific components. Many Orenco products come with installation instructions and all of these instructions are also provided in
hard copy form in our Orenco Installer Binder. Contact your Dealer or Orenco for a copy of the binder, or find individual instructions online
in the Orenco Document Library at www.orenco.com. There are also steps in this manual covering operations performed before and after
the AX-RT unit is installed that are necessary to successfully complete the installation.
You will find IMPORTANT information, Key Points, and Notes in this manual, marked with easy -to -see visuals:
OIMPORTANT — These point out potential hazards to equipment or people during and after the installation.
QKey Points —These are critical for a quality installation and must be completed in order for your installation to be successful.
Notes — These cover useful information and tips that can help make your installation simpler or easier. They may also
provide information on variations in components or methods.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ® 07/17
Page 2

Before You Begin
At Orenco, we work hard to make your installation as easy and "hassle -free" as possible. This manual provides basic information for installing
AdvanTex AX-RTT" treatment units. It is not intended to replace installer training or requirements and instructions detailed in your engineering
plans. If you discover any inconsistencies between your engineering plans and the instructions in this manual, contact your engineer or call
your AdvanTex Dealer. If you are not an Authorized AdvanTex Installer, contact your local AdvanTex Dealer for training and authorization before
installing this system.
The Dealer can provide technical support, training, and replacement components. To find the nearest Dealer, check the Distributor Locator
page at www.orenco.com. If there is no Dealer in your area, call Orenco Systems, Inc. at [phone] or [phone].
Before you begin this installation, read this entire manual and any reference documents you may need to be familiar with to complete the
installation. Also, be sure that the instructions for these products are the most current ones available. Please note that you must perform
the installation according to the current manual or the AdvanTex° Treatment Systems Limited Warranty will he void. You
can make sure your instructions are current by checking our online Document Library at www.orenco.com. You'll save time and money on
installation day, and you'll get fewer call-backs.
Key Point: Inspect your order for completeness and inspect each component for shipping damage. Check to be sure
instructions and items supplied comply with your state and local regulations. Carefully read and follow all instructions. Improper
installation may void warranties.
OIMPORTANT The backwash discharge from a salt -type water softener MUST NOT be plumbed into an AX-RT Treatment Unit
or the preceding septic tank. Failure to follow this instruction, or any other in this manual, will void the system's warranty.
Contact your AdvanTex Dealer if you have any questions about any household plumbing arrangements that may interfere with
the functioning of the system.
Note: All pipe diameters provided are U.S. nominal PVC pipe sizes. If you are using metric pipe, you may need adapters to
connect to the U.S. fittings supplied with AdvanTex Treatment Systems.
Septic Tanks Used in AX-RT Treatment Systems
Be sure that any septic tank used in an AX-RT Treatment System meets the following conditions:
• The tank must conform to an approved and authorized tank design for AdvanTex Systems, and it must meet all applicable regula-
tory requirements (no pour -in -place tanks, no homemade tanks, etc.). Call your local Dealer for specifics.
• The tank must be structurally sound.
• The tank must have at least 1000 gal. (3800 L) capacity for an AX20-RT, 1250 gal. (4730 L) for a 5-bedroom AX25-RT, and 1500
gal. (5680 L) for a 6-bedroom AX25-RT at the normal operating level (below the invert of the outlet).
• The tank must have an at -grade access with a watertight, securable and removable lid. If it doesn't, an at -grade access must be
installed onto the septic tank and be made watertight.
• The tank must be watertight and free of leaks.
• An Orenco effluent filter (model FTSO444-36V, FTW0444-36V, or FT0822-14B) must be installed in the septic tank.
QKey Point: For existing septic tanks — the tank's depth of burial must allow for a minimum fall of 1/8 inch per foot (10 mm
per meter or 1 %) from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet. If sufficient fall cannot be met, a
grade ring extension must be installed on the AX-RT or a pumping system will need to be installed in the septic tank to move
the filtered effluent to the AX-RT unit. (Contact your Dealer for assistance.)
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-I
Rev. 5.0, ® 07/17
Page 3

Standard Unit Components And Functions - -
Standard Components (AX20RT MODE1 B shown):
O Septic tank inlet tee
O Biotube® effluent filter
O AX-RT inlet and tee
O Treatment tank (recirc/blend chamber)
© Recirc-transfer line
O Recirc-pump system
O Manifold and spin no2zles
0 Textile media
O Tank baffle
m Discharge pumping system
® AX-RT outlet
® Passive air vent
m Splice box
Side view, septic tank Side view, AX-RT unit
Top view, septic tank Top view, AX-RT unit
Raw sewage enters the septic tank through its inlet tee. In the septic tank, the raw sewage separates into a scum layer, a sludge layer,
and a clear zone. Effluent from the clear zone passes through a Biotube° Effluent Filter and is discharged to the recirc/blend chamber
of the AX-RT unit. The effluent flows through the recirc transfer line to the recirc pumping system, which pumps filtered effluent to the
distribution manifold in the top of the unit. Effluent percolates down through the textile media and is divided — by means of a tank baffle
— between the recirc/blend chamber and the recirc/filtrate chamber inside of the unit.
The recirc pumping system's operation is controlled by a timer in the control panel. It allows the pump to dose the textile media for short
periods (usually 40-60 seconds), typically 72 times a day. These frequent "micro -doses," which optimize the treatment process, occur
throughout the day to maintain the proper biological environment.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ° 07/17
Page 4

Installation Overview
Step 1: Review the site plan. If there is no site plan, draw up a plan including locations and distances.
Step 2: Perform the excavations for the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the septic tank.
Step 3: If the septic tank has not been set, set it according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Step 4: Set the AX-RT unit.
Step 5: Install antibuoyancy deadmen on the AX-RT unit (if needed).
Step 6: Partially backfill the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the septic tank.
Step 7: If the tank adapters and risers have not been installed on the septic tank, install them according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Step 8: If no watertightness test has been performed on the tank and the tank -to -riser connections, perform a watertightness test.
QKey Point: The tank and tank -to -riser connections must pass this test before the AX-RT is connected to the tank.
Step 9: Perform a watertightness test of the AX-RT unit's midseam.
Step 10: If the effluent filter has not been installed in the septic tank, install it according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Step 11: Connect the transport line(s) from the septic tank outlet to the AX-RT unit.
Step 12: Connect the passive air vent to the AX-RT unit.
Step 13: Connect the discharge line to the AX-RT outlet.
Step 14: Install and test the control panel and wiring for the AX-RT unit.
Step 15: Perform an operational test of the AX-RT float switches and pump(s).
Step 16: Complete the backfilling of the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the septic tank.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-I
Rev. 5.0, ® 07/17
Page 5

Discharge to
drainfield
T
Passive U
Splice
vent boxes
AX-RT unit
�7vnln��� I
Y v'
I
E 3ft
_ I 4-ft
m — — — — (minimum 1/5
m
distance) in.
In
Control fall
nz panel
Cleanout Outlet
riser
0 O Septic tank
5 It
14 ft
This is a sample sketch of an AX-RT unit installed parallel
to the septic tank, with no antibuoyancy measures installed.
Distances and estimated fall from the septic tank's invert of
the outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet are included
AX-RT units require 18-24 inches (457-610 mm) space on
all four sides when installed in their own excavation.
Installation Steps
Step 1: Review or Sketch Site Plans
Check the site plan for the specifics of your installation.
O!TKey Point If you're installing the AX-RT unit more than 20 ft (6 m)
s from the septic tank, contact your Dealer for assistance.
Step 1a: Detailed Site Plan Provided
Make sure that the plan accurately reflects conditions at the site. If it
doesn't, contact the Designer before scheduling the installation.
Step 1 b: Plan Of Limited Detail Or No Site Plan Provided
If you are installing the AX-RT unit with a plan of limited detail or with no plan,
contact your local Dealer for assistance and then sketch a site plan that is
consistent with the Designer's specifications:
QKey Points:
• Sketch the exact positions of the system components, pipes, electrical
conduits, etc. Account for current and likely future landscape features
in the sketch. (See Panel Installation, EIN-CP-GEN-1, for recommenda-
tions for installing control panels.)
• A minimum fall of 1/8 inch per foot (10 mm per meter or 1 %) is required
from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet.
• The invert of the inlet on the AX-RT is 46 in. (1168 mm) up from the
base of the unit. The outlet is 24 in. (610 mm) down from the top of the
unit for pump dispersal or 41.5 in. (1054 mm) down for gravity dispersal.
• The bottom of the AX-RT lid must sit 2 inches (50 mm) above finished
grade when set and level. Standard unit height is 72 inches (1830 mm);
grade rings increase height by 6 or 12 inches (152 or 305 mm).
• If the AX-RT unit is installed in its own excavation, the unit requires
18-24 inches (457-610 mm) of space on all four sides.
• If the AX-RT unit is installed in tandem with the septic tank, a minimum of
2 ft (610 mm) separation distance is required between the unit and tank.
• If the AX-RT unit is being installed parallel to the septic tank, offset the
unit from the tank by 6 ft (1.8 m) if antibuoyancy measures are neces-
sary or 4 ft (1.2 m) if antibuoyancy measures are not necessary.
Step 2: Perform Excavation(s)
Step 2a: Before excavating, consider the necessary elevations, offsets, and
grade requirements for the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the septic tank.
Step 2b: Perform the excavation(s).
QKey Points:
• Follow the manufacturer's recommendations for excavating the tank area.
• A minimum fall of 1/8 inch per foot (10 mm per meter or 1 %) is
required from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert
of the inlet.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ® 07/17
Page 6

Installation Steps
Step 2: Perform Excavation(s), cont.
Step 2c: Make sure the bottom of the excavation is suitable for setting the
AX-RT unit and (if needed) the tank: stable, smooth, level, and free of debris,
rocks, and other sharp objects.
QKey Points:
• Follow the manufacturer's instructions for bedding the tank.
• If the bottom of the excavation is uneven or rocky, lay a 4-1n. (100-mm)
bed of sand or pea gravel and compact the material to create an even,
smooth surface.
Step 2d: If the bottom of the excavation is unstable, stabilize the bottom of
the excavation before continuing.
• For unstable base soil (peat, quicksand, muck, soft or highly expansive clay,
etc.), you may need to over -excavate the site depth and set a firm, 6-1n.
(152-mm) compacted base of <_ %2- to <_ 3/-in. (13- to 19-mm) aggregate
or pea gravel.
• For extremely unstable soil, you may need to pour a concrete layer to
stabilize the bottom of the excavation.
• If you have doubt about the soil's stability, consult a local civil or struc-
tural engineer.
Step 3: Set Septic Tank (if Needed)
Set the septic tank according to the manufacturer's instructions.
• Use Fiberglass Tank Burial instructions (NIN-TNK-1) to install Orenco's
500-gallon through 2000-gallon (2000-L through 7570-L) Fiberglass Tanks.
OIMPORTANT Take care to keep everyone clear of the excavation
when placing the tank.
4!is Key Points:
• The tank has to be set at the correct depth to connect to the sewage inlet.
• A minimum fall of 1/8 inch per foot (10 mm per meter or 1 %) is required
from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet.
Make sure the excavation is stable, smooth, level, and free
from debris, rocks, and sharp objects.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-I
Rev. 5.0, ® 07/17
Page 7

Lower the AX-RT unit into position.
18-24 in.
(460-600 mm)
12 in. (300 mm)
When using Orenco fiberglass deadmen, be sure to place them
on a small lift of soil 12 inches (300 mm) from the bottom of
the AX-RT.
Installation Steps
Step 4: Set AX-RT Unit
Step 4a: Attach proper lifting equipment to the lifting points on the AX-RT unit.
Step 4b: Carefully lift the unit and lower it into the correct position.
Step 4c: Remove the equipment when the unit is set and level in position.
OIMPORTANT Take care to keep everyone clear of the excavation
when placing the unit. Use a lifting device that will not damage
the unit or the unit's lid.
O!Ts Key Points:
• A minimum fall of 1/8 inch per foot (10 mm per meter or 1 %) is required
from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet.
• The bottom of the AX-RT lid must sit 2 inches (50 mm) above finished
grade when set and level.
• If the AX-RT unit is installed in its own excavation, the unit requires
18-24 inches (457-610 mm) of space on all four sides.
• If the AX-RT unit is installed in tandem with the septic tank, a minimum of
2 ft (610 mm) separation distance is required between the unit and tank.
• If the AX-RT unit is being installed parallel to the septic tank, offset the
unit from the tank by 6 ft (1.8 m) if antibuoyancy measures are neces-
sary or 4 ft (1.2 m) if antibuoyancy measures are not necessary.
Step 5: Install Antibuoyancy Deadmen (If Needed)
Determine if antibuoyancy deadmen are necessary for the installation.
Orenco offers antibuoyancy hardware kits that can be used with Orenco
fiberglass deadmen or concrete deadmen.
• Deadmen are recommended for all installations.
• Deadmen are re uired if there is a potential for groundwater to be pres-
ent in the excavation at any time, or if surface runoff can fill the excava-
tion at any time, resulting in a "bathtub" effect.
Note: This effect occurs in dense soils when water fills an excavation
during surface water runoff —usually during a heavy rain event —
before the disturbed soil in the excavation has had time to settle.
• If you are unsure whether to install antibuoyancy deadmen or not, con-
sult the system Designer or an engineer.
Step 5a: Installing Orenco Fiberglass Deadmen
Step 5a (i): Build up a 3- to 4-inch (75- to 100-mm) lift of soil on each
side of the unit for the deadmen to rest upon.
Step 5a (ii): Secure the deadmen along the length of the unit, on both
sides, with the antibuoyancy kit hardware. Then lower the unit into the hole.
Step 5a (iii): Place the deadmen at least 12 inches (300 mm) from the
bottom of the unit, and make sure they are level.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-I Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ® 07/17
Page 8

Installation Steps
Step 5: Install Antibuoyancy Deadmen (If Needed), cont.
Step 5b: Installing Concrete Deadmen
Notes:
• We recommend preparing concrete deadmen off site before installation.
• PVC forms for concrete deadmen can be made from 12-in. dia. x 4-ft
long (300-mm x 1200-mm long) PVC half -pipe or chamber material.
• Wooden forms for concrete deadmen can be built 12-in. wide x 6 in.
tall x 4 ft long (300-mm x 150-mm x 1200-mm).
Step 5b (i): Fill two forms halfway with concrete.
Step 5b (ii): Place two #4 reinforcing bars in each of the forms.
Step 5b (iii): Finish filling the forms.
Step 5b (iv): Sink eyebolts from the antibuoyancy hardware kit into the
concrete for attaching the deadmen later.
Step 5b (v): Let the concrete set completely before moving the deadmen.
Step 5b (vi): Use appropriate lifting gear to set the deadmen in place.
Step 5b (vii): Secure the deadmen along the length of the unit, on both
sides, with the antibuoyancy hardware kit and make sure they are level.
Step 6: Partially Backfill Excavation(s)
Partially backfill around the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the tank. Follow the
manufacturer's instructions for backfilling around the tank. Follow the steps
below to backfill around the AX-RT unit.
OIMPORTANT Bolt down the AX-RT lid before backfilling! Bolting
down the lid increases rigidity and helps prevent deformation.
Step 6a: Fill the AX-RT with 16 in. (410 mm) of water on both sides of the baffle.
Step 6b: Backfill around the unit with a 16-inch (410-mm) layer of material.
QKey Points:
• Do not use native material to backfill if it is primarily sand; very soft or
highly expansive clay; or if it contains debris, large (> 3/-in. or 19-mm)
rocks, sharp rocks, peat, or muck. In these cases, use <_ 3/ inch (<_ 19
mm) rounded gravel, crushed stone, or pea gravel as fill material. This
material should be washed, free -flowing, and free of debris.
• Do not backfill with sand.
Step 6c: Compact the fill thoroughly with a mechanical compactor.
Step 6d: Fill the AX-RT with water to just above the midseam flange on both
sides of the baffle.
Step 6e: Add another 16-inch (410-mm) layer of backfill.
Step 6t: Compact the fill to 2-3 inches (50-75 mm) below the midseam flange.
IMPORTANT.•
Do not backfill around the unit
unless the lid is bolted down!
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-I
Rev. 5.0, ® 07/17
Page 9

See Orenco's PVCAccess Riser Installation (NIN-RLA-RR-1)
instructions for installing access risers on Orenco Tank Adapters
Watertight seams are critical for proper performance.
Installation Steps
Step 7. Install Adapters and Risers (If Needed)
Step 7a: Install tank adapters if needed. Follow the manufacturer's instructions.
• Use PRTA24 and PRTA30 Tank Adapter Installation (NIN-TA-PRTA-2)
instructions for installing Orenco PRTA24 or PRTA30 Tank Adapters.
• Use RRFTA and RRFTA30 Tank Adapter Installation (NIN-TA-RRFTA-1)
instructions for installing Orenco RRFTA or RRFTA30 Tank Adapters.
• Use FRTA30-FRP Tank Adapter Installation (NIN-TA-FRTA-1) instructions for
installing Orenco FRTA30-FRP Tank Adapters.
• Use Tank Adapter Installation for Roth Tanks (NIN-TA-RR-2) instructions for
installing Orenco FRTA24-R or PRTA30 Tank Adapters on Roth Fralo tanks.
Step 7b: Install the access risers and any necessary grommets.
• Use PVC Access Riser Installation (NIN-RLA-RR-1) instructions for installing
access risers on Orenco Tank Adapters and grommets in access risers.
QKey Points:
• Mode 3 systems require a 1-in. (25-mm) grommet in the tank's inlet riser.
The grommet must be on the same side of the riser as the AX-RT unit's
return line.
• The seam between the tank and the tank adapter has to be watertight.
• Watertight seams and penetrations are critical for proper performance.
• Before installing the riser, make sure the riser is the correct height — the
recommended riser height is 2-3 inches (50-75 mm) above final grade.
• Before installing the riser, make sure that the riser penetrations are made
at the correct height to make connections.
• Before installing the riser, make sure the penetrations are aligned correctly.
• After installing the riser, make sure all adhesive seams are smooth, con-
tinuous fillets, free of voids.
• After installing the riser, make sure the adhesive is set before continuing.
Step 8. Test Tank and Adapter Seams For Watertightness
Step 8a: Test the tank for watertightness if it has not been tested already.
Note. Follow the manufacturer's recommendations for watertight-
ness testing. Some manufacturers require the tank be fully backfilled
before testing watertightness.
Step 8b: Test the tank -to -riser adapter seams for watertightness.
• Use PVC Access Riser Installation (NIN-RLA-RR-1) instructions to test the
seams between the access riser, tank adapter, and tank for watertightness.
QKey Points:
• Watertight seams are critical for proper system performance — all tank -
to -riser seams must all pass the watertightness test before you continue.
• Follow all applicable regulations and manufacturer's instructions for water-
tightness testing.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-I Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ® 07/17
Page 10

Installation Steps
Step 9: Test AX-RT Midseam for Watertightness
Step 9a: Make sure the AX-RT unit is filled with water to 1-2 inches (25-
50 mm) above the midseam flange on both sides of the tank baffle.
Step 9b: Wait 15 minutes and then inspect the midseam flange for leaks.
There should be no drop in liquid level and no visible leakage from the seam.
Step 9c: If there is any leakage, contact your Dealer for information on
repairing the AX-RT unit.
Step 10. Install Effluent Filter
Install the effluent filter after the tank has been water tested.
Step 10a: Verify the model of the effluent filter.
• Orenco's FTSO444-36V, FTW0444-36V, and FT0822-14B filters are
the only models allowed for use with the AX-RT Treatment Unit.
Step 10b: Dry test -fit the effluent filter on the septic tank's outlet pipe.
QKey Points:
• Make sure the filter is plumb.
• Make sure the filter is snug to the tank wall with enough clearance for
easy removal of the filter cartridge.
Step 10c: Secure the filter to the outlet pipe with one of the following methods:
• Glue the filter onto the tank outlet pipe with primer and glue, or
• Secure the filter with a stainless steel set screw.
Step 10d: If necessary for ease of access, extend the cartridge handle
with a longer length of 3/-inch nominal (20-mm DN) Schedule 40 PVC pipe.
Step 11: Connect Transport Line from Tank to AX-RT
Step 11a: Dry fit the 4-inch (100-mm) transport line and any fittings
between the outlet of the septic tank and the inlet of the AX-RT unit.
4!iKey Point Confirm there is a minimum fall of 1/8 inch per ft (10
s mm per m or 1 %) from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the
AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet.
Step 11b: Glue all of the transport line pieces in place.
OIMPORTANT Do not use primer on ABS parts.
Step 11c: For Mode 3 units, glue all of the return line pieces in place.
• Install the 1-in. (25-mm) return line between the return line port and
the 1-in. (25-mm) grommet for the return line on the tank's inlet riser.
• To avoid siphoning, the return line should allow effluent to pour into the
tank from the height of the riser grommet.
Fill AX-RT unit with water to 1-2 inches (25-50-mm) above
the midseam flange on both sides of the baffle.
10
Effluent filter installed on the septic tank outlet.
1/8 inch minimum fall
Confirm a minimum fall of 1/8 inch per foot (10 mm per
meter or 1 %) from the septic tank's invert of outlet to
the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, ® 07/17
Page 11

12
Passive air vent
Install the vent within 20 ft (6 m) of the AX-RT unit
Wire control panel.
Installation Steps
Step 12. Connect Passive Air Vent
Use 2-inch (50 mm) PVC pipe to plumb the passive air vent to the 2-inch
(50 mm) vent fitting that protrudes from the outlet side of the AX-RT unit.
QKey Points:
• Install the vent within 20 ft (6 m) of the AX-RT unit, preferably near a
wall or other location that will protect it from damage.
• Make sure the vent line is sloped back a minimum of 1/4 inch per foot
(20 mm per meter) so that it can drain back into the unit.
• Make sure there are no "bellies" in the line that can collect water.
• Make sure the vent's top is a minimum of 3 in. (75 mm) above final grade.
Notes:
• The air vent can easily be hidden by shrubbery or landscaping.
• The air vent can be painted to better blend in with landscaping.
Step 13. Connect AX-RT Outlet to Transport Line
Glue the AX-RT discharge plumbing line to the transport line for final discharge.
Step 14. Mount Control Panel and Perform Wiring
QKey Points:
• This step should be performed by a licensed or qualified electrician.
• Installation instructions, schematics, and wiring diagrams specific to the
panel and float switch configuration are included with each panel. If any of
these is missing, contact your Dealer or Orenco for a replacement.
Step 14a: Install the splice box(es) on the AX-RT using the instructions that
came with it.
Step 14b: Mount the panel using the instructions that came with it.
OIMPORTANT DO NOT mount the control panel on an exterior wall
other than a garage or shop walla The motor contactor makes a sound
while engaging and disengaging that can be disruptive to residents.
QKey Points:
• Follow all applicable regulations for placement of the control panel.
• Mount the panel within sight of the tank in a service -friendly location.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-I Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ® 07/17
Page 12

Installation Steps
Step 14. Mount Control Panel and Perform Wiring, cont.
Step 14c: Route wires and connect the panel, pump, float switches, and other
equipment shown in the instructions and schematics into the control panel.
OIMPORTANT Follow all applicable regulations and electric codes.
QKey Points.
• Use watertight wire connectors to avoid electrical shorts and other issues.
• Be sure to seal the conduit at the control panel and at the splice box
with UL-listed sealing foam, putty, or silicone sealant.
Note. To help identify wiring runs for individual pumps and float
switches, use different -colored wires for each electrical component.
Step 15. Perform AX-RT Operational Test
IMPORTANT Before using a generator to operate a pump, contact
your Dealer or Orenco to make sure it can supply sufficient starting
amperage to the pump.
Step 15a: Rotate the manifold so that the spin nozzles face upward.
Step 15b: Remove the cap at the end of the manifold.
Step 15c: Toggle the recirc pump "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "MAN" for
10-20 seconds to flush any debris out of the manifold.
IMPORTANT Always make sure there is enough water in the
AX-RT's recirc/blend chamber to safely run the pump.
Step 15d: Rotate the manifold so that the spin nozzle faces down and
reinstall the cap on the end of the manifold.
Step 15e: Install the pressure gauge on the manifold.
Step 15f: Toggle the recirc pump "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "MAN" and adjust
the gate valve for a pressure gauge reading of 3.0-3.5 psi (20.7-24.1 kPa).
Note. If the manifold won't pressurize to 3.0-3.5 psi (20.7-24.1 kPa),
check for debris, line breaks, or broken valves, and verify that the pump has
sufficient power. Contact your Dealer for additional assistance.
Key Point. Check for complete spray coverage of the textile media and
adjust the pressure as needed for complete coverage.
Step 15g: Toggle the recirc pump "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "OFF."
Step 15h: Remove the pressure gauge.
Step 15i: Return the recirc pump "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "AUTO."
Rotate the manifold so spin nozzles face upward.
Remove the cap at the end of the manifold.
15e I�'sI
15f s----
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-I
Rev. 5.0, ® 07/17
Page 13

Installation Steps
Step 15. Perform AX-RT Operational Test, cont.
Step 15j: If the system uses a VCOMTM control panel, use the instructions that
came with it to place the control panel in "Test Mode." If the system uses an
MVP control panel, go on to the next step.
Step 15k: Check the operation of the recirc chamber's float switches by
raising and lowering the low-level, mid -level, and high-level float in turn and
verifying that each performs its intended function.
• If the AX-RT unit has a discharge pump, continue to step 151.
• If the AX-RT unit has an MVP panel and gravity discharge, go to step 15o.
• If the AX-RT has a VCOM panel and gravity discharge, take the panel
out of "Test Mode" and go to step 15o.
IMPORTANT Always make sure there is enough water in the
AX-RT's discharge chamber to safely run the pump.
Step 151: Toggle the discharge pump's "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "MAN"
and verify the pump runs.
Step 15m: Toggle the discharge pump's "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "AUTO."
Step 15n: Check the operation of the discharge chamber's float switches by
raising and lowering the low-level, mid -level, and high-level float in turn and
verifying that each performs its intended function.
• For units with a VCOM control panel, take the control panel out of "Test
Mode."
Step 15o: Make sure the recirc pump and (if equipped) discharge pump's
"AUTO/OFF/MAN" switches are toggled to "AUTO."
Step 15p: Close and bolt down the lid on the AX-RT unit.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-I Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ® 07/17
Page 14

Installation Steps
Step 16. Complete Backfilling
QKey Points:
I
• When backfilling, be careful not to alter the slope of any of the pipes.
Brace the pipes or place the pipes on a compacted bed and carefully
fill around them.
• Before backfilling, make sure the AX-RT unit's lid and all riser lids are
bolted down.
Step 16a: Backfill the septic tank excavation if it has not yet been done.
Follow the tank manufacturer's guidelines for backfilling.
Stepl6b: Backfill and compact around the AX-RT unit in maximum 12-inch
(305-mm) lifts.
QKey Points.
• Do not use native material to backfill if it is primarily sand; very soft or
highly expansive clay; or if it contains debris, large (> 3/-in. or 19-mm)
rocks, sharp rocks, peat, or muck. In these cases, use <_ 3/-in. (<_ 19
mm) rounded gravel, crushed stone, or pea gravel as fill material. This
material should be washed, free -flowing, and free of debris.
• For installations in non -cohesive soils* with high seasonal water tables,
use 3/4-inch crushed rock as the backfill material.
• Do not backfill with sand.
Step 16c: Compact the fill thoroughly with a mechanical compactor.
QKey Points:
• The bottom of the AX-RT lid should sit 2 inches (50 mm) above final
grade.
• After backfilling, call the system's Service Provider to arrange for the
official System Start-up.
Step 16d: Be sure the AX-RT unit's lid is closed and secured.
Step 16e: Be sure the septic tank's access lids are secured.
As described in OSHA Standards (29 CFR, Part 1926, Subpart P, Appendix A), noncohesive soils
or granular soils include gravel, sand, or silt with little or no clay content. Granular soil cannot be
molded when moist and crumbles easily when dry. Cohesive soils include clayey silt, sandy clay,
silty clay, clay, and organic clay. Cohesive soil does not crumble, can be excavated with vertical
sideslopes, is hard to break up when dry, and when moist, can be rolled into threads without
crumbling. For example, if at least a 2-inch (51-mm) length of 1/8-inch (3-mm) thread can be
held on one end without tearing, the soil is cohesive.
2 in. (50 mm)
above final grade
Maintain minimum 1/8 in.
(10 mm or`1%) slope
Backfill the AX-RT in 12-inch (300 mm) lifts.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, ° 07/17
Page 15

AdvanTex®
AX-RT Treatment Systems
Residential Applications
®AdvanTex Treatment System AX-RTN
Models meet the requirements of NSF/ANSI
Standard 40 for Class I Systems.
c&u S
LISTED
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, © 07/17
Orenco Systems®, Inc.
-AM

UV Component

OrencoO UV Disinfection Unit
Applications
The Orenco° UV Disinfection Unit is designed for use in residential
applications after advanced secondary treatment (10 mg/L cBOD5
and TSS) when disinfection is required before dispersal.
It requires installation inside a pump or gravity discharge basin or in a
separate tank following an advanced secondary treatment system.
3-in. (80-mm)
quick -disconnect cou-
pling (2 pieces)
Inlet
Contact
chamber
Teflon® sleeve
UV lamp
Flow -through
spacer
General
Treated effluent flows by gravity through the contact chamber and
around the UV lamp where it is disinfected in a 360-degree contact
zone. The unit uses no chemicals and has no moving parts. It requires
annual cleaning and lamp replacement.
In side -by -side NSF® testing, the Orenco UV Disinfection Unit reduced
bacteria by 99.999% (5 logs), meeting or exceeding the performance
of other residential UV disinfection units.
The Orenco UV Disinfection Unit comes with a power ballast and a
Orenco® UVIB lamp current sensor, housed in an Orenco control panel to protect the
control panel UV unit's electronic components. The control panel is installed exter-
(shown open) nally, outside of the wet well.
Orenco® UV Disinfection Unit, Cutaway View
Features/Specifications
• UL-recognized for US and Canada
• Bacteria reduced by 99.999% (5 logs)
,er cord
J grip
• Flow path designed for maximum contact time between effluent and
lamp
led lamp
11e
• Components designed to work together — no piecemeal disinfec-
et
tion assemblies and wiring
• Teflon sleeve to protect lamp and minimize buildup and service
intervals
• Quick -disconnect fitting for easy inspection and unit cleaning
• Power ballast and lamp current sensor housed in a control panel
(not in a wet well) to minimize corrosion and failure due to environ-
mental exposure
Standard Models
UV-1 25/31 -UVIB, UV-1 25/31 -UVIBSUB
Product Code Diagram
UV-125/31-0-❑
Tower cord length:
Blank = 25 ft (7.62 m)
50 = 50 ft (15.2 m)
Control panel options:
UVIB = panel with audible and visible alarms
UVIBSUB = sub -panel for use with separate control panel
Lamp length:
31 = 31 in. (787 mm)
Lamp output at 1 meter:
125 =125 µw/cm2
Orenco UV disinfection unit
MUS UL-recognized
Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-UV-OSI-1
Rev. 2.0, © 03/17
Page 1 of 2

Materials of Construction
Panel enclosure UV -resistant fiberglass, UL Type 4X rated
Hinges and latches Stainless steel
�l�l0 Cord grip Nylon
Contact chamber 3-in. (80-mm) diameter Sch 40 black ABS
Inlet tee 3-in. (80-mm) Sch 40 black ABS
Other fittings Black ABS
° Quick disconnect Black ABS
coupling
Orenco UWB Control Panel 1 Y2-in. IPS outlet Black ABS
(Shown Opened)
T I
A RD
C
It
Orenco UV Disinfection Unit
(Top View)
Lamp assembly seal EPDM rubber
Lamp sleeve Teflon®
Specifications
Panel Dimensions, in. (mm)
Height 11.5 (290)
Width 9.5(240)
Depth 5.4(135)
UV Unit Dimensions, in. (mm)
A 5.63 (143)
B 10.06 (256)
C 1.50 IPS (40 ON)
D 42.25 (1073)
0
E 38.56 (979)
E
F 34.50 (876)
F
Inlet -to -outlet fall 0.50 (13)
UV Unit Performance
Typical contact chamber 276,000 µWs/cm2 at 1 gpm (0.06 L/sec)
UV dose (65% trans- 55,000 µWs/cm2 at 5 gpm (0.32 L/sec)
mittance, 20% lamp 28,000 µWs/cm2 at 10 gpm (0.63 L/sec)
degradation)
Minimum target dose 30,000-38,000 µWs/cm2
Lamp 31 inches (787 mm), 92 VAC, 50 or 60 Hz,
425 mA, 38 W; 254 nm UVC intensity at 1 m
is 125 µW/cm2
Power cord 60OV,18/2 UL Type TC
Cord plug UL listed four -pin connector, Iampholder,
electric discharge,1000 V or less
Ballast 120V, AC, 50 or 60 Hz, located in UL listed
OrenccP control panel
Audible alarm* 95 dB at 24 in. (610 mm), warble -tone sound
Visual alarm* 'A -in. (22-mm) diameter red lens, "Push-to-
silence." UL Type 4X rated,1 W LED light,120 V
Orenco UV Disinfection
Unit
(Side Cutaway
View) Circuit breaker 10 A, OFF/ON switch. Single -pole 120 V".
DIN rail mounting with thermal magnetic
tripping characteristics
UVIB control panels only
NTD- MSM
Rev. 2.0, © 03/17
Page 2 of 2
Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com

Recirculation and Irrigation Pumps

PF Series 60-Hz, 4-inch (100-mm)
Submersible Effluent Pumps
Applications
Our 4-inch (100-mm) Submersible Effluent Pumps are designed to
transport screened effluent (with low TSS counts) from septic tanks or
separate dosing tanks. All our pumps are constructed of lightweight,
corrosion -resistant stainless steel and engineered plastics; all are field -
serviceable and repairable with common tools; 60-Hz PF Series models
are CSA certified to the U.S. and Canadian safety standards for effluent
pumps, meeting UL requirements.
Orenco's Effluent Pumps are used in a variety of applications, includ-
ing pressurized drainfields, packed bed filters, mounds, aerobic units,
effluent irrigation, effluent sewers, wetlands, lagoons, and more. These
pumps are designed to be used with a Biotube® pump vault or after a
secondary treatment system.
Discharge Connection
Bypass Orifice
Franklin
Liquid End
— Suction Connection
Franklin
Super Stainless
Motor
10 1** 0 Powered by
SR® Franklin Electric
G uS
LRB0980
LR2053896
Features/Specifications
To specify this pump for your installation, require the following:
• Minimum 24-hour run -dry capability with no deterioration in pump life
or performance'
• Patented 1/8-inch (3-mm) bypass orifice to ensure flow recirculation
for motor cooling and to prevent air bind
• Liquid end repair kits available for better long-term cost of ownership
• TRI-SEALTNI floating impeller design on 10, 15, 20, and 30 gpm
(0.6, 1.0, 1.3, and 1.9 Vsec) models; floating stack design on 50 and
75 gpm (3.2 and 4.7 Vsec) models
• Franklin Electric Super Stainless motor, rated for continuous use and
frequent cycling
• Type SOOW 600-V motor cable
* Not applicable for 5-hp (3.73 kW models
Standard Models
See specifications chart, pages 2-3, for a list of standard pumps. For
a complete list of available pumps, call Orenco.
Product Code Diagram Recirculation Pump
PF ❑ ❑ 0
PF3005 1 1
❑ ❑ _ ❑ Irrigation Pump
TPF201 1
05
ord length, ft (m):$
Blank = 10 (3) 20 = 20 (6)
30 = 30 (9) 50 = 50 (15)
Check valve:
Blank = no internal check valve
CV = internal check valuer
Voltage, nameplate:
1 = 115* 200 = 200
2 = 230 4 = 460
Frequency:
1 = single-phase 60 Hz
3 = three-phase 60 Hz
Horsepower (k":
03 = 1/3 hp (0.25)
05 = Yz hp (0.37)
07 = 3/ hp (0.56)
10 = 1 hp (0.75)
15 = 1 Yz hp (1.11)
20 = 2 hp (1.50)
30 = 3 hp (2.24)
50 = 5 hp (3.73)
Nominal flow, gpm (Usec):
10 = 10 (0.6) 15 = 15 (1.0)
20 = 20 (1.3) 30 = 30 (1.9)
50 = 50 (3.2) 75 = 75 (4.7)
Pump, PF Series
1z-hp (0.37k" only
Available for 10 gpm (0.6 Usec),1 /2 hp (0.37 kW) only
Note: 20-ft cords are available only for single-phase pumps through 1 Yz hp
Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-PU-PF-1
Rev. 5.0, © 03/17
Page 1 of 5

Specifications
c
a)y
C
Pump Model
n
O
S
L
d
cc
n d
c0 p
Z
a1
c
Q
o
c
M
d E
C c0
o.
E
cc
c0
a_i
9
.y �O
0.�
ca o
A C
C c0
c
t
d
J
�-
d
a
Cr
c
a
d
a
N
0
c0
OC
PH 00511
10(0.6)
0.50 (0.37)
1
115
120
12.7
12.7
6
1 '/4 in. GFP
23.0 (660)
16 (406)
26 (12)
300
PH 00511 CV
10(0.6)
0.50 (0.37)
1
115
120
12.7
12.7
6
1 '/4 in. GFP
23.0 (660)
16 (406)
26 (12)
300
PH 00512
10(0.6)
0.50 (0.37)
1
230
240
6.3
6.3
6
1 '/4 in. GFP
23.0 (660)
16 (406)
26 (12)
300
PF10053200
10(0.6)
0.50 (0.37)
3
200
208
3.8
3.8
6
1 '/4 in. GFP
23.0 (660)
16 (406)
26 (12)
300
PF100712 4,1
10(0.6)
0.75 (0.56)
1
230
240
8.3
8.3
8
1 '/4 in. GFP
25.9 (658)
17 (432)
30 (14)
300
PF10073200 4, 5
10(0.6)
0.75 (0.56)
3
200
208
5.1
5.2
8
1 '/4 in. GFP
25.4 (645)
17 (432)
31 (14)
300
PH 01012 1,1
10(0.6)
1.00 (0.75)
1
230
240
9.6
9.6
9
1 '/4 in. GFP
27.9 (709)
18 (457)
33 (15)
100
PH 0103200 5, s
10(0.6)
1.00 (0.75)
3
200
208
5.5
5.5
9
1 '/4 in. GFP
27.3 (693)
18 (457)
37 (17)
300
PF102012 5, s,', s
10(0.6)
2.00 (1.49)
1
230
240
12.1
12.1
18
1 '/4 in. SS
39.5 (1003)
22 (559)
48 (22)
100
PH 02032 5, s, $
10(0.6)
2.00 (1.49)
3
230
240
7.5
7.6
18
1 '/4 in. SS
37.9 (963)
20 (508)
44 (20)
300
PH 0203200 5, s, e
10(0.6)
2.00 (1.49)
3
200
208
8.7
8.7
18
1 '/4 in. SS
37.9 (963)
20 (508)
44 (20)
300
PF150311
15(1.0)
0.33 (0.25)
1
115
120
8.7
8.8
3
1 '/4 in. GFP
19.5 (495)
15 (380)
23 (10)
300
PF150312
15(1.0)
0.33 (0.25)
1
230
240
4.4
4.5
3
1 '/4 in. GFP
19.5 (495)
15 (380)
23 (10)
300
PF200511
20(1.3)
0.50 (0.37)
1
115
120
12.3
12.5
4
1 '/4 in. GFP
22.3 (566)
18 (457)
25 (11)
300
PF200512
20(1.3)
0.50 (0.37)
1
230
240
6.4
6.5
4
1 '/4 in. GFP
22.5 (572)
18 (457)
26 (12)
300
PF20053200
20(1.3)
0.50 (0.37)
3
200
208
3.7
3.8
4
1 '/4 in. GFP
22.3 (566)
18 (457)
26 (12)
300
PF201012 4,1
20(1.3)
1.00 (0.75)
1
230
240
10.5
10.5
7
1 '/4 in. GFP
28.4 (721)
20 (508)
33 (15)
100
PF20103200 4, 5
20(1.3)
1.00 (0.75)
3
200
208
5.8
5.9
7
1 '/4 in. GFP
27.8 (706)
20 (508)
33 (15)
300
PF201512 4,5
20(1.3)
1.50 (1.11)
1
230
240
12.4
12.6
9
1 '/4 in. GFP
34.0 (864)
24 (610)
41 (19)
100
PF20153200 4,5
20(1.3)
1.50 (1.11)
3
200
208
7.1
7.2
9
1 '/4 in. GFP
30.7 (780)
20 (508)
35 (16)
300
PF300511
30(1.9)
0.50 (0.37)
1
115
120
11.8
11.8
3
1 '/4 in. GFP
21.3 (541)
20 (508)
28 (13)
300
PF300512
30(1.9)
0.50 (0.37)
1
230
240
6.2
6.2
3
1 '/4 in. GFP
21.3 (541)
20 (508)
25 (11)
300
PF30053200
30(1.9)
0.50 (0.37)
3
200
208
3.6
3.6
3
1 '/4 in. GFP
21.3 (541)
20 (508)
25 (11)
300
PF300712
30(1.9)
0.75 (0.56)
1
230
240
8.5
8.5
5
1 '/4 in. GFP
24.8 (630)
21 (533)
29 (13)
300
PF30073200
30(1.9)
0.75 (0.56)
3
200
208
4.9
4.9
5
1 '/4 in. GFP
24.6 (625)
21 (533)
30 (14)
300
PF301012 4
30(1.9)
1.00 (0.75)
1
230
240
10.4
10.4
6
1 '/4 in. GFP
27.0 (686)
22 (559)
32 (15)
100
PF30103200 4
30(1.9)
1.00 (0.75)
3
200
208
5.8
5.8
6
1 '/4 in. GFP
26.4 (671)
22 (559)
33 (15)
300
PF301512 4,5
30(1.9)
1.50 (1.11)
1
230
240
12.6
12.6
8
1 '/4 in. GFP
32.8 (833)
24 (610)
40 (18)
100
PF30153200 4,5
30(1.9)
1.50 (1.11)
3
200
208
6.9
6.9
8
1 '/4 in. GFP
29.8 (757)
22 (559)
34 (15)
300
PF301534 4,5
30(1.9)
1.50 (1.11)
3
460
480
2.8
2.8
8
1 '/4 in. GFP
29.5 (685)
22 (559)
34 (15)
300
PF302012 5, s, 7
30(1.9)
2.00 (1.49)
1
230
240
11.0
11.0
10
1 '/4 in. SS
35.5 (902)
26 (660)
44 (20)
100
PF30203200 5 s
30(1.9)
2.00 (1.49)
3
200
208
9.3
9.3
10
1 '/4 in. SS
34.0 (864)
24 (610)
41 (19)
300
PF303012 5, s,', $
30(1.9)
3.00 (2.23)
1
230
240
16.8
16.8
14
1 '/4 in. SS
44.5 (1130)
33 (838)
54 (24)
100
PF303032 5, s, $
30(1.9)
3.00 (2.23)
3
230
240
10.0
10.1
14
1 '/4 in. SS
44.3 (1125)
27 (686)
52 (24)
300
PF305012
30(1.9)
5.00 (3.73)
1
230
240
25.6
25.8
23
1 '/4 in. SS
66.5 (1689)
53 (1346)
82 (37)
100
PF305032 5, s, $
30(1.9)
5.00 (3.73)
3
230
240
16.6
16.6
23
1 '/4 in. SS
60.8 (1544)
48 (1219)
66 (30)
300
PF30503200 5,6,1
30(1.9)
5.00 (3.73)
3
200
208
18.7
18.7
23
1 '/4 in. SS
60.8 (1544)
48 (1219)
66 (30)
300
PF500511
50(3.2)
0.50 (0.37)
1
115
120
12.1
12.1
2
2 in. SS
20.3 (516)
24 (610)
27 (12)
300
PF500512
50(3.2)
0.50 (0.37)
1
230
240
6.2
6.2
2
2 in. SS
20.3 (516)
24 (610)
27 (12)
300
PF500532
50(3.2)
0.50 (0.37)
3
230
240
3.0
3.0
2
2 in. SS
20.3 (516)
24 (610)
28 (13)
300
PF50053200
50(3.2)
0.50 (0.37)
3
200
208
3.7
3.7
2
2 in. SS
20.3 (516)
24 (610)
28 (13)
300
PF500534
50(3.2)
0.50 (0.37)
3
460
480
1.5
1.5
2
2 in. SS
20.3 (516)
24 (610)
28 (13)
300
PF500712
50(3.2)
0.75 (0.56)
1
230
240
8.5
8.5
3
2 in. SS
23.7 (602)
25 (635)
31 (14)
300
PF500732
50(3.2)
0.75 (0.56)
3
230
240
3.9
3.9
3
2 in. SS
23.7 (602)
25 (635)
32 (15)
300
NTD-Pu-PF-1 Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, © 03/17
Page 2 of 5

Specifications, cont.
a1
9
A �
M
o n
a>
o
c
t
'aMm
a
y X
c
Mm
d O L c0 p d t=
C S a- Z Q C M 9
y C
C cc
J d
d
c0
OC
Pump Model
PF50073200 50(3.2) 0.75 (0.56) 3 200 208 4.9 4.9 3
2 in. SS
23.1 (587)
26 (660)
32 (15)
300
PF500734 50(3.2) 0.75 (0.56) 3 460 480 1.8 1.8 3
2 in. SS
34.8 (884)
25 (635)
31 (14)
300
PF501012 50(3.2) 1.00 (0.75) 1 230 240 10.1 10.1 4
2 in. SS
27.0 (686)
26 (660)
35 (16)
100
PF50103200 50(3.2) 1.00 (0.75) 3 200 208 5.7 5.7 4
2 in. SS
26.4 (671)
26 (660)
39 (18)
300
PF501034 50(3.2) 1.00 (0.75) 3 460 480 2.2 2.2 4
2 in. SS
26.4 (671)
26 (660)
39 (18)
300
PF5015124 50(3.2) 1.50 (1.11) 1 230 240 12.5 12.6 5
2 in. SS
32.5 (826)
30 (762)
41 (19)
100
PF501532004 50(3.2) 1.50 (1.11) 3 200 208 7.0 7.0 5
2 in. SS
29.3 (744)
26 (660)
35 (16)
300
PF503012 4, 5,', s 50(3.2) 3.00 (2.23) 1 230 240 17.7 17.7 8
2 in. SS
43.0 (1092)
37 (940)
55 (25)
100
PF50303200 4, 1,1 50(3.2) 3.00 (2.23) 3 200 208 13.1 13.1 8
2 in. SS
43.4 (1102)
30 (762)
55 (25)
300
PF503034 4, 5, s 50(3.2) 3.00 (2.23) 3 460 480 5.3 5.3 8
2 in. SS
40.0 (1016)
31 (787)
55 (25)
300
PF505012 5,s,',s 50(3.2) 5.00 (3.73) 1 230 240 26.2 26.4 13
2 in. SS
65.4 (1661)
55 (1397)
64 (29)
300
PF505032 5,s,',s 50(3.2) 5.00 (3.73) 3 230 240 16.5 16.5 13
2 in. SS
59.3 (1506)
49 (1245)
64 (29)
300
PF751012 75(4.7) 1.00 (0.75) 1 230 240 9.9 10.0 3
2 in. SS
27.0 (686)
27 (686)
34 (15)
100
PF751512 75(4.7) 1.50 (1.11) 1 230 240 12.1 12.3 4
2 in. SS
33.4 (848)
30 (762)
44 (20)
100
1 GFP - glass -filled polypropylene; SS = stainless steel. The 1 %-in. NPT GFP discharge is 2 718 in. octagonal across flats;
the 1 %-in. NPT
SS discharge is 2 118
in. octagonal across flats; and the 2-in.
NPT SS discharge is 2 718 in. hexagonal across flats. Discharge is female NPT threaded, U.S. nominal size, to accommodate Orence discharge hose and valve assemblies. Consult
your Orenco
Distributor
about fittings to connect hose and valve assemblies to metric -sized piping.
2 Minimum liquid level is for single pumps when installed in an Orenco Biotube® Pump Vault or Universal Flow Inducer In other applications,
minimum liquid level should be top of pump. Consult Orenco for
more information.
3 Weight includes carton and 10-tt (3-m) cord.
4 High-pressure discharge assembly required.
5 Do not use cam -lock option (0) on discharge assembly.
6 Custom discharge assembly required for these pumps. Contact Orenco.
7 Capacitor pack (sold separately or installed in a custom control panel) required for this pump. Contact Orenco.
8 Torque locks are available forall pumps, and are supplied with 3-hp and 5-hp pumps.
Materials of Construction
Discharge Glass -filled polypropylene or stainless steel
Discharge bearing Engineered thermoplastic (PEEK)
Diffusers Glass -filled PPO (Noryl GFN3)
Impellers Celcon® acetal copolymer on 10-, 20, and 30-gpm models; 50-gpm impellers are Noryl GFN3
Intake screen Polypropylene
Suction connection Stainless steel
Drive shaft 7/16 inch hexagonal stainless steel, 300 series
Coupling Sintered stainless steel, 300 series
Shell Stainless steel, 300 series
Motor Franklin motor exterior constructed of stainless steel. Motor filled with deionized water and propylene glycol for constant lubrication. Hermetically
sealed motor housing ensures moisture -free windings. All thrust absorbed by
Kingsbury -type thrust bearing. Rated for continuous duty.
Single-
phase motors and 200 and 230 V 3-phase motors equipped with surge arrestors for added
security. Single-phase motors through
1.5
hp
(1.11 k" have built-in thermal overload protection, which trips at 203-221' F (95-105' C).
Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
NTD-PU-PF-1
Rev. 5.0, © 03/17
Page 3of5

Using a Pump Curve
A pump curve helps you determine the best pump for your system. Pump curves show the relationship between flow and pressure (total dynamic
head, or TDH), providing a graphical representation of a pump's optimal performance range. Pumps perform best at their nominal flow rate. These
graphs show optimal pump operation ranges with a solid line and show flow rates outside of these ranges with a dashed line. For the most accurate
pump specification, use Orenco's PumpSelect- software.
Pump Curves
800
700
as
c 600
500
Q 400
300
200
w
I°
100
400
350
w
as
as
300
250
200
v
150
100
50
0
®MM■■rD-
Series,-------�
E
' ' M®■■`________a
■E■■■IM■E■■■E■E■E
■E■E■EMME■E■E■■E
■E■E■ENNI■■E■E■E
■E■E■E■■MMNEE■EN
■E■E■E■E■■ME■E■E
rOMMEMEMEMEMEMEMEM
NOON
i i
, ' .
1,'■'���■
NONE
1■MENEE■■
NOON-�J■■■\NOON
12
4 6 : 10
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
PF20 Series, 60 Hz, 0.5 -1.5 hp
160
140
as
c 120
100
80
60
40
w
I°
20
0
I I I I I I I
PF15 Series, 60 Hz, 0.3
i 0 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
900
800
aU
U' 700
600
500
aU
400
E
300
200
100
0
PF3050
1PF3030
PF30 Series, 60 Hz, 0.5 - 5.0 hp
M ■■■MM\I■■■
1 1 1110111 01111 h qqh- I h 111 M I I
�® 1■1���1!\II
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
NTD-PU-PF-1 Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, © 03/17
Page 4 of 5

Pump Curves, cont.
450
400
35
200
150
100
50
M11
MEMO!
MEN®
0L
0
I I I I I I I I I I
PF50 Series, 60 Hz, 0.5 - 5.0 hp
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
100
90
as
.� 80
c
70
O
60
a
= 50
v
40
a 30
c 20
10
0L
0
PF75 Series, 60 Hz,1.0 -1.5 hp
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-PU-PF-1
Rev. 5.0, © 03/17
Page 5of5

Universal Flow Inducer
Applications
Orenco's Universal Flow Inducer houses any Orenco high -head efflu-
ent pump in applications where filtration is not necessary. The base
rests on the bottom of the tank, and the mounting flange is epoxied
to a PVC riser. The flow inducer can be lengthened or shortened to fit
any tank. The tee, which holds the mounting flange and float assembly
bracket, slides to any position along the flow inducer. A float assembly
(ordered separately) snaps into the bracket. Applications include:
• Pump tanks
• Disinfection systems
• Effluent reuse systems
• Cisterns
Mounting flange
(fits 3-in. pipe)
4-in. flow induc
Fiberglass ba
Sliding tee
Float assembly
bracket
Float assembly (ordered
separately)
1 3/8-in. (35-mm)
inlet holes
General
To specify this product, require the following:
• Class 125 4-in. (nominal) PVC pipe body
• Injection -molded ABS mounting flange
• Injection -molded holster for float tree
• Ability to accommodate flows as great as 65 gpm (4.1 Vsec)
Standard Model
UFI-4
Materials of Construction
Flow inducer
Class 125 PVC
Mounting flange
Injection -molded ABS
Base
Fiberglass -reinforced polyester
Specifications
Dimensions
Flow inducer diameter
4" nominal
Height
72" (1828 mm)
(can be lengthened or shortened)
Shipping weight
13 lb (5.9 kg)
Mounting
bracket epoxied Discharge assembly
to PVC riser — —
Float assembly
High -head
pump
'Typical installation in concrete pump tank. Use screws to secure mounting bracket to riser while
epoxy cures.
Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-UFI-1
Rev. 2.0, © 03/17
Page 1 of 1

Control Panel and Rain Sensor

4X6 TREATED POST
RAIN SENSOR
MOUNT PANEL DIRECTLY
CONTROL
TO POSTS OR TO ALUMINUM PLATE
PANEL
(GRIND OFF PROTRUDING SCREWS)
0000
SINGLE
0
CONDUIT
(no splices)
2X4 TREATED - SECURE
CONDUIT
WITH 4 - 3" DECK SCREWS
SUPPORT
PER POST
2'
RISER OR
CORRUGATED PIPE
��\ -I
0 0°00 - ��i'�i'�` GRAVEL
COVER CONDUIT ��i��i� 0 00° 00,N \°° ° ° ° °O
MINIMUM 18"�;�i ° ° ° \\
TO HEADWORKS UNIT TO PUMP TANK
TO POWER SOURCE TO ADVANTEX POD
ALL CONDUIT
INSTALL
MULTIPLE TO BE 11 " (min)
CONDUITS AS
NEEDED 4' BURIAL DEPTH
MINIMUM
L d ICJ
2 CONTROL PANEL DETAIL
WW—$ N.T.S. SOURCE :AVVF,Inc.

A UV 113
iCornm
VeriCommg (IPr Upgrade Kitisrequired if Inte net line is used)
AXB Control Panels
Applications
VeriComm° AXB1 and AXB2 remote telemetry control panels are
used with two -pump operations — recirculation and discharge
(on -demand or timed) —for AdvanTex° Treatment Systems.
Interlocked controls prevent the recirculation pump from running
if there is a high level alarm on the discharge side. Coupled with
the VeriComm Web -based Monitoring System, these affordable
control panels give water/wastewater system operators and
maintenance organizations the ability to monitor and control
each individual system's operation remotely, with real-time effi-
ciency, while remaining invisible to the homeowner. VeriComm
AXB panels allow remote operators to change system param-
eters, including timer settings, from the Web interface.
Typical AXB_ VeriComm° Control Panel
Standard Models: VCOM AXB 1, VCOM AXB2
To Specify...
To specify this panel for your installation, require the following:
Basic Control Logic: Three Operating Modes
• A "Start-up Mode" for the initial 30 days, during which the
system collects trend data to establish operating standards for
future reference.
• A "Normal Mode" that manages day-to-day functions.
• A "Test Mode" that suspends data collection and alarm report-
ing during installation and service.
Data Collection and Utilization
• Data logs of system conditions and events, such as pump run
times, pump cycles, and alarm conditions.
Troubleshooting and Diagnostic Logic
• Troubleshooting capabilities that can report suspected failed
components, which then trigger Alarms.
Advanced Control Logic
Communication and Alarm Management
• Remote telemetry capabilities coupled with a Web -based
monitoring application (see VeriComm Monitoring System,
ATD-WEB-VCOM-1)for communication and alarm manage-
ment. Updating of point values (including timer settings) and
receipt of queued changes during each communication ses-
sion with host. Communication sessions that occur monthly, at
a minimum, and more frequently during alarm conditions.
• Multiple methods of communication, as follows:
Call -In to VeriComm° Host
— Automatic notification to host of "Alarms," which signal
fault conditions that need to be addressed immediately
(e.g., pump failure).
— Automatic notification to host of "Alerts," which signal
less critical fault conditions and which trigger the panel's
troubleshooting logic and alternative operating mode
(e.g., stuck float switch).
— Automatic notification to host of "Updates," which include
alarm updates or all -clear notifications following Alarms/
Alerts, as well as normally scheduled monthly panel reports.
— Manual, forced communication from panel to host to effect
an updating of point values and receipt of queued changes.
Real -Time Direct Connection to Panel
— Manual, direct connection at the site via RS-232 serial port,
to allow a local operator real-time access to detailed logged
data and the ability to change point values from a laptop.
— Manual, forced communication by local operator/
homeowner at the site to initiate an auto -answer mode,
allowing a remote operator real-time access to detailed
logged data and the ability to change point values.
During real-time, manual connections, software with open
architecture (and password security) is used; no proprietary
software is required. VT100 protocol allows access and control
from any computer modem (Mac or PC) with a simple com-
munication program (e.g., Windows° HyperTerminal); multilevel
password protection in panel ensures that only qualified per-
sonnel can access the panel's data.
Additional Features
• Status light indicators on the board,
including ...
•
— Flashing green LED for normal
operation
— Yellow LEDs for status of digital inputs
9 p
Orenco Systems'
Incorporated
— Red LEDs for status of digital outputs
cdn;­ xth,Mythe
and modem activity
W,Irv°r,
• UL-recognized and FCC -approved
8-9843
www.orenco.eom
wvvw.o enco.G
• Advanced control logic that activates during float malfunctions For more information, t our online demo at
to diagnose the situation and keep the system operating nor- try ATD- .5 @ 6/ 6
www.vericomm.net(no password required). Rev. z.5©sios
mally until servicing. Page 1 of

VeriComm° AXB Control Panels
1. VeriComm° Remote Telemetry Board
2. Motor -Start Contactors
3. Toggle Switches
4. Control Circuit Breaker
5. Pump Circuit Breakers
6. Fuse
7. Transformer
8. Audio Alarm
9. Visual Alarm
10. Panel Enclosure
10
Standard Components
Feature Specifications
1. VeriComm° Remote Telemetry Unit*
ATRTU-100: 36/18 VAC (center tap transformer), 8 digital inputs, 4 analog inputs, 4 digital
outputs, 0 analog outputs, on -board modem (2400 baud), LED input and output indicators,
1-year battery backup of data and program settings.
2. Motor -Start Contactors
120 VAC: 16 FLA, 1 hp, 60 Hz; 2.5 million cycles at FLA (10 million at 50% of FLA).
240 VAC: 16 FLA, 3 hp, 60 Hz; 2.5 million cycles at FLA (10 million at 50% of FLA).
3. Toggle Switches
Single -pole switch, automatic On, with spring -loaded, momentary, manual On. 20 A, 1 hp.
4. Control Circuit Breaker
10 A, OFF/ON switch. Single -pole 120 VAC, double -pole 240 VAC. DIN rail mounting
with thermal magnetic tripping characteristics.
5. Pump Circuit Breakers
20 A, OFF/ON switch. Single -pole 120 VAC, double -pole 240 VAC. DIN rail mounting
with thermal magnetic tripping characteristics.
6. Fuse
120 VAC Primarv, 36 VCT @ 0.85 A Secondarv.
7. Transformer 250 VAC, 1 A.
8. Audio Alarm 95 dB at 24 in. (610 mm), warble -tone sound.
9. Visual Alarm 7/8 in. (22 mm) diameter red lens, "Push -to -silence." NEMA 4, 1 W bulb, 120 VAC.
10. Panel Enclosure Measures 15.5 in. high x 13.3 in. wide x 6.7 in. deep (384 mm x 338 mm x 170 mm).
NEMA 4X rated. Constructed of UV -resistant fiberglass; hinges and latch are stainless steel.
Conduit couplings provided.
VCOM-AXB1 120 VAC, 3/4 hp, 14 A, single-phase, 60 Hz.
VCOM-AXB2 240 VAC, 2 hp, 14 A, single-phase, 60 Hz.
Optional Components
Feature Specifications Product Code Adder
Pump Run Light 7/8 in. (22 mm) diameter green lens. NEMA 4, 1 W bulb, 120 VAC. PRL
Anticondensation Heater Self-adjusting: radiates additional wattage as temperature drops. HT
Programmable Timer Discharge side timed dosing. PT
UV Disinfection Compatibility UV grounded power circuit and alarm contacts. Pump disable upon UV failure. UV
* See VeriComm° Remote Telemetry Unit (ATD-CP-VCOM-1) and VeriComm° Monitoring System (ATD-WEB-VCOM-1) for more detail.
ATO-CPNCOM-7
Rev. 2.5 © 6/06
Page 2 of 2

Float Switch Assemblies °a
Orenc Systems
Incorporated
1.800-348-9843
Installation, Operation and Maintenance Instructions
Model MF
Installation Instructions
The float switch assembly is typically mounted in the screened pump vault or effluent screen inside of a septic or dosing tank.
The assembly is detachable without removal of the screened pump vault or effluent screen. A typical float switch assembly is
shown below.
Step 1:
Each float cable is provided with a color marker. This marker indicates the
function of the float. Make sure that your float cable color markers corre-
spond with the wiring diagram provided. If the wiring diagram does not
match your float cable marker colors, contact Orenco Systems® Inc. or
your local dealer for assistance.
Step 2:
To check for proper float switch operation, move each switch up and down
and check for interference. Remove the assembly from its holding bracket
by snapping it out of the holding bracket.
Float function
color marker
Float stem
Adjustable float
1.
collar
Stainless steel
set screw
Float
© 2003 Orenco Systems® Inc.
NIN-MF-MF-1
Rev. 2.0, © 11/04
Page 1 of 4

Installation Instructions (continued)
U
E'J
Step 3:
If any float interferes with another, the float may be adjusted by loosening
the stainless steel set screw provided in the float collar. Using a phillips
screwdriver, slowly back the screw out of the collar to a point at which the
collar may be adjusted. Be careful not to back the screw completely out of
the collar. Carefully rotate the collar on the stem until the float switches can
move freely past one another. Tighten the stainless steel set screw and
recheck.
Warning: Be careful not to alter the the tether lengths of any of the floats.
Alteration of the tether length may affect proper operation of the float
switch assembly.
Step 4:
Check the float settings with the project plans and specifications. If the set-
tings need to be adjusted, loosen the set screw as described in step 3.
Adjust the float switches to the desired level and tighten the set screw.
Make sure float level settings do not violate any state or local regulations.
Note: The float stem provided is the maximum length possible without
interfering with the pump minimum liquid level or screened pump vault
intake ports. Never lengthen the float stem without prior approval from
Orenco. Lengthening of the float stem will void the warranty.
Step 5:
Replace the float switch assembly in the holding bracket. Make sure the
assembly snaps fully into the bracket.
Step 6:
To allow for easy removal of a float switch assembly, a 1" diameter handle
may be added to the top of the float switch assembly. Measure the distance
from the top of the float switch assembly up to about one foot from grade
level. Cut a 1" diameter PVC pipe to the measured length and glue it into the
handle.
NIN-MF-MF-1
Rev. 2.0, © 11/04
Page 2 of 4
© 2003 Orenco Systems® Inc.

Installation Instructions (continued)
Step 7:
When used with an Orenco electrical splice box:
Push the level control wires through the watertight cord grips into the
electrical splice box. Leave an adequate length of electrical cable coiled
inside the riser to allow for easy removal of the pump and float switch
assembly. Do not remove the colored markers or the paper tags from the
float cables, and do not try to thread the markers and tag through the
cord grip. Tighten the cord grips by hand, not by tool, then test the tight-
ness of the cord grips by tugging on each cable. A cable is secure when
the cord grip is tight enough to prevent slippage. Adequate lengths of
cable should be left within the splice box to allow easy removal for future
disconnecting and resplicing.
Note: See the splice box instructions (E/N-SB-SB-1) and
corresponding splice box diagram for connection instructions.
M
© 2003 Orenco Systems® Inc. NIN-MF-MF-1
Rev. 2.0, © 11/04
Page 3 of 4

Maintenance Instructions
CIS
Orenco Systems"
Incorporated
1-800-348-9843
During the annual inspection, follow the testing procedures provided to ensure that the system is operating properly. If a float is
found to be faulty, either during the annual inspection or during troubleshooting after an alarm condition, see the section below
titled Removing and Replacing Inoperative Floats.
Removing and Replacing Inoperative Floats
Important: Before doing any work either on the wiring to the level control floats and pump in the vault or in the pump control
panel, switch the circuit breakers in the panel to their "OFF" positions, then switch off the power to the system at the service
entrance panel.
1. Remove the float assembly from the vault.
2. Using a Phillips screwdriver, remove the stainless steel screws from the splice box lid, being careful not to drop the screws
into the tank. If the splice box was submerged, or if there is a crack in the conduit, there may be water in the splice box. If
this is the case, remove water from the splice box with a syringe, sponge, or other appropriate method. Loosen the cord grip
at the splice box and verify the appropriate splice for the float. Unscrew the wire nuts and remove the float.
3. Remove the inoperative float and replace it with a new one. Push the float cable through the watertight cord grip into the
electrical splice box. Leave an adequate length of electrical cord coiled inside the riser to allow for easy removal of the float
assembly. Do not remove the colored markers or the paper tags from the float cords, and do not try to thread the markers and
tag through the cord grip. Tighten the cord grip by hand, notby tool, then test the tightness of the cord grip by tugging on the
cord. A cord is secure when the cord grip is tight enough to prevent slippage. An adequate length of cord should be left
within the splice box to allow for easy removal for future disconnecting and resplicing.
4. Refer to document EIN-SB-SB-1 for instructions to splice the float wire to the wire from the control panel. Attach the float
wires using the waterproof wire nuts. It is necessary to replace this wire nut with a new watertight wire nut. Always use
watertight wire nuts or heat shrink splice kits for all connections!
5. Replace the float and collar and return the assembly to the pump vault.
6. Reconnect power and test the unit.
NIN-MF-MF-1 © 2003 Orenco Systems® Inc.
Rev. 2.0, © 11/04
Page 4 of 4

MI NI-CLICK--HV
H1111tel 0
0
The Irrigation Innovators
here's nothing more embarrassing —or more
wasteful or costly —than an irrigation system
that runs when it doesn't have to ... in the rain.
Mini-Clik° provides the simplest, most effective way
to prevent sprinklers from coming on during or after
precipitation. It easily installs on any automatic irrigation
system, then shuts sprinklers off in a storm and keeps
them off, automatically compensating for the amount
of rainfall that occurred. Disks absorb water and expand
proportionally to the amount of rain that fell (e.g., a
a
Mini-Clik Rain Sensor
small cloudburst would result in little absorption, a
6" thunderstorm would lead to more absorption and
expansion). As the moisture -laden disks expand, they
eventually activate a switch that interrupts the circuit from
the controller to the valves. Once dry, they contract and
release the switch. Thus, Mini-Clik 0 v F
automatically resets without ever Q ti
affecting your controller. There's no WATER
better way to ensure that a system
isn't watering when it isn't necessary.
Easily installs on any automatic
irrigation system
Versatile enough to work with all
popular controllers
Patented mechanism cannot be fouled
by dirt or debris
Reliable operation, no false shutdowns
Adjusts to actuate at various
rainfall quantities
Set from 'Is" to 1" based upon your
local conditions
Includes 25 feet of 20 gauge two
conductor wire
Fast and easy mounting out of sight
5-year warranty
Your guarantee of dependable operation
Why You Should Ask for a
Genuine Mini-Clik Sensor:
Adding the patented Mini-Clik
sensor to your system's irrigation
controller is the easy way to make
system operation truly automatic. By
interrupting programmed watering
during rainy periods, the Mini-Clik
can save thousands of gallons of
water each season. Unlike other rain
sensors, the Mini-Clik is accurate, reli-
able, and proven effective in lowering
your water usage.

Models
MINI-CLIK— standard Min i-Clik model
MINI-CLIK-HV —code approved for liquid tight electrical
fittings for 120 or 240 volt wiring applications
MINI-CLIK-C —'/2" female threaded inlet at bottom
MINI-CLIK-NO — normally open switch
MINI-CLIK-C-NO —'/2" female threaded inlet at bottom,
normally open switch
Dimensions
• Height: 5 inches
• Length: MINI-CLIK: 6 inches
MINI-CLIK-HV:7'/2 inches
Operating Specifications
• Switch Rating:5 amps, at 125/250VAC (MINI-CLIK
and MINI-CLIK-C)
• Wiring: MINI-CLIKand MINI-CLIK-C: Typically
interrupts the common ground wire between the
solenoid valves and the controller
MINI-CLIK-HV: For use with high voltage irrigation
systems, and systems using pumps drawing less
than 10 amps peak
MINI-CLIK-NO: for use with controllers that require
a normally open sensor switch
• Included:25 ft. of#20 two conductor wire, two
mounting screws, controller identification label,
and detailed instructions
By compensating for the effects of natural
rainfall, the Mini-Clik saves water and
typically pays for itself in just one season.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
EXAMPLE: MINI-CLIK - HV
T
MODEL OPTIONS
MINI-CLIK HV = High Voltage Model for 110/220VAC Applications
C - Conduit Mount
NO = Normally Open Switch
Nate: For Mini -Clio, in Sensor Guard enclosure, specify SG -MC.
To add Bypass Switch Box to any non -Hunter controller
installation, specify BPSW with sensor. Bypass switch function
is standard in all Hunter controllers.
Mini-Clik° Rain Sensors
All Mini-Clik rain sensors are UL Listed and available in three different models to
accommodate your particular wiring needs.
MINI-CLIK
The standard Mini-Clik model, for use in most appli-
cations. Constructed of high impact thermoplastic
and aluminum. Simple click -stop settings accurately
measure rainfall in quantities of %s" to I " Reset rate
is adjustable.
Model: MINI-CLIK
MINI-CLIK-C
Features a %" female threaded inlet at the bottom
to accommodate any type of conduit to enclose
wire. Electrical PVC or plumbing PVC pipe can
be used with this unit since it is intended for 24 volt
applications.
Model: MINI-CLIK-C
MINI-CLIK-HV
Adds in code approved liquid -tight electrical fittings
for 120 or 240 volt wiring applications. Also includes
18 inches of 16 AWG installation wire. Integral
bracket with supplied electrical fittings and conduit.
Ready to mount on any standard junction box.
Model: MINI-CLIK-HV
Bypass Switch Box: Give Any Automatic Controller's Remote
Sensors the Capability to Bypass
It's the easy way to put a system in the manual
mode as would be needed during servicing and
troubleshooting operations. Featuring a compact
heavy-duty switch mechanism, the Bypass Switch
Box mounts quickly and easily with its no -strip
wire connectors and supplied adhesive tape.
Mini -Weather Station: Control
System Operation with Sensors for
Wind, Rain, and Temperature
With the Hunter Mini -Weather Station you get
each of Hunter's three different sensor devices in one
single convenient unit. The Mini-Clik rain sensor shuts
sprinklers off in a storm and keeps them off, automat-
ically compensating for the amount of rainfall that
occurred. The Freeze-Clik° prevents system activation
by automatically stopping the flow of water when
in,�. sai�n
Model: BPSW
outdoor temperatures drop near freezing. The Wind -
Model: MWS-FR
Clik° shuts off systems during periods of high wind,
then automatically resets the system when conditions are more favorable. Easy to
mount (it attaches to your controller with just two wires) and easy to use, the Mini -
Weather Station takes all the guesswork out of when you shouldn't water.
Hunter Industries Incorporated • The Irrigation Innovators
1940 Diamond Street • San Marcos, California 92078 • TEL: [phone] • FAX: [phone] ©2006 Hunter Industries Incorporated
www.Hunterindustries.com P/N 700592 LIT-277 3/06

Hindchre
Mini-Clik Rain Sensors
Installation Instructions
on the controller,
disconnect it. Attach one
wire of the Mini-Clik to the
"common" terminal
(usually marked "C") on
the controller. Attach the
other wire of the Mini-Clik
to the common wire
leading to the valves.
Note: The common wire
to the valves does not
have to be interrupted
at the controller. The
Mini-Clik may be wired
anywhere along the
common wire line.
B. 24 Volt Solenoid Valves
with Booster Pump (See
Figure 4)
Locate the common wire
to the solenoid valves and
the common wire leading
to the coil of the relay that
starts the pump. If these
two wires are connected
to the "common" terminal
on the controller,
disconnect both of them.
Twist together these two
wires along with one wire
from the Mini-Clik, and
secure with a wire nut.
Attach the other wire of
the Mini-Clik to the
"common" terminal on the
controller. Note: The pump
circuit output must be 24
Volts in this situation. Do
not proceed if 110V.
C. Special Instructions for
Mini-Clik-HV (See Figures
5 and 6)
The two taped and
stripped wires are the
ones to be used when
following these accompa-
nying diagrams. The third
wire should be terminated
with a wire nut (not sup-
plied). All wire connec-
tions with the Mini-Clik
should be made with wire
nuts and located in a
junction box.
Where the timer is
controlling a pump, the
relay may be inside the
timer, external or non-
existent. If there is no
relay in the circuit, one
must be added. The
wiring for an internal or
external relay is the same:
the Mini-Clik breaks the
circuit to the coil of the
relay only. Either wire of
the coil may be broken.
Operation Check to Verify
Correct Wiring
Turn on one zone of the
irrigation system that is
visible while you are in reach
of the Mini-Clik. Manually
Mini-Clik Controller
C 1 2 3 4
0Im
0
0
Third Normally -
Open Lead
Solenoid
Common Wire to Valves
All Valves
Figure 3
Controller Mini-Clik
Pump
or MV C 1 2 3 4
S
0
Line -In o
Terminate
Normally -
Open Relay
Solenoid
Common Valves
Wire to All
Valves
Line -Out (to Pump)
Figure 4
Mini-Clik-HV
Controller
110V
110V Switched
nput Input
110V Line
Terminate
110V
Solenoid
Valves
Figure 5
depress the spindle at the top of the Mini-Clik until you hear the switch "click"
off. The sprinkler zone should stop instantaneously. If it does not, check wiring
for correctness. It is not necessary to "wet' test the Mini-Clik, although it will test
the operation fine, if desired.
Figure 7
1/8 1/4
1/2 3/4
rr
Vent Ring'%,�Vent
The Mini-Clik can keep the irrigation system from
starting or continuing after rainfall quantities of 1/8",
1/4", 1/2", 3/4" or 1 ". To adjust it to the desired shut-
off quantity, rotate the cap on the switch housing
so that the pins are located in the proper slots (see
Figure 7). Do not forcibly twist the cap as this might
break the pins.
The time that it takes the Mini-Clik to reset for
normal sprinkler operation after the rain has
stopped is determined by weather conditions (wind,
sunlight, humidity, etc.) These conditions will
determine how fast the hygroscopic discs dry out,
and since the turf is also experiencing the same
conditions, their respective drying rates will roughly parallel each other. So when
the turf needs more water, the Mini-Clik is already reset to allow the sprinkler
system to go at the next scheduled cycle.
There is an adjustment capability on the Mini-Clik that will slow down the reset
rate. By turning the "vent ring" (see Figure 7) to completely or partially cover the
ventilation holes, the hygroscopic discs will dry more slowly. This adjustment can
compensate for an 'overly sunny" installation location, or peculiar soil conditions.
Experience will best determine the ideal vent setting.
The Hunter ICC and SRC controllers are equipped with a built-in bypass that
allows you to override an active sensor. For controllers not equipped with this
feature, should you desire to bypass the operation of the Mini-Clik for any reason
(i.e., turn on your system even though the Mini-Clik has shut "off° due to rainfall),
there are two simple ways to do this. The first is to add our Bypass Switch Box.
This mounts on or next to the controller, and by simply moving the switch, the
Mini-Clik is bypassed. The second method is to go to the Mini-Clik and raise the
"cap" a couple of settings higher or completely remove it. This takes the pressure
off the switch button, which allows the valve circuit to close again.
Note: Using the "manual"switch on non -Hunter controllers typically will not
bypass the sensor.
There is no required maintenance for the unit. The Mini-Clik does not have to be
removed or covered for "winterizing" purposes.
Troubleshooting
Follow these simple checks first before assuming the unit is bad and replacing it.
System will not come on at all:
A. First, check to see that the Mini-Clik discs are dry and the switch "clicks" on
and off freely by pressing the top of the spindle.
B. Next, look for breaks in the wire leading to the Mini-Clik and check all wire
junctions.
C. Finally, if the Mini-Clik is dry and the wire leading to it is good, check the Mini-
Clik switch by nicking the insulation of the two "outer" wires near the unit to
expose copper. Turn one sprinkler zone on, and apply a 'jumper wire" across
the two exposed wires. If the sprinkler now comes on, the switch is bad. Wrap
all nicked wires with electrical tape.
System will not shut off even after heavy rainfall:
A. Check wiring for correctness (see "Operation Check to Verify Correct Wiring").
B. Check sensitivity setting on Mini-Clik — move cap to more sensitive setting.
The Mini-Clik is an accurate rain gauge and can be verified by setting up a
"tube" type rain gauge in the same vicinity and making periodic readings.
C. Is the rainfall actually hitting the Mini-Clik? Check for obstructions to rainfall
such as overhangs, trees or walls.
All Mini-Clik models are listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL). Samples of these devices have
been evaluated by UL and meet the applicable UL standards for safety.

Hm&hrr
Mini-Clik Rain Sensors
Installation Instructions
In most installations, the Mini-Clik acts as a switch to break the circuit to the
solenoid valves of the irrigation system when it has rained. This allows the timer
to advance as scheduled, but keeps the valves from opening the water flow.
Once the Mini-Clik has dried sufficiently, the switch closes again to allow for
normal operation.
The Mini-Clik has three blue wires coming out of it. Two are connected to a 25
foot extension, and the third center one is left disconnected. This center blue
wire is the "normally open" lead of the switch and is not used in most installations.
The remaining two extension wires are colored (one "silver" tinned, the other
natural copper); however, in the following instructions it will not matter which
wire is connected at a given junction.
For the Model Mini-Clik-C: This rain sensor unit is the same as the standard
model except for the lack of an aluminum mounting bracket and the addition of
a 1/2" threaded cap, which allows for the easy use of electrical conduit to totally
enclose the wires. Unless local code states otherwise, plumbing grade PVC pipe
can be used as well as electrical grade conduit.
For the Model Mini-Clik-HV: This rain sensor unit is designed to be used
with automatic irrigation systems of two principle designs: 1) single -station
electrical timer (e.g., Intermatic) that switches power to a pump, either directly
or through a relay; or 2) single -station electrical timer that switches power to a
solenoid valve.
Standard Model:
Using the screws
provided, mount the Mini-
Clik on any surface
where it will be exposed
to unobstructed rainfall,
but not in the path of
sprinkler spray. The
switch -housing portion
must be upright (as
pictured), but the swivel -
bracket can be moved for
mounting on any angled
surface. Loosen the
locknut and screw before
swiveling bracket, and
then re -tighten.
For the Conduit Model
Mini-Clik-C:
The conduit acts as the
mounting support for the
unit. Therefore, place
and mount the conduit
to allow for the desired
sensor location as
described in the main
instructions for the
standard model. Be sure
to support the conduit
sufficiently along its
various lengths.
For the High -Voltage
Model Mini-Clik-HV:
The mounting of this unit is primarily made by screwing the fitting end into the
threaded holes of covers to rectangular junction boxes (for outdoor use) or the
covers of round junction boxes commonly used for outdoor spotlights. Locate
the junction box so that with the Mini-Clik attached, unobstructed rainfall will hit
the outermost sensing end of the unit. If a longer reach is needed, the "Carlon"
flexible conduit piece can be substituted with a slightly longer piece (up to 8"
length with no support or up to 11" with support).
Helpful hints for mounting:
A. When looking for a suitable location such as on the side of a building or post,
the closer the Mini-Clik is to the controller, the shorter the wire run will be.
This will also minimize the chance for wire breaks.
B. The ideal location for mounting is not always the most practical location. In
the case where a compromise must exist (such as low location on a side wall
rather than the preferred high location), note that the Mini-Clik will still work
as it will always receive some rainfall — it just will not be as accurate in its
gauging as it could be.
C. As described in the "Operation" section of this manual, 'reset rate" refers to
the amount of time it takes the Mini-Clik to dry out sufficiently for the sprinkler
system to be allowed to come back on. The mounting location will affect this
rate and should be taken into consideration should extreme conditions exist.
For example, mounting the Mini-Clik on a very sunny, southern end of a
building may cause the Mini-Clik to dry out sooner than desired. Similarly,
mounting on the northern end of a building with constant shade may keep the
Mini-Clik from drying soon enough.
Once the Mini-Clik is mounted, run the wire to the controller, and fasten it every
few feet with wire clips or stapled for best results. If an extension to the wire
provided is needed, use the following table to determine the minimum wire
gauge needed:
If the extension needed is: 25-50 ft. 50-100 ft. 100 ft. or more
use: 20 AWG 18 AWG 16 AWG
Important. The Standard Model Mini-Clik is sold and designed for hook up to 24
Volt irrigation controllers only. For wiring to 110V or 220V irrigation controllers,
please consult your distributor or this factory. All wiring must conform to National
Electrical Code or applicable local codes.
For the Model Mini-Clik-C: WARNING! This unit is designed to be installed in
conjunction with 24VAC circuits only. Do not use with 110 or 220VAC circuits.
For the Model Mini-Clik-HV: WARNING! This unit must be installed by a qualified
electrician in accordance with National Electrical Code and applicable local
codes. The electrical rating of this device is 125-250VAC at 10.1 amps. Do not
let current pass through this
device that exceeds this
rating. Do not install directly
in line with any pump.
Wiring to the Hunter SRC
The Mini-Clik connects
directly to the SRC. This
allows you to easily override
the sensor by using the RUN
(BYPASS SENSOR) position
on the dial.
1. Route the wires from the
Mini-Clik up through the
same opening used for
valve wiring.
2. Connect one wire to the
RS terminal and other
to the C terminal (See
Figure 1).
3. Connect the valve common
to the RS terminal.
Wiring to the Hunter ICC
The Mini-Clik connects
directly to the ICC. This
allows you to easily override
the sensor by using the
Sensor switch on the front
panel.
1. Remove the jumper from
the two "SEN" terminals.
2. Route the wires from the
rain sensor up through the
same conduit opening
used for valve wiring.
3. Connect one wire to the
terminal labeled "SEN"
and the other wire to the
other "SEN" terminal (See
Figure 2).
Hunter SRC
Connect Common to
this Terminal when
Mini-Clik
using Rain Sensor
Connect Rain
r Sensor Wires to
These Two Terminals
RS
C 1 2 3 4
o
(2)SMI
Third Normaly-
LLSolenoid
Open Lead
(Do Not Use)
Valves
Figure 1
Mini-Clik
Hunter ICC
0 C
0 P MV
o
SEN
o
SEN
e TEST
Third Normally -
Open Lead
(Do Not Use)
Figure 2
Other Controllers
The two most common situations are shown below. For non-standard wiring
situations, please consult your distributor or request our "Non-standard"
wiring information packet.
A. 24 Volt Solenoid Valves Only (No booster pump) (See Figure 3)
With the two wires from the Mini-Clik at the controller, locate the "common
ground" wire of the solenoid valves. If it is connected to the common terminal
Hunter Industries Incorporated • The Irrigation Innovators © 2011 Hunter Industries Incorporated
1940 Diamond Street • San Marcos, California 92078 • U.S.A. • TEL: [phone] • FAX [phone] LIT-315 RevA 5/11
www.hunterindustries.com

Spray Field Components

Rainbird 3/4"—
Impact Sprinkler
1 "Brass Shut —Off
Valve
1" Galvanized I,I
Steel Pipe I,
11�1
4%4" Treated Pos I ,
36" burial (min)
I
I
11�1
Supports 11II
I,II
a aI�II
�11�1
° IIII
a I,II
. IIII
Concrete III
Collar
I,II
11�1
I,II
CDymbol, on II.I
DraMng)
•
N.T.S
Sprinkler Characteristics
— Part #30H SBN-3V (LAN-1)
— Sprinkler Size = 3/4"
— Nozzle Size = 9/64"
— Sprinkler Radius = 42' (approx.)
— Operating Pressure = 25 psi
— Operating FloWrate = 4.20 gpm
Drain Valve (DV) Characteristics
— Part #16A—FDV-075
— Connection: 4" male threaded
Check Valve (CV) Characteristics
I — Part # CV—S-10
4'-0" — Spring style check valve
Connection: 1" slip
Minimum opening pressure 5 psi.
a°
CV 18"
_ MIN. COVER
DV HO
2" MiN' 6"length,
1"SCH40 PVC O
1 cu.ft. gravel
With filter fabric
Galvanized
Elbow, fipt
6 SPRAY HEAD INSTALLATION DETAIL
�V�V—N.T.S. SOURCE: AVVT, Inc.
Supply
Line

Full Circle Impact Sprinklers
/ RIRV 3/4" (19 mm) Sprinklers
30H
30H 30WH
3/4" 19 mm Full Circle,
Brass Impact Sprinkler
Bearing:3/4" Male NPT, Brass
Trajectory Angle: 27
Operating Range:25-80 psi 1.7-5.5 bars
Flow Rate: 2.9-13.1 GPM 0.66-2.98 m11h
Radius: 40-56 ft.12.20-17.23 meters
Range: One 1/4"Female NPT Nozzle Port
Spreader: One 1/8" Female NPT Spreader
Nozzle Port
Features
• Heavy duty brass construction
• Stainless steel springs and fulcrum pin
• Chemically resistant washers
• Dual nozzle ports
• Two-year warranty
• 30H unit does not have a spreader plug
• 30WH unit has spreader plug
Benefits
• Wide range of flow rates
• Corrosion and grit resistant
• Built to last
Part Numbers and Ordering Information
Sprinkler Only
U.S. Standard
Sprinkler Without
30H
A08401
Nozzle, Without Plug
Sprinkler without
30WH
A08411
Nozzle, With Plug
U.S. STANDARD DATA
'ERFORMANCE DATA
BRASS STRAIGHT BORE NOZZLE BRASS STRAIGHT BORE NOZZLE (SBN-3)
(SBN-3) WITH PLUG* (Stream Height:9 ft.) WITH SPREADER RAN-11 (Stream Height:9 ft.)
NOZZLESIZE
US STANDARD
9/64"
5/32"
11/64"
3/16"
Rad.
GPM
Rad.
GPM
Rad.
GPM
Rad.
GPM
25 40
2.90
41
3.50
41
4.30
42
5.10
30 40
3.10
42
3.90
44
4.70
45
5.60
35 41
3.40
43
4.20
45
5.10
47
6.00
4041
3.60
44
4.50
46
5.40
48
6.40
45 42
3.80
44
4.70
46
5.70
49
6.80
50 42
4.10
45
5.00
47
6.10
50
7.20
55 43
4.20
45
5.20
48
6.30
50
7.60
0 43
4.40
46
5.50
48
6.60
51
7.90
65 44
4.60
46
5.80
49
6.90
51
8.20
70 44
4.80
47
5.90
49
7.20
52
8.50
75 45
5.00
47
6.10
50
7.40
52
8.80
i 45
5.10
48
6.30
50
7.70
53
9.10
30H / 30WH
NOZZLE SIZE
US STANDARD
9/64"
5/32"
11/64"
3/16"
3/16'
x3/32-7"
x3/32-7"
x3/32-7"
x3/32-7"
x1/8-20'
Rad.
GPM
Rad.
GPM
Rad.
GPM
Rad.
GPM
Rad.
GPM
40
4.20
41
4.80
41
5.60
42
6.40
42
7.40
40
4.60
42
5.30
44
6.10
45
7.00
45
8.10
41
4.90
43
5.70
45
6.60
47
7.50
47
8.70
41
5.20
44
6.10
46
7.00
48
8.10
48
9.30
42
5.60
44
6.50
46
7.40
49
8.50
49
9.90
42
5.90
45
6.80
47
7.90
50
9.00
50
10.40
43
6.10
45
7.10
48
8.20
50
9.40
50
10.90
43
6.40
46
7.40
48
8.60
51
9.90
51
11.40
44
6.70
46
7.80
49
8.90
51
10.20
51
11.80
44
6.90
47
8.10
49
9.30
52
10.70
52
12.30
45
7.20
47
8.30
50
9.60
52
11.00
52
12.70
45
7.50
48
8.70
50
10.00
53
11.50
53
13.10
BRASS STRAIGHT BORE NOZZLE with VANE BRASS STRAIGHT BORE NOZZLE with VANE (SBN-3V)
(SBN-3V) WITH PLUG* (Stream Height:1 Oft.) WITH SPREADER RAN-11 (Stream Height: loft.)
NOZZLESIZE
US STANDARD
9/64"
5/32"
11164'
3/16"
Rad.
GPM
Rad.
GPM
Rad.
GPM
Rad.
GPM
25 42
2.90
44
3.50
45
4.30
48
5.10
30 43
3.10
45
3.90
46
4.70
47
5.60
35 44
3.40
46
4.20
47
5.10
49
6.00
40 45
3.60
47
4.50
48
5.40
50
6.40
45 46
3.80
48
4.70
49
5.70
52
6.80
50 46
4.10
49
5.00
50
6.10
53
7.20
55 47
4.20
50
5.20
51
6.30
53
7.60
0 47
4.40
50
5.50
51
6.60
54
7.90
65 48
4.60
51
5.80
52
6.90
55
8.20
70 48
4.80
51
5.90
53
7.20
55
8.50
75 49
5.00
52
6.10
54
7.40
56
8.80
i 50
5.10
52
6.30
55
7.70
56
9.10
* Nozzles must be purchased separately.
See Chart below.
NOZZLE SIZE
US STANDARD
9/64"
5/32"
11/64"
3/16"
3/16"
x3/32-7"
x3/32-7"
x3/32-7"
x3/32-7"
x1/8-20"
Rad.
GPM
Rad.
GPM
Rad.
GPM
Rad.
GPM
Rad.
GPM
42
4.20
44
4.80
45
5.60
45
6.40
46
7.40
43
4.60
45
5.30
46
6.10
47
7.00
47
8.10
44
4.90
46
5.70
47
6.60
49
7.50
49
8.70
45
5.20
47
6.10
48
7.00
50
8.10
50
9.30
46
5.60
48
6.50
49
7.40
52
8.50
52
9.90
46
5.90
49
6.80
50
7.90
53
9.00
53
10.40
47
6.10
50
7.10
51
8.20
54
9.40
54
10.90
47
6.40
50
7.40
51
8.60
54
9.90
54
11.40
48
6.70
51
7.80
52
8.90
55
10.20
55
11.80
48
6.90
51
8.10
53
9.30
55
10.70
55
12.30
49
7.20
52
8.30
54
9.60
56
11.00
56
12.70
50
7.50
52
8.70
55
10.00
56
11.50
56
13.10
Nozzle Only
I XX= Nozzle Size
Brass Straight Bore
SBN-3
105842-XX
09
10
11
12
Nozzle
Brass Straight Bore
SBN-3V
106131-XX
-
-
-
09
0
11
2
Nozzle with Vane
Brass 7° Low Angle
LAN-1-7
100225-XX
06
07
08
09
10
Spreader
Brass 20' Low Angle
LAN-1-20
100226-XX
06
07
08
09
10
Spreader
Brass Plug
100255
Bold nozzle size numbers denotethe most common nozzle choices.

Rain Bird - Landscape Irrigation: Products: Filtered Drain Valve
Page 1 of 1
RA1JV*B,1RD,.,
Filtered Drain Valve
Primary Applications:
Evacuate lateral lines after each irrigation cycle to reduce damage _
caused by freezing.
Features and Benefits:
■ Automatically drains pipes to prevent freezing damage.
click to enlarge
■ Plastic perforated cap screens out large particles.
■ Dispersion pad filters out small particles.
Models:
■ 16A-FDV: 1/2" (15/21) male threaded inlet Filtered Drain Valve
16-FDV-075
■ 16A-FDV-075: 3/4" (20/27) male threaded inlet
Specifications:
More
■ Pressure: Up to 125 psi (8,5 Bars)
■ Flow: 1 GPM (0,23 m3/h; 0,06 I/s) maximum rate before
sealing
■ Average opening pressure when installed vertically: 2.5 psi
(0,2 Bars)
■ Average closing pressure when installed vertically: 5.5 psi
(0,4 Bars)
■ Diameter: 1 3/8" (3,5 cm), Length: 1" (2,5 cm)
Copyright © 1996-2010, Rain Bird Corporation.
http://www.rainbird.com/landscape/products/valves/filtered_drain.htm 1/28/2010

Spring Check Valve
CV-S-10
Spring Check Valve ** Required minimum opening
pressure - 5 psi**
Spring Check Valve Description:
The spring check valve is used to prevent backflow and
siphoning. The '/z pound stainless steel spring maintains
a positive seal, even when no back pressure is present.
Minimum of 2 psi required to open the valve.
Spring Check Valve
Spring Check
Model No.
Inlet/Outlet Size (FPT or
socket)
Length
(inches)
Height
(inches)
Max Temp
CV-S-05
0.5"
4.13"
2.22"
1400
CV-S-10
1.0"
5.25"
2.88"
1400
CV-S-15
1.5"
5.9"
3.89"
1400
CV-S-20
2.0"
7.0"
4.29"
1400
Spring Check Specifications
Thermoplastic Spring check valves shall be constructed from
PVC Type 1, cell class 12454 material conforming to ASTM
D-1784. Seals shall be EPDM. Valves shall have socket end
connections for solvent weld. All Spring check valves shall
be pressure rated at 150 psi at 73 degrees E All spring check
valves shall require 2 psi to open.
Spring Check Installation
Connection - FIPT slip connections. Install in a box for easy
access. It is recommended that these check valves be installed
no closer than 10 pipe diameters from a pump and no closer
than 5 pipe diameters from an elbow
Spring Check
Maximum Pressure Rating at Given Temperature
150
125
1111h]
N
v
75
v
50
a
X 25
�a
1
80 90 100 110 120 130 140
Temperature ( degrees F)
95 56

Fence DetailA
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

o
rt X
�m
a'
tg
9A7
� Ci
m,
D
(D O�
O
DN
c
4
O n
C�
D
N
C
�N O
N � N
c
(D
S
O
(D
l
�
A
O
ti
Lok
D
r
� W
z
o
�
yUZI
D
i f �
A
ppX�r
Q
(0 (D
Q �
(D /D Op
C C
1 m C
(1
D
r
(0 N
D0
�
m
D
m
'
a
O N
N
{p
o 3 °
z
m3m
A
4 C n
U-
O
N N o Z
m N3
a,�o
\
N <D
o
Q N 3
m
aQ
_ N Q
o 3
" C 5
N �
(D

Irrigation Headworks ComponentsA

To Spray
f
TOP LA YER
To Septrc
BOTTOM LAYER
Note: Supply and Return line penetrations to be at least 18" below top of box N . T. S .
HEADWORKS BOX - TOP VIEW
N,T,S, (or equivalent)

tZ WM2 Multi -Jet Water Meter
Economical, Brass Body, Dry Dial
/ VII
1
s,
®e LT
N s,
Spud NPSM Length `L? %idth `W' Height `H' %*-+,6
in (mm)
(BSPP)
in (mm)
in (mm)
in (mm)
Ib (kg)
5/8 x 1/2 (15)
3/4"" (3/4"")
6-1/2 (165)
3-45/64 (94)
4-15/64 (107.5)
3.75 (1.7)
5/8 x 3/4
1"" (1"")
7-1/2 (190)
3-45/64 (94)
4-15/64 (107.5)
3.97 (1.8)
3/4 (20)
1"" (1"")
7-1/2 (190)
3-45/64 (94)
4-15/64 (107.5)
4.9 (2.2)
1 (25)
1-1/4- (1-1/4"�
10-1/4 (260)
3-55/64 (98)
4-5/8 (117.5)
6.4 (2.9)
1-1/4 (32)
1-1/2- (1-1/2"�
10-1/4 (260)
3-55/64 (98)
4-5/8 (117.5)
8.2 (3.7)
1-1/2 (40)
2"" (2"")
k1-13/16 (300)
4-51/64 (122)
5-9/16 (141.5)
13.52 (6.17)
2 (50)
2-1/2"" (2-1/2"�
k1-13/16 (300)
5-45/64 (145)
6-31/32 (177)
18.74 (8.5)
#, * -V5 %Mk M7/6-J*6 %W4 M*6`4 is ideal for commercial and industrial SPECIFICATIONS
applications. The multi jet design allows for simplicity and accuracy with wide flow ranges, Service: $ %5)3
even in low flow applications. The magnetically driven, hermetically sealed register will %etted Materials:
not leak or fog and is completely separated from the water. These water meters are Body: Brass, polyethylene;
designed for long service life and maintenance -free operation, even under harsh conditions. Couplings: Brass;
Measuring Chamber: Polyethylene, ABS plastic, ferrite, acetal.
FEATURES Flow Range: See model chart.
Magnetic drive - water is sealed from entering register Accuracy: #ransitional Flow: ±5%; Nominal Flow: ±2%.
Dry dial won't discolor or fade - hermetically sealed from the elements #emperature Limit: 104°F (40°C).
Integral strainer that protects meters from particulate damage Pressure Limit: 232 psi (16 bar).
Pointer -roller indicator Pressure Drop: See service manual.
Frost resistant body #otalizing Display Maximum: See model chart.
Includes two mounting adapters (couplings) Mounting Orientation: Horizontal.
%eight: See dimension chart.
Coupling
Max Flow Nominal Flow Range #ransitional Flow
Display Max
Model
"-<*
"-<*
GPM (Gallons Per Minute)
(Gallons)
Price
WM2-A-C-01
5/8 x 1/2""
1/2""NPT
20
1 to 10
0.25
9,999,999.99
-0�f
WM2-A-C-02
5/8 x 3/4-
3/4- NPT
20
1 to 20
0.25
9,999,999.99
61.00
WM2-A-C-03
VA
3/4- NPT
30
2 to 30
0.25
99,999,999.9
68.50
WM2-A-C-06
R6rmA
1-1/2- NPT
100
5 to 100
1.5
99,999,999.9
199.00
w
o
w
rr
Model
..-<*
Coupling
..-<*
Max Flow Nominal Flow Range #ransitional Flow
0 "/h
Display Max
K0"W
Price
WM2-B-C-08
15 mm
1/2- BSPT
G
0.12 to 1.5
0.03
99,999.9999
-0��
WM2-B-C-10
20 mm
3/4- BSPT
r
0.2 to 2.5
0.03
99,999.9999
61.00
WM2-B-C-11
25 mm
1-BSPT
7
0.25 to 3.5
0.07
99,999.9999
97.00
WM2-B-C-12
32 mm
1-1/4- BSPT
kw
0.48 to 6
0.12
99,999.9999
120.00
WM2-B-C-13
40 mm
1-1/2-BSPT
20
0.8 to 10
0.2
999,999.9999
199.00
WM2-B-C-14
50 mm
2-BSPT
30
1.2 to 15
0.12
999,999.9999
kr6rr
CALL #O ORDER 1 800/872-9141 wwk

M6, -3
#'@
C6; 735/
#'@
M > F33= IN64 15 3F33= " 5/ - $ 59t165 3F33=
D1971? M)>
G)3659K
G! M G)3659 ! -8M15; :-K
& Mk-A-C-F 1
5/EF
WGFFN #
Qc
w :5 Gk
kfG5
9099099rrJ9
& Mk-A-C-Fk
5/C>' /f R
/f FIN #
Qc
w:5 Gk
UG5
9®99®99rrJ9
& Mk-A-C-F 1iv
` /f F
/fFN #
k
C :5 ` k
k r5
9®99®99rrJ9
& Mk-A-C-F G
dF
kFN #
5k
' :5 5k
Me, 5
9®99®99rrJ9
& Mk-A-C-ff
VwLW F
VwLWGFN #
kAkk
5 :5 4k
Jv5
99(b99(b99r)g
& Mk-A-C-F 7
1 (cF
(cFN #
mk
C :5 mk
G
99699699rrg
M6, -3
#o@
C6; 735/
# o@
M)> F33= I N64 15) 3F33= ") 5/ - $8) 59t'B5) 3F33=
4 `"/0
D1971 ? M)>
4 "K
& Mk-B-C-f 8
M 3 3
JJ(cFFB" #
k'MG :5 dv5
krk'
99®99irJ999
& Mk-B-C-1 f
(r% 3 3
` /f FB" #
5
UZ:5 e5
krk5
99®99irJ999
& Mk-B-C-11
Cc5 3 3
kFB" #
I
kr'W- 5' 6
krk,
99®99irJ999
& Mk-B-C-1 k
` C 3 3
JwJJf FB" #
kAZ
HT C :5 6
k me
99®99irJ999
& Mk-B-C-1W
fk 3 3
VwLVVGFB" #
Qc
UC:5 4
krz
999®99rrJ999
& Mk-B-C-1 (a
5k 3 3
(cFB" #
' k
QZ :5 M
U
999(999i)9999
M-:-8"-),'S/
#. + :5:' 2,25= :. .. ' 9 6' 99+* :. ffi; - . ?5; 83 +:+8/9 W * (? 9:' 8/4- ' .:. + :56 5,
:. + &-/9:+8=/:. :. + F/<+-D/-/: #5:' 2@87 4* :. +4 W * ) 25) 1=/9+' ffi; 4* :. + 93' 2
*P He 14 :. + +>' 3 62- (+25=6. + F/<+-D/-/: #5:' 2@8&' *9 w Ekk %W C> 4k)O 4*
:. + * / 29 W * 6k �6 >\Q )62 Kd >00 4* HT W > UM) &96+) :/<+2h #. + :5:' 2,25= /9
w C6(ift r
®O®10® x FieaQigitTotelixer
.3 S !reads138 t1ize
rea Gal Dial
xi Q Breads 6 x 10}
P
3
x1 5 °
x1 Gal x l
� reads 2 x 1 j
%0.1
C,,,
e a
rxO.t Gal Dial
(reads4x0.i)
IN#$ALLA$I N
l
! 8.99; 8• D867
Q
2
a�
ri
d
0,10
m
N a.os
a 0.04
m
� 0.02
13.2 22 30.8 52.8 88.1 132
Flow (GPM)
3 5 7 12 20 3D
Flow (rn'/h)
B C56?ff- .: Q MG)= ?+8149:$ 3 +4:9C! 4) e
A++; 8) +? CO) @
qmin qt qp
Flow (m31h)
Flow
ryry
�'r.S.
MAIN$ENANCE/" E! Al"
&<+4:' :/<+ 3' /4:+4' 4) + ) 549/9:9 5, 6+ff5* n /496+) :/549 ' 4* ) 2-' 4/4-
685)+*; &9r #. + 685)+*; &9 9. 5; 2 (+ 6+$583 +* ' : 8F-; 2 8 /4:+8,e 26' 4* ' 4?
*+,+) :9 */9) 5<+&* 9. 5; 2 (+ ) 583i-) :+* (+,5& ,; 8. +856+8 :/54 5,:. + 3 +:+&
%9; ' 2n /496+) ::. + 3 +:+8 ,58 3 /99/4- . ' a =' &6(851+4 &9/9:58 - 2 99658 5:. +8
9/- 49 5, _+' 858*+:+ff58 :/54 %off,? 6856+8,25= 8 :+' 4* 6&99; 8F ,583 +:+ffA 2599
/4 68F99; &6= /:. :. + 8F9; 2A- ,25= 8 :+ *+) W 9+�8 ' ? /4* n' :+ :. + 3 +:+89) &+4 /9
) 25- - +* ' 4* &7; /&9 ) 2-' 4/44
C2-' 4:. + 9:8 /4+8?+' 8 58' 9 8F7; /8F* &+6+4*A- 54 =' :+8) 54*/:/54 ; 225; ::. +
9:8 /4+858 (' ) 1 ,z 9. :. + 3 +:+8:5 2559+4 :8 66+* 6' an; 2 :+9
#. + " +8'+9 & MG/9 45: ,/+2 9+8<n +' (2-' 4* 9. 5; 2 (+ &:; 83+* /, &6' /8/9 4++*+* e
F/+2 8F6' /89. 5; 2 45: (+' ::+3 6:+* ' 4* 3' ? <5/* _' 83 4:?F
& A" " AN$( /" W/o' N
! +,+8:5 [#+83 9' 4* C54* /:/549 5, " ' 2-9EA 5; 8)' :' 25- ' 4* 54 5; 8=+(9/:+r C54:') :
); 9:53 +89+8g,)+ :5 &)+/<+' ! +:; 84 G55*9A; :. 5&@:/54 4; 3 (+8(+,5& 9. /66/4-
:.+6ffi*;):(')1, 58&6'/ffB+9;&:5/4)z*+' (8+,*+9)8'6:/545,:.+685(2-3 629
4T **/:/54' 2' 662)' :/54 45:+ge
ff4:+* A $?' 'We 9/M
F! fffkf5-kk ! +-ff
D& ( E" IN#$" %MEN$#VINCO ! 065-Ck1,/87,-8rrr===q=?-8-159:664
! 6 OB virMAMICHIGAN CI$(YINDIANA la ir rv%(#®►O F)>Ck1, /871k-, r" 7 --4 )13E'6.6@,=?-8-159:664

631110FLOW
SUBSURFACE DRIP
Description
The Vortex filters are placed between the pump and dripfield
to screen out any debris. Spin plates at the top of each screen
direct the flow of debris to the base of the screen for easy
self cleaning.
Features
- Simple self cleaning filter. Geoflow's Vortex filter
depends on a simple forward flush to self clean.
Incoming water is forced through a directional nozzle
plate onto the inside of the stainless steel screen. A
centrifugal motion starts inside the screen chamber,
throwing particles outward against the screen. Gravity
moves the debris down the screen wall to the flush
outlet at the base of the Vortex Filter.
- It is simple to install and operate, requiring very few
moving parts.
- Can be plumbed to self clean periodically
with electronically activated solenoid valves
(recommended), or continuously with slightly
opened ball valves.
- Sturdy stainless steel screen proven effective in onsite
wastewater applications. A sinteringprocess in which
three pieces of stainless steel mesh are transformed
into one; a perforated plate, 30m then 150 mesh.
- Body is a two-piece threaded housing with O-ring seal.
Molded from high heat ABS and chemical resistant
glass reinforced plastic.
Item Number Size
I (M PT)
' AP4E-75F 3/4"
AP4E-1F 1"
AP4E-1.5F 1.5"
AP4E-2F 2.0"
Vortex Screen Filter
1" Vortex Filter
Height
IF
Width
1.5" and 2" Vortex
Max.
Flow rate
I Filtration
(mesh)
Max.
Pressure
(psi) (ft.)
Width
Height
Flush Area of
Port Filtration
(MPT) (inches2)
_(GPM)
10
150
80
185
6.0"
6.0"
3/4"
23.4
20
150
80
185
6.5"
7.0"
3/4"
28.4
45
150
100
231
12"
15.5"
3/42'
1 60.8
70
150
80
185
12"
16.0"
3/42'
1 60.8
AP4E-75F 3/4inch Vortex Filter has been discontinued. Please use a larger filter for onsite wastewater
applications. Replacement parts are still available.
150 mesh = 100 micron
When in doubt, it is best to choose the filter with the larger screen area.
Geoflow, Inc. Tel [phone] Fax [phone] www.geoflow.com
Product Sheets-2011 F her VortexScreen12H27.uidd
Look
for the
Genuine
Geaflow
stamp of
quality '

(FT) (PSI)
aNi 27.7 12
a
Le,
18.5 8
9.2 4
3/4" Vortex Screen Filter
Oz
Op
.......... --7t31 " V rtex filter
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Flow - GPM
Specification:
The Y filter body shall be molded from glass reinforced engineering grade black plastic with a 3/4 inch male pipe
thread (1VIIPT) inlet and outlet. The two piece body shall be capable of being serviced by untwisting and shall include
an O-ring seal. An additional 3/4 inch MIPT outlet shall be capable of periodic flushing. The 150-mesh filter screen
is all stainless steel, providing a 23.4 square inch filtration area. The screen collar shall be molded from vinyl. The 3/4"
filter shall be Geoflow Vortex Filter model number AP4E-75E
(FT.) (PSI)
34.7 15
m
a 11.6 5
0 0
1" Vortex Screen Filter
1 " Vlortex Filter
5 10 15 20 25
Flaw (gpm)
Specification:
The Y filter body shall be molded from glass reinforced engineering grade black plastic with a 1 inch male pipe thread
(MIPT) inlet and outlet. The two piece body shall be capable of being serviced by untwisting and shall include an
O-ring seal. An additional 3/4 inch MIPT outlet shall be capable of periodic flushing. The 150 mesh filter screen is all
stainless steel, providing a 28.4 square inch filtration area. The screen collar shall be molded from vinyl. The 1" filter
shall be Geoflow Vortex Filter model number AP4E-1E

(FT) (PSI)
27.7 12
N
N
L
� 18.5 8
Q7
L
47
9.2 4
1.5" Vortex Screen Filter
10 20 30 40 50
Flow - GPM
Specification
The Y filter body shall be molded from glass reinforced engineering grade black plastic with a 1.5 inch male pipe
thread (1VIIPT) inlet and outlet. The two piece body shall be capable of being serviced by unscrewing and shall
include an O-ring seal. An additional 3/4" MIPT outlet shall be capable of periodic flushing. The 150 mesh
filter screen is all stainless, providing a 60.8 square inch filtration area. The outer support shell shall be woven
stainless steel wire, and the inner screen shall be made of stainless steel cloth. The inner and outer screens shall
be soldered together. The screen collar shall be molded from vinyl. The 1 1/2" filter shall be Geoflow model
number AP4E-1.5E
(FT) (PSI
m
13.9 6
m
n
ca 9.2 4
m
L
4.6 2
c�
0 0
2" Vortex Screen Filter
50
10
20
30
40
60
2"
Vort
xFilter
70
80
9(
Flow - GPM
Specification
The Y filter body shall be molded from glass reinforced engineering grade black plastic with a 2 inch male pipe
thread (MIPT) inlet and outlet. The two piece body shall be capable of being serviced by unscrewing and shall
include an O-ring seal. An additional 3/4" MIPT outlet shall be capable of periodic flushing. The 150 mesh filter
screen is all stainless, providing a 60.8 square inch filtration area. The outer support shell shall be woven stainless
steel wire, and the inner screen shall be made of stainless steel cloth. The inner and outer screens shall be soldered
together. The screen collar shall be molded from vinyl. The 2" filter shall be Geoflow model number AP4E-2E

Cons.-cin.- n
Project Location:
Project Owners:
Project Consultcnts:
Walnut
Hurdle
Church
ViHsNC
urange �.oun�y
P�N# 9879-35-
Alexander
8c Marisa
Food
27541
Constantine
Cc rm
519 High F*�dge
Dr
Durham, NC 27707
apconsl0@gmailocom
Davin Davidson,
o o
P.E.
KaavKasonuu as rmasteocom
Kcrl P _affi--;r. L*S*S.
kshcfferLa1cgr*mcste.com
Agri
—Waste
Techno�ogy,
�nc.
501
N*
Sc�em
Street,
Su'�te
203
Apex,
NC
27502
91
(919)
233-1970
Fox
LAWS STORE ROAD
SITE
0
0
v
v
W
j
KINS R�A�
NA'
N.T_S_
Sheet Index
Shee
S h e e
S h e e
System Overview: Single family Residence S h e e
dour (4) Bedroom, 480 gpd
Design Standard Non—Dischcrge
Surface Spray
AdvanTex Pretreatment
with Single Bulb UV Disinfection
t
Sheet
S h e e t
10
0
2�
0
2� 0
4�
0
D0
0
D*
0
Sheet
7:
Sheet
Sheet
9:
Cover Sheet
Property layout
Trectmen
Surface
D etc
D eta i
D eta i
Notes
Site Map
layout
layout
AVVT
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Constantine Residence
Owner Information:
Alexander Constantine
& Varissa Carmi
519 High Ridge Dr
Durham, NC 27707
[e-mail]
Property Information:
Walnut Church Road
Hurdle Vills, NC 27541
Orange County
PIN# 9879-35-4085
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
This document was originally
signed and sealed by
Kevin D. Davidson, NC P.E.
#024582 on May 11,2018.
This medium shall not be
considered a signed and
sealed document.
FINAL DESIGN
RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Surface Drip
Cover Sheet
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
Jake LeMs 4/9/2018
RELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
SHEET NAME:
ww- 1

Notes;
House
final
and
house
AMANDA DODSON
PIN 9879-25-4835
DB 5226/25
MA
i�:
we
and
o c a t
well
ons not
locations
exact
to
maintain required setbacks
EDWARD WHEELEY
PIN 9879-35-5699
DB 960/114
\ \ \ \ ANDALEX NDER CONSTANTINE \
SA
PIN 9879IS35 4085I \
I I DB 6426/355 \
150' Property
I Line Setback \
1 / \
...............
I/ 1 /
/ \ \ / 0
/ .....PON.D.......
/ \ �//
o.................
/ I .
I � �
0 yyWW.yW�
\ All Sprayheads to W y W
O I \ Have 42' Radius I W . y W W .
O \ `,.W,.i, yWW
CN
Install Fence I y W y W W W W y W W I I I \
1"O'Buildi no Around Sprayrield
e�tback00
C)
Highest Spray Head I W. y WyWWWy I I `( 1
EL = 665' y ys \ �vI^��Jl //
- i.zr scHea avc
Gat I WWyWWWy \�,�\ \ / Cj
l `
....
,�J
v, v, .. I KS4T#1 \
Suitable
m a I Soils Area (�
I I J100' Well e�ce\`U
Setback X 0'S a�- \ C06\'�\� \ \�
\ / / 50' Weill I \
setba0k
150' Property \ \ I \rV
Llne Setback
/ I ` Potential Well I 1 \— I_ O
/ \ \ Location / / 1 \ \ J
1 /
o 2 0 JAMES ANSD g 9 \ \ \ CANDACE IRWIN
PIN 9879-53-1
I
THOMAS AND JAMES
BLALOCK
PIN 9879-24-3495
DB 1864/40 821
.-�
JERRY HAWKINS
PIN 9879-45-6093
DB 1766/176
Alkir
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Constantine Residence
Owner Information:
Alexander Constantine
& Varissa Carmi
519 High Ridge Dr
Durham, HC 27707
[e-mail]
Property Information:
Walnut Church Road
Hurdle Vills, HC 27541
Orange County
PIN# 9879-35-4085
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
This document was originally
signed and sealed by
Kevin D. Davidson, NC P.E.
#024582 on May 11,2018.
This medium shall not be
considered a signed and
sealed document.
FINAL DESIGN
RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Property layout
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
Jake Lewis 4/9/2018
RELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
SHEET NAME:
24"x36" Sheet
\VW-2

TREATMENT DETAIL
AVVr
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Constantine Residence
Owner Information:
Alexander Constantine
& Varissa Carmi
519 High Ridge Dr
Durham, HC 27707
[e-mail]
Property Information:
Walnut Church Road
Hurdle Vills, HC 27541
Orange County
PIN# 9879-35-4085
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
This document was originally
signed and sealed by
Kevin D. Davidson, NC P.E.
#024582 on May 11,2018.
This medium shall not be
considered a signed and
sealed document.
FINAL DESIGN
RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Treatment
System layout
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
Jake Lewis 4/9/2018
RELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
SHEET NAVE:
24"x36" Sheet
ww-3

General Dotes:
1. Clear all trees less than 8' in diameter (measured at
a height 3' from soil surface) from the sprayfield.
Clear trees that may obstruct each nozzle spray I
radius. —.
2. Vegetation that will re —grow from a cut stump shall I
\ I
be stumped or pulled from the ground. Stumps shall
not be pushed over. Remaining stumps may be ground I
in place with "forestry cutter" or equivalent. All Sprayheads to
3. Sprayfleld area shall be raped of all leaves, pine I
straw, debris, etc. The accumulated material shall be Have 42' Radius I
removed from the sprayfield.
4. Supply lines shall be installed with a minimum of 1 8"
cover. Supply line to be installed with a minimum of
36 cover or encased in a ductile iron sleeve where I
crossing road/driveway.
5. Seed and straw sprayfield as per project specifications. j \
I \
Wetted Area Install Fence
—Wetted Area Per Spray Head — 5,542 sgft.
—Total Wetted Area (w/ overlap) — 15,728 soft. g Around Sprayfield
100' Buildin
I >
Setback — — — — , I °-
Fill pecifications: \ C) l
The final fill material will accept wastewater application not to \U
exceed 0.30 inches per hour. The engineered design for this
system is 0.1 inches per hour. Hill material will be placed and
graded to match the natural 2-5% slope. Hill material shall \ j
meet the following guidelines:
1. Coarse fragments as defined by USDA (2 mm to 3.0 \ Q
I \ 1
inches) shall not exceed 1 0% by volume of the volume of _ \ I \
the fill material. \
U 2. Hill material shall not contain more than 5% organic
I
matter (including leaf debris, twigs, sticks, etc.) \ J*
3. Hill material shall not include any construction debris such Nx I
as bricks, concrete, construction wood materials, or any \�
components or fragments of such. I /
4. Hill material shall classify under one of the following USDA
soil texture classes: loamy sand, sandy loam, sandy clay Highest Spray Head
loam, loam, clay loam, or silt loam. Particle size analysis _ \ /
may be confirmed by a third party testing laboratory if EL — 665'I N /
necessary. \ �, �, 1.25" S�,H40 P /
y I � � /
5. Lime shall be added to fill material at .5 tons/acre (380 I /
Ibs) during construction. Pill shall NOT be tilled into the I /
native soil° A 1 0-1 0-1 0 or equivalent fertilizer shall be 1•25" SCH40 PVC
\J/ \J/ \J/ \J/
added to the fill at 180 Ibs/acre (66 Ibs). I \J/ \J/ \J/ \J/ \ /
6. Pill material shall be applied at a depth of 4 inches /
across the site. The shallowest depth to seasonal high — — I /
water table noted at the site is 12 inches. With 4 inches
of fill, the depth to SHWT will approach 16 inches. Hill is
to be applied at the 4-Inch depth over the footprint of Gate /
the drip irrigation field (tillage is not recommended).
Remove all trees less than 8' in diameter (measured at a 1
height 3' from soil surface) from the drainfield prior to
I
fill installation. The fill shall be graded to a final grade to
match the natural 2-5% slopes. LL_
I �
I I I I
I 0 I I
0 1
1 .� I Suitable i
— cU
c) =1-0 Soils Area
W� _
O W I
O �
a- I
�
1Well_
et ac _ -
_ 4
tt
0 12' 24'
Fnol 2"�V Am_�_ "LL*)) 9�,/,�A =W�IILLI
SeVD
Alkir
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Constantine Residence
Owner Information:
Alexander Constantine
& Marissa Carmi
519 High Ridge Dr
Durham, HC 27707
[e-mail]
Property Information:
Walnut Church Road
Hurdle Mills, HC 27541
Orange County
PIH# 9879-35-4085
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
This document was originally
signed and sealed by
Kevin D. Davidson, NC P.E.
#024582 on May 11,2018.
This medium shall not be
considered a signed and
sealed document.
FINAL DESIGN
RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Surface Dr'Pfi6d
layout
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
Jake Lewis 4/9/2018
RELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
SHEET NAME:
24"x36" Sheet

xxNOTE-USE 24'
CAST -IN -PLACE
❑RENC❑ RISER
ADAPTER
Orenco 24' 6' Orenco 24'
Riser Base Riser Base
W/ Lid W/ Lid
13
4 4" INLET &
OUTLET BOOTS
TOP VIE4
xxTOP VIEW MEASUREMENTS
/ ARE TO WIDEST DIMENSIONS
4" SIDE INLET
WITH BOOT
Cast in Place Orenco Riser Adapters
q^ 3'
5
TO BOTT
IN
_ET
SHOAF PRECAST SEPTIC INC.
TS 1500 ST
MODEL:
NON TRAFFIC
1500 Gallon Septic Tank
4130 WEST US HWY 64
LEXINGTON, NC 27295
PHONE [phone]
FAX [phone]
WWW.SHOAFPRECAST.COM
SHOAF-1,500 SEPTIC TANK
STB-390 NON TRAFFIC
LIQUID CAPACITY-1,517 GALLONS/AIRSPACE- 10'
TANK HEIGHT-70"
BOTTOM OF TANK TO CENTER OF INLET-61"
BOTTOM OF TANK TO CENTER OF OUTLET-59"
LENGTH TO WIDTH RATIO-2 TO 1
SIZE OF INLET & OUTLET-4' PIPE
TYPE OF INLET & OUTLET-POLYLOCK OR EQUAL (MEETS ASTM C-923)
CONCRETE PSI-4000; TANK WEIGHT- 13,000 LBS.
REINFORCEMENT PER STATE CODE
--NOTE-TEE NOT
SUPPLIED
TOM OF
TLET
JI;HLL - IV.I,J,
--NOTE I' BUTYL RUBBER
MASTIC SEALANT
CONTINUOUS IN JOINT
7' 6 "
0"
O
2" VENT
SLOT
3'
�O 0 0 0
4, FLOW
THROUGH
END VIEW
56"
STATE
APPROVAL #
SHOAF-1500
/ STB-390
1. Septic tank to be approved by NCDHHS.
2. Leakage testing of tank is required. Allowable leakage must not exceed 1 % of tank
capacity per 24 hour period.
3. Documentation of tank testing shall be provided to certifying Engineer.
4. Tank risers to extend minimum of 6" above finished grade.
5. Final grading shall slope soil away from tank openings.
SEPTIC TANK DETAIL (or equivale
N.T.S. SOURCE: Shoaf Precast Septic, Inc.
3.5"x6.5' CCA
Treated Post
lop= 4„
3rd. 28'
4th: 40'
Ground surface
N.T.S.
' Cmax)
eat
5 Gauge
minized Steel
ce Wire
II
II
�35'x6,5' CCA
J Treated Post
(2) FENCE DETAIL (or equivalent)
WW-5 N,T,S, SOURCE: AWT, Inc.
I I I I
24"
III
� J NOTE: Four strands are recommended for the
perimeter fence. At a minimum, 2 strands must be
Installed. Fence Wire shall not be stapled to trees
N.T.S.
xwNOTE-USE 24'
CAST -IN -PLACE
ORENCO RISER
ADAPTER
7a 72°
150'
74' TO BOTTOM OF 4' INLET J
MODEL; MS NON -TRAFFIC 3500 PT
NON TRAFFIC MID SEAM PUMP TANK
SHOAF PRECAST SEPTIC INC.
4130 WEST US HWY 64
LEXINGTON, NC 27295
PHONE [phone]
FAX [phone]
[e-mail]
WWW,shoafprecast,com
- NC APPROVAL # ; PT-2105
LIQUID CAPACITY - 3,516 GALLONS
GALLONS PER INCH - 43.95
PIPE PENETRATIONS - (MEETS ASTM C-92
CONCRETE - 5000 PSI MIN.
TANK WEIGHT - 18,640 #
- TOP - 9,320 #
- BOTTOM - 9,320 #
- REINFORCEMENT PER ENGINEER SPECS
4" BUYTL SEALANT CONTINUOUS IN JOINTS
- 72'
78"
4
4
1. Pump tank to be approved by NCDHHS or Engineer.
2. Leakage testing of tank is required. Allowable leakage must not exceed 1 % of tank
capacity per 24 hour period.
3. Documentation of tank testing shall be provided to certifying Engineer.
4. Tank risers to extend minimum of 6" above finished grade.
5. Final grading shall slope soil away from tank openings.
N.T.S.
PUMP TANK DETAIL (or equivalent pump tank with 5-day sto
N.T.S. SOURCE: Shoaf Precast Septic, Inc.
:h
/or
e/toenail
HORIZONTAL LINE/END DETAIL
3.5"x6.5' CCA
fTreated Post
HORIZONTAL CORNER BRACE DETAIL
Corner angle 90' or less
�J
Filler Tank Dry Weight.- 8601hs
Pent
E* Final Discharge
Splice Box
Recirc Pznnp
Paull
Splice Box
102"
AX20 800 gal. Recirc. Tank - Top View
Recirculation Timer Settings
# of Cycles/day 96 cyclesiday
Cycle Volume 17.4 gallons
Cycle Run time 1.04 min
Cycle Off Time 13.96 min
Discharge
® LiguidLevel
1nvel2
3J "from Bottom
Cei onlroPa ofTank�
ControllPanel
Control Panel Detail Discharge Detail
Vol To Scale Not,& Scale
Float
Y
f1i h 1
G
Overrr
W
LL41R
4
AX20 800 gal. Recirc. Tank - Side View
Pump _ "Ste_
Discharge Chamber - End View
AX20-RT AdvanTex Treatment System - FOR ILLUSTRATION ONLY
N.T.S. SOURCE: Orenco Systems, Inc.
I I
I
I I
I
I I
I
I
I I
I
I I I
I
I_ ...__I�II___I�I'___I�II__
j
I
I I :Ilr I I
I I
I I
I I
I I :IIIJ I I
I
Fiberglass
Reinforced
Beam —
I L 1 1 1 1 1 1.
AX-RT AdvanTex Anti -Buoyancy Beams
N.T.S. SOURCE: Orenco Systems, Inc.
Discharge
(see dell,
� "Exterior Invert
is AclualInvert
cutlet, :vee letall
N.T.S.
A%vr
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Constantine Residence
Owner Information:
Alexander Constantine
& Marissa Carmi
519 High Ridge Dr
Durham, NC 27707
[e-mail]
Property Information:
Walnut Church Road
Hurdle Mills, NC 27541
Orange County
PINS 9879-35-4085
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
This document was originally
signed and sealed by
Kevin D. Davidson, NC P.E.
#024582 on May 11,2018.
This medium shall not be
considered a signed and
sealed document.
FINAL DESIGN
RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Surface Drip
Detail Sheet #1
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
Jake Lewis 4/9/2018
RELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
SHEET NAME:
ww-5

Note:
-Sampling spigot to be installed with pump
tank's discharge pump line.
-Install Headworks unit over pump tank.
Safety Net With
Quick Disconnect
6" above ground
surface
Undisturbed / ERL
Earth III
4" Sch 40 PVC
Compacted
Backfill
N.T.S.
SYSTEM PROFILE VIEW
WyV-6 NTS SOURCE: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
Ball Valve (2)
Safety Net With 4
Quick Disconnects
Cast In Place
Riser Adapters
A
Clean, Tamped Backfill
Baffle
Holes
'111:
00•i Baffled Septic Tank
.. .-. . •
AdvanTex RT Unit
(AX20-RT UV)
-One Piece
Riser
Clean, Tamped
Backfill
1-
//\�/ //
,,
4" Sch 40 PVC
°0°0°0°
0°°°°°°
0000000
00
o°o°o°°
000000
000000
0 0 0
o°o°o°
00000.
000
00'
0 0
Undisturbed
00000
Earth to
00000
Support Pipe
00000
00000
°°°°°
#78 Gravel
o 0 0 _
6" (min) Gravel Bed
#57 Gravel
Undisturbed Earth
Vent
6" above ground
Conduit surface
Splice Box 18" burial
ISlope soil away
1�
hlll���
Clean,Tamped
I
:.ckfIll
Return
Line
III
Union yvith
IIIFlow
a
IIRecirculation I Transfer Line Compacted Backfill
Recirculation Recirculation
Return Valve Pump Vault
nstaH Safety Net
n Each Access Rae n Elevation Determination Sheet (All Elevations in Feet)
Septic Tank
Install Safety Net Below 2nd Riser Rib Drainline Invert EL at house (assumed) 667.75 ft
Colo Pipe Length to Septic Tank 20.00 ft
Slope of Pipe to Septic Tank 3.54%
Rubber Washer, Ground Surface at Septic Tank 669.25 ft
Flat Washer, & =0 I Cover over Septic Tank 15.00 In
Cap Nut or Lock Safety 1.25 ft
Nut � Net
®I Elevation at top of Septic Tank (Exterior) 650.00 ft
Distance to Inlet invert from top 0.96 ft
Threaded Eye I Elevation at Inlet Invert 667.04 ft
RiserWall Distance to Outlet invert from Top 1.13 ft
Rise Elevation at Outlet Invert 666.03 ft
Wall
Eternal Height of Septic Tank 5.13 ft
External Bottom of Tank Elevation 662.00 ft
Safety Netting Gravel Bed Thickness 6.00 in
i Bottom of Excavation Elevation 552.38 ft
I
Eye Bolt
Riser Heights � a RRr+ox}
Colo S e pti c Ta n k 1.7 5 ft
21.00 in
Ring Clamp Pump Tank 3.50 ft
- A (4 Above Filter) � 41.97 In
N.T.S.
Adva nTex FAT Pod
4"x6" Support Post
Bury 36" min in
natural soil.
Control Panel
24" above ground
(min.)
i l I
II 'Rain Sensor
I'
I
III
II Splice Box
Safety Net With I Or LB
Quick Disconnect II
III
III
II
I
\/ X///\// ////X
Clean, Tamped lily
Cast In Place
Riser Adapter
UV Unit
3,500-gal, Pump Tank
Backfill 11.11 Conduit
Cast In Place
Riser Adapter
PE/HWA 72"-----
TE 27"-----
LWA/RO 21"----
*All Float Distances Reference
from Interior of Tank Floor
TTT
Jadistliried
Pipe Length from SToutlet
7.00
ft
Pipe Slope from BT to Pod
2.25%
Ground Surface at Pod
660.70
ft
Exposed Height of Pod
2.00
in
0.17
ft
Elevation at top of Pod
660.37
tt
Extension Collar Height
0
in
0.000
ft
Distance to Inlet invert from top
2.15
ft
Elevation at Inlet invert
666.72
ft
Distance to Outlet Invert from top
3.27
ft
Elevation at Outlet Invert
665.59
tt
Height of Pod
72.00
in
(with Extension)
6.00
ft
Exterior Elevation at Pod Bottom
662.07
tt
Pad Bottom Thickness
0.21
in
Interior Elevation of Pod Floor
662.00
ft
Gravel Bed Thickness
6
in
B otto m of Excavati o In E I evati o n
552.37
ft
Adva nTex RT Pod Float Settings
Height from
Elev. ii
Tank Floor (in)
Low Waterldundant Off
665.22
20
Pump Override
666.30
41
High Water ,alarm
666.43
42.5
Safety Net With
Quick Disconnect
Splice Box
Or LB
Clean, Tamped
Backfill
e
Discharge
Assembly
Pump Tank
above ground
surface
Riser or Box
Enclosure
Headworks Unit
(Spin Filter,
Flory Meter,r\\
Return Valve)
18"
Min. 18" Min.
To Drain
y Field
Pump Run Time = 28.6 min/day/zone
0.48 hours/day/zone
Desired # Doses/Day = 2
Pump Run Time/Dose = 14.3 min/dose
0.24 hrldose
Dosage Volume (max) = 240 gallons
Pipe Slope to Pump Tank
1.00%
Pipe Length
17.00
tt
Elevation at Inlet Invert
665.42
ft
Distance to Inlet Invert From Exterior Top
3.00
in
(inlet located in riser)
0.25
tt
Elevation at top of Pump Tank
655.17
ft
Ground Surface at Pump Tank
660.17
ft
Cover over Pump Tank
35.97
in
3.00
ft
External Tank Height
7.33
ft
Exterior Bottom of Tank EL
657.04
ft
Tank Bottom Thickness
4
In
Elevation at Tank Floor
650.17
ft
Elevation at pump (-6" off flood
650.67
ft
Gravel Bed Thickness
6
in
Bottom of Excavation Elevation
657.34
ft
Pump Tank Float Settings
Height from
EIev. (ft., Tank. Floor fins
La1n WaterlRedundant Off 659.92 21
Timer Enable 660.42 27
Peak EnablelHigh'•Nrater Alarn 664.17 72
Alkir
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Constantine Residence
Owner Information:
Alexander Constantine
& Yarissa Carmi
519 High Ridge Dr
Durham, HC 27707
[e-mail]
Property Information:
Walnut Church Road
Hurdle Mills, HC 27541
Orange County
PIN# 9879-35-4085
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
This document was originally
signed and sealed by
Kevin D. Davidson, NC P.E.
#024582 on May 11,2018.
This medium shall not be
considered a signed and
sealed document.
FINAL DESIGN
RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Surface Drip
Detail Sheet #2
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
Jake Lewis 4/9/2018
RELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
SHEET NAME:
SAFETY NET
yy -6 SOURCE: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
SYSTEM ELEVATIONS
WyV-6 SOURCE: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.

90` Elbow
Reducing
Tee
Pump Tank
Outlet Riser
1.25" Pump
Discharge Line
Safety Net
Pressure —Rated
Flexible Pipe
FCamlock Fitting
W/ Coupling
1" Spigot
Ground Surface
Elbow
18" (min,)
Ball Volve
mmet
Elbow
To
-0-- Headworks
Unit
Note: All components to be 1.25 SCH40
PVC except where noted.
PUMP TANK DISCHARGE ASSEMBLY
N.T.S. SOURCE: AWT, Inc.
Cor
Pa(
N.T.S.
N.T.S.
nstcH if Spigot is not ocated on house
within 50' of treatment system
y FRESHWATER SPIGOT DETAIL
WW-7 N.T.S. SOURCE: AWT, Inc.
F
To Spray r
P
From
orsar
TOP LA YER
To Septic Tank
BOTTOM LAYER
Note: Supply and Return line penetrations to be at least 18" below top of box
y HEADWORKS BOX - TOP VIEW
N.T.S. (or equivalent)
RAIN SENSOR
SINGLE
CONDUIT
(no splices)
CONDUIT
SUPPORT
RISER OR
CORRUGATED
PIPE
COVER CONDUIT
MINIMUM 18"
TO PUMP TANK
TO POWER SOURCE
INSTALL
MULTIPLE
CONDUITS AS
NEEDED
N.T.S.
CONTROL PANEL DETAIL
N.T.S. SOURCE: AWT, Inc.
_000
000
O0
O 00
00
O00
_0-0
4X6 TREATED POST
MOUNT PANEL
CONTROL DIRECTLY TO POSTS
PANEL OR TO ALUMINUM PLATE
0000 (GRIND OFF PROTRUDING
0 I SCREWS)
2X4 TREATED - SECURE
WITH 4 - 3" DECK SCREWS
PER POST
I
2'(min.)
0
11111
00]
loot
00
00
00
00
00
00 _ y� GRAVEL
00 /
00
00
O0
00
00
0°
_o
00
_o_
00 y\\/
o_o_ , ,
TO HEADWORKS
ALL CONDUIT
TO BE 3/4 " (min)
� 3' BURIAL DEPTH
MINIMUM
N.T.S.
Rainbird 3/4"—
Impact Sprinkler
1 "Brass Shut —Off
Valve
1 " Galvanized
Steel Pipe
18" of Cover
Backfill
xx
Sprayfleld
Supply Llne
Undisturbed
Earth
N.T.S.
ySUPPLY LINE INSTALLATION DETAIL
t-7 N.T.S. SOURCE: AWT, Inc.
.II.
4%4" Treated Pos IIII
36" burial (min)
II,
IIII
IIII
Supports
Concrete
Collar
d
IIII
IIII
°
°
a
°IIII
°°d
ills
a
IIII
IIII
IIII
IIII
IIII
IIII
I
(Symbo� on
Drawing)
O
N.T.S.
IIJ
Sprinkler Characteristics
Part #30H SBN-3V (LAN-1)
Sprinkler Size = 3/4"
Nozzle Size = 9/64"
Sprinkler Radius = 42' (approx.)
— Operating Pressure = 25 psi
— Operating Flowrate = 4.20 gpm
Drain Valve (DV) Characteristics
Part #16A—FDV-075
— Connection: 4" male threaded
Check Valve (CV) Characteristics
— Part # CV—S-10
4'-0" — Spring style check valve
Connection: I" slip
Minimum opening pressure 5 psi,
d n
CV MIN. COVER
O
DV
2" MIN, 6"length,
1 "SCH40 PVC
1 cu.ft. gravel
With filter fabric
Galvanized
Elbow, fipt
SPRAY HEAD INSTALLATION DETAIL
N.T.S. SOURCE: AWT, Inc.
Supply
Line
Avvr
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Constantine Residence
Owner Information:
Alexander Constantine
& Marissa Carmi
519 High Ridge Dr
Durham, HC 27707
[e-mail]
Property Information:
Walnut Church Road
Hurdle Mills, HC 27541
Orange County
PIN# 9879-35-4085
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
This document was originally
signed and sealed by
Kevin D. Davidson, NC P.E.
#024582 on May 11,2018.
This medium shall not be
considered a signed and
sealed document.
FINAL DESIGN
RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Surface Drip
Detail Sheet #3
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
Jake Lewis 4/9/2018
RELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
SHEET NAME:
'W�7

�inT�c
1. Boundary and Topographical information taken from property description on deed and
GIS Mapping.
2. All tanks to have cast in place riser adapters. Septic Tank to have approved Orenco
Effluent Filter model FTP-0854-36 NC,
3. Treatment system to be 400' from any off -site residence, 1 00' from any well, 200'
from residence or building foundation (to be waived to 100'), 100' from any surface
water, and 150' from any Property Line. Verification of these setbacks to be performed by
contractor
4. Contractor shall backfill around all access areas such that storm water is shed away
from potential entry points.
5. Invert elevations of all components to be verified in field by contractor to insure
proper operation.
5. All system piping to be SCH40 PVC.
6. All gravity elbows to be long radius or long sweeping type elbows.
7. Actual installation and placement of treatment system to be overseen by Contractor.
8. Contractor to document system installation with photographs.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
1. A contractor or other qualified professional should be contacted if you are uncomfortable or unfamiliar with operating
this system or if system troubleshooting is necessary.
2. The Septic Tank Effluent Filter shall be cleaned at least every 6 months or per manufacturer's recommendations.
Check Septic Tank solids level annually. In general, it is recommended that solids be pumped from the Septic Tank every
3-5 years.
3. A clean -out is located on the system just before the Septic Tank. If liquid backs up into the house or the Septic
Tank, the drainline may be clogged or the Septic Tank may have too many solids in it to allow adequate flow through.
qualified contractor should be contacted to unclog any blockages via these clean -outs. A pumping contractor should be
used to empty solids from the Septic Tank.
4. Effluent from the AdvanTex treatment system shall be sampled per the requirements of the system permit. If no
parameters are listed, AWT recommends sampling for the following parameters; Total Suspended Solids (TSS), Biological
Oxygen Demand (BOD5), Total Nitrogen (TN), Ammonia -Nitrogen (NH3-N), and Fecal Coliform,
5. Maintenance of the AdvanTex treatment system should be conducted by a certified operator under contract with the
homeowner.
6. The UV component shall be checked weekly to ensure the alarm bulb (on control panel) is not illuminated. The UV
bulb should be cleaned on a 6 month interval. It is recommended that the homeowner (or contracted operator) maintain
a back-up UV bulb and quartz sleeve when it is time to replace the bulb. This service should be completed by the
engaged certified operator.
7. The storage and pumping component shall be checked weekly to ensure the alarm bulb (on control panel) is not
s Engineer inspection(s), installer certification and engineer certification of installed illuminated. If the control panel indicates the system is in alarm mode, the following steps should be taken:
system is required.
10. Contractor to seed and/or mulch disturbed areas to coincide with existing landscape.
Area shall not be left with uncovered soil.
11. Upon system completion, Contractor to supply Engineer with documentation of
installation and a signed letter indicating system was installed per approved design or
noting any deviation from approved design.
12. Contractor to install phone line to VCOV control panel.
13. AdvanTex
Pod
to
be
placed on
gravel
bed.
Pour
concrete
ring around
flange of
treatment unit.
In
lieu
of
concrete
collar,
Orenco
anti-bouyancy
devices can
be used.
14. Leak test required on all tanks.
15. Mount Control Panel 24" (min) above grade.
16.
All
system
wiring
to be installed
in electrical conduit buried to a minimum depth
of
18,'.
All wire
to be
OF or THWN
rated.
17. Electrical service from residence to be installed by licensed electrician under the
residence building permit.
18. Separate circuits for each pump and alarm/control panel are required.
• Stop use of all water in the residence (to stop flow into the pump tank),
• Verify that the system has electrical power.
• Contact a qualified contractor to inspect the system (if needed).
AVVT
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Constantine Residence
Owner Information:
A Alexander Constantine
& Marissa Carmi
519 High Ridge Dr
Durham, NC 27707
[e-mail]
Property Information:
Walnut Church Road
Hurdle Mills, NC 27541
Orange County
PIN# 9879-35-4085
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
If it has rained recently the pump may
not be operating
because the rain sensor is temporarily blocking the system from
operating. If this is the case then the
pump will resume
operation once
it is dry enough. If the pump tank is in danger
This document was originally
of overflowingand continued rainfall is
expected, contact
p
a septic tank
p
um contractor to remove a portion of the liquid
pump p q
signed and sealed by
Kevin D. Davidson, INC P.E.
in the pump tank. The pump tank has
been designed to
accommodate
approximately 5 days of effluent storage under
#024582 on May 11,2018.
normal usage. As a result, prolonged periods
of rain may
cause a back-up
of effluent in the system since the rain
This medium shall not be
sensor prevents application of effluent
onto the drip field.
considered a signed and
sealed document.
8. It
is important to
inspect
the pump
tank
and its components on an annual basis to ensure no solids are building up
on the
tank bottom, to
ensure
that the
pump
control switches are placed properly, and to verify proper pumping of the
effluent.
These activities
will be
handled
by the
engaged service provider.
9. The location of the supply line should be walked weekly to ensure that a line breakage has not occurred. The area in
which the line is buried should be monitored for any wet spots or locations of excessive vegetation growth as these
occurrences may be an indication of a line breakage. No permanent structure shall be erected over the locations of the
Supply line. No heavy vehicles or equipment should be driven over the Supply line.
10. The sprayfield should be inspected weekly to verify proper operation and to ensure spray heads have not become
damaged. Clogged or worn nozzles or piping should be replaced or, in the event of minimal obstruction, cleaned. No
heavy vehicles or equipment should be driven over the irrigation area.
11. The application area should be allowed to remain in a natural state; The turf should be cut occasionally to keep the
19. Risers to have safety nets or inner lids, turf at a manageable height. Wheeled or tracked equipment should not be used. A soil sample should be collected from
the spray field area to determine appropriate rates of lime and fertilizer application.
20. Sampling spigot to be installed on Pump Tank discharge line.
21. Recirculation Timer Settings:
TIME ON/OFF: 1.04 / 13.96 minutes
12 gpm to Pod / 4.75 gpm to Septic Tank
12. System fencing shall be maintained to prevent human contact with the treated effluent and to ensure the vegetation
remains healthy.
FINAL DESIGN
RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Surface
Notes
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
Jake Lewis 4/9/2018
RELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
SHEET NAME:
WW�8

Soils Legend
HeB — Helena sandy loam, 2-8% slopes
HhA — Helena —Sedgefield complex, 0-2% slopes
I
AMANDA DODSON \
PIN 9879-25-4835
DB 5226/25 \ /
F — — — —
/ I
I /
HhA
0 �I
o / I
Ln
0_�
Compliance
Boundary At
Property Line
0
\ �0_
\aly
I
�( _150' Property
Line Setback
/ r
Review
Boundary
Notes:
—Onsite Residence setback reduced to 100'.
EDWARD WHEELEY
PIN 9879-35-5699
DB 960/114
ALEXANDER CONSTANTINE
\ AND MARISSA CARMI
PIN 9879-35-4085
\ DB 6426/355
_ \ 7
r^ �
Waste
I Boundary ... 2�
All Sprayheads to
O I Have 42' Radius -
.... I
CN
I Install Fence
j4euoam9 Around Sprayfield
0 `
HeB �
I
o
v
/1
\00o
2 ...
Highest Spray Head I I
2 O / EL = 665' . . . /
68 I / \
Gat
KSAT#�
�..... \ \
I.:.�.�:.: _ Suitable m foils Area I -
100' Well Setback Setb
1\ O
\ / 50' Well \ \ Vp'
L / � Setback y \ I \
ert
Line Setback
Potential Well / I N
\ \ Location 00
-- ro
86020)E
00
/ THOMAS AND JAMES \
BLALOCK /
\ I PIN 9879-24-3495 I
I / I
I / I
\ I EXISTING
❑ES /\ RESIDENCE
500' Boundary
I �
24"x36" Sheet
JAMES AND
CANDACE IRWIN
PIN 9879-53-1821
DB 1864/40
THOMAS AND JAMES
BLALOCK
PIN 9879-24-3495
JERRY HAWKINS
PIN 9879-45-6093
DB 1766/176
RAJ
9
AVVT
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Constantine Residence
Owner Information:
Alexander Constantine
& Varissa Carmi
519 High Ridge Dr
Durham, HC 27707
[e-mail]
Property Information:
Walnut Church Road
Hurdle Vills, HC 27541
Orange County
PIN# 9879-35-4085
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
This document was originally
signed and sealed by
Kevin D. Davidson, NC P.E.
#024582 on May 11,2018.
This medium shall not be
considered a signed and
sealed document.
FINAL DESIGN
RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Site Map
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
Jake Lewis 4/9/2018
RELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
SHEET NAME:
SM 1

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
NON -DISCHARGE WASTEWATER SYSTEM WAIVER
(THIS FORMMAYBEPHOTOCOPIEDFOR USE AS AN ORIGINAL)
The Division of Water Resources will not consider this form complete unless all instructions are followed. Failure
to follow instructions or to submit all required items will lead to additional processing and review time.
For more information or for an electronic version of this form, visit our web site at:
http: //portal. ncden r. oLg/web/wglaps/laulaRplications.
INSTRUCTIONS TO THE APPLICANT:
✓ Do not submit this form for review without a corresponding Non -Discharge Permitting Unit application form.
✓ Any changes to this form will result in the application package being returned.
✓ Any other setbacks required by 15A NCAC Subchapter 02T other than those referenced below, cannot be waived
through execution of this form.
✓ A copy of the completed and appropriately executed form must be provided to the property owner.
AGREEMENT TO WAIVE SETBACKS AS REQUIRED BY
15A NCAC 02T .0506(a), .0506(b), .0606(a), .0706(a) and .1006(a)
The undersigned property owner(s) hereby permits:
Applicant's name:
Alexander Constantine
Complete mailing address of applicant: 519 High Ridge Drive
City: Durham State: NC Zip: 27707
Telephone number: ( 703 969-8352
Hereinafter referred to as the Permittee, to (check all that apply):
Facsimile number: (�
❑ Non -Discharge disposal of wastewater effluent within I feet of the property line,
x❑ Non -Discharge disposal of wastewater effluent within 100 feet of the identified residence,
❑ Construct treatment and storage units within feet of the property line,
❑ Construct treatment and storage units within feet of the identified residence.
FORM: NDWSW 10-16 Page 1 of 2

The waived setbacks apply as shown on the attached map and located at the following:
Location address of property: PIN# 9879-35-4085 Walnut Grove Church Road
City: Hurdle Mills
State: NC
Zip: 27541
x❑ I certify that I am a deeded property owner of above -referenced property and am authorized to make decisions
regarding this property on behalf of other deeded property owners. Furthermore, I certify that I have read and
understand this Agreement and do hereby grant permission to the Permittee to dispose of wastewater effluent or
construct wastewater treatment units as specified herein. I further agree that I will record this waiver form with the
appropriate Register of Deeds and provide the Permittee and Division of Water Resources with documentation of
such.
Property owner(s) name(s):
Signature:
Signature:
NORTH CAROLINA,
I,
do hereby certify that
COUNTY
a Notary Public for
acknowledged the due execution of the foregoing instrument.
Witness my hand and official seal this the day of
SEAL
Date:
Date:
County, North Carolina,
personally appeared before me this day and
Signature of Notary Public
My commission expires
FORM: NDWSW 10-16 Page 2 of 2

State of North Carolina
Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Division of Water Resources
DWR
15A NCAC 02T .0600 — SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE WASTEWATER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Division of Water Resources FORM: SFRWWIS O&M 08-13
Permit No.
County: Orange
Property owner(s) as appearing on the recorded deed: Alexander Constantine & Marissa Carmi
Mailing address: 519 High Ridge Drive, Durham, NC 27707
Facility address: Pin# 9879-35-4085, Walnut Grove CHurch Road, Hurdle Mills, NC 27541
Irrigation Method: X❑ SPRAY ❑ DRIP
I / We agree to operate and maintain the single-family residence wastewater treatment and irrigation system as follows:
1. The Permittee is responsible for the operation and maintenance of the entire wastewater treatment and irrigation
system including, but not limited to, the following items:
a. The septic tank shall be checked annually and pumped out as needed.
b. The septic tank effluent filter shall be checked and cleaned annually.
c. Accessible sand filter surfaces shall be raked and leveled every six months and any vegetative growth shall be
removed manually.
d. ❑ The tablet chlorinator shall be checked weekly. Wastewater grade tablets (calcium hypochlorite) shall be
added as needed to provide proper chlorination (pool chlorine tablets shall not be used), OR
X❑ The ultraviolet disinfection unit shall be checked weekly. The lamp(s) and quartz sleeve(s) shall be
cleaned or replaced as needed to ensure proper disinfection.
e. All pump and alarm systems shall be inspected monthly.
f. The irrigation system shall be inspected monthly to ensure that the system is free of leaks, that all irrigation
equipment is operating as designed, that vegetative growth does not interfere with the system inspection or
operation, that the soil is assimilating the disposed treated wastewater with no visible runoff or ponding, and
that no objectionable odors are being generated.
2. Failure to pay the annual fee shall be cause for the Division to revoke the permit pursuant to 15A NCAC 02T
.0105(e)(3).
3. The Permittee's failure to properly operate this system is subject to a penalty up to $25,000 per day.
4. Failure to meet the permit conditions or violation of the State's surface water or groundwater regulations may void
the permit.
All owners appearing on the legally recorded property deed shall sign this Operation & Maintenance Agreement
I / We understand the above requirements and agree to these terms as part of the issued permit.
Owner Signature:
Date:
Owner Signature:
Date:
FORM: SFRWWIS O&M 08-13 Page 1 of 1

DWR
State of North Car olina
Department of Envi ron mental Quality
Division of Water Resources
DMsion of Water Resources
15A NCAC 0 2T .0600 — SINGLE -FAMILY RESID ENCE WASTE WATER IRRI GATION SY STEM S
INSTRUC TIONS FOR F ORM: SFRWWIS 06 -16 & SUPPO RTING DOCUM ENTATION
The Division of Water Resources will not accept an application package unless all instructions are followed. Plans,
specifications and support ing documents shall be prepa red in accordance with 15A NCAC 02L .0100, 15A NCAC 02T .0100,
15A NCAC 02T .0600, 15A NCAC 18A .1900, Division Policies and good en2ineerin 2 bract ices. Failure to submit all required
items may result in the appl icatio n being ret urn ed, and will necessitate additio nal pro cessing and rev iew time.
For more information, visit the Water Quality Permitting Section's Non -Discharge Permitting Unit website
General — When submitting a non -discharge application to the Water Quality Permitting Section's Non -Discharge Permitting Unit,
please use the following instructions as a checklist in order to ensure all required items are submitted. Adherence to these instructions
and checking the provided boxes will help produce a quicker review time by assisting the reviewer in locating the required materials
and potentially reducing the amount of requested additional information. Unless otherwise noted, the Applicant shall submit one
original and at least two copies of the application and supporting documentation.
A. Cover Lett er (All Application Packages):
® List all items and attached supporting documentation included in the application package, as well as a brief description of the
requested permitting action.
B. Application Fee (All New and Major Modification Application Packages):
® Submit a check, money order or electronic funds transfer made payable to: North Carolina Department of Environmental
Quality (NCDEQ).
❑ The appropriate fee amount for new and major modification application packages may be found at: Standard Review Project
Fees.
C. Single -Family Residenc e Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16) Application (All Application Packages):
® Submit the completed and appropriately executed Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM:
SFRWWIS 06-16) application. Any unauthorized content changes to FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 shall result in the application
package being returned. If necessary for clarity or due to space restrictions, attachments to the application may be made, as
long as the attachments are numbered to correspond to the section and item to which they refer.
❑ If the Applicant Type in Item L2. is a corporation or company, provide documentation it is registered for business with the
North Carolina SecretM of State.
❑ If the Applicant Type in Item L2. is a partnership, sole proprietorship, trade name, or d/b/a, enclose a copy of the certificate
filed with the Register of Deeds in the county of business.
® The facility name in Item IL2. shall be consistent with the facility name on the plans, specifications, agreements, etc.
® The Professional Engineer's Certification on Page 6 of the Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM:
SFRWWIS 06-16) application shall be signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer.
® The Applicant's Certification on Page 6 of the Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM: SFRWWIS
06-16) application shall be signed in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0106(2). Per 15A NCAC 02T .0106(c), an alternate
person may be designated as the signing official if a delegation letter is provided from a person who meets the criteria in 15A
NCAC 02T .0106(b).
❑ If this project is for a renewal without modification, use the Non -Discharge System Renewal (FORM: NDSR) application.
D. Existing Pe rmit (All Modification Packages):
❑ Submit the most recently issued existing permit.
❑ Provide a list of any items within the permit the Applicant would like the Division to address during the permit modification
(i.e., compliance schedules, permit description, monitoring, permit conditions, etc.).
E. Proper ty Ownership Docu mentat ion (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(e), the Applicant shall demonstrate they are the owner of all property containing the wastewater
treatment, storage and irrigation facilities:
E Legal documentation of ownership (i.e., contract, deed or article of incorporation), or
❑ Written notarized intent to purchase agreement signed by both parties with a plat or survey map, or
❑ Written notarized lease agreement that specifically indicates the intended use of the property and has been signed by both
parties, as well as a plat or survey map. Lease agreements shall adhere to the requirements of 15A NCAC 02L .0107.
® Provide all agreements, easements, setback waivers, etc. that have a direct impact on the wastewater treatment, conveyance,
storage and irrigation facilities.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 1 of 4

F. Soil Eva luatio n (All Application Packages that include new irrigation sites):
®Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(b) and current Division Policy, submit a detailed soil evaluation that has been signed, sealed and
dated by a North Carolina Licensed Soil Scientist and includes at a minimum:
❑ The report shall identify all the sites/fields with project name, location, and include a statement that the sites/fields were
recommended for the proposed land application activity.
❑ Note, if the soil evaluation was performed more than one year prior to the submittal of this application package, a
statement shall be included indicating that the site has not changed since the original investigation.
❑ Field delineated detailed soils map meeting all of the requirements of the Soil Scientist Evaluation Policy.
❑ Soil profile descriptions meeting all of the requirements of the Soil Scientist Evaluation Policy.
❑ Provide all soil boring logs performed at the site.
❑ Standard soil fertility analysis conducted no more than one year prior to permit application for each map unit in the soil
map legend for the following parameters:
❑ Acidity ❑ Exchangeable sodium percentage (by calculation) ❑ Phosphorus
❑ Base saturation (by calculation) ❑ Magnesium ❑ Potassium
❑ Calcium ❑ Manganese ❑ Sodium
❑ Cation exchange capacity ❑ Percent humic matter ❑ Zinc
❑ Copper ❑ pH
Note: The number of samples will vary depending upon the project size and past land use history. Multiple samples for
each map unit are required if the irrigation zones are separated, and cropland, pasture, hay land and wooded areas shall
be sampled separately for the same map unit due to past differences in soil fertility management.
® Saturated hydraulic conductivity (KSAT) data that shall include at a minimum:
❑ A minimum of three KSAT tests shall be conducted in the most restrictive horizon for each soil series in the soil map.
❑ All KSAT tests shall be conducted in areas representative of the site.
❑ All KSAT tests shall be run until steady-state equilibrium has been achieved.
❑ All collected KSAT data shall be submitted, including copies of field worksheets showing all collected readings.
❑ Submit a soil profile description for each KsAT data point that shall extend at least one foot below the tested horizon.
® Soil evaluation recommendations shall include at a minimum:
❑ A brief summary of each map unit and its composition and identification of minor contrasting soils.
❑ Maximum irrigation precipitation rate (in/hr) for each soil/map unit within the proposed irrigation areas.
❑ Identification of areas not suitable for wastewater irrigation.
❑ Recommended geometric mean KSAT rate to be used in determining the SFR Loading Rate Group for each soil/map
unit based upon in -situ measurement of the saturated hydraulic conductivity from the most restrictive horizon.
❑ Recommended annual hydraulic loading rate (in/hr) for each soil/map unit within the proposed irrigation areas based
upon in -situ KSAT measurements form the most restrictive soil horizon. The recommended loading rate must be in
accordance with the Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation System Loading Rate Calculation Policy.
❑ A completed copy of the Single -Family Residence Loading Rate Workbook (i.e., Project Information, Potential
Evapotranspiration, Precipitation, and Irrigation Area Calculations).
G. Engineeri ng Plans (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(c)(1), submit standard size and 11 x 17-inch plan sets that have been signed, sealed and dated by a
North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer.
® At a minimum, the engineering plans shall include the following items:
❑ Table of contents with each sheet numbered, as well as cross-referenced with the appropriate application items.
❑ A general location map with at least two geographic references, vicinity map, topographic map and site map.
❑ A process and instrumentation diagram showing all flow, recycle/return, electrical paths, etc.
❑ Plan and profile views of all treatment and storage units, including their piping, valves, and equipment (i.e., pumps, etc.),
as well as their dimensions and elevations.
❑ Details of all piping, valves, pumps, precipitation/soil moisture sensors, etc.
❑ A hydraulic profile from the treatment plant headworks to the highest irrigation point.
❑ The irrigation area with an overlay of the suitable irrigation areas depicted in the Soil Evaluation.
❑ Each nozzle/emitter and their wetted area influence, and each irrigation zone labeled as it will be operated.
❑ Locations within the irrigation system of air releases, drains, control valves, highest irrigation nozzle/emitter, etc.
® Plans shall represent a completed design and not be labeled with preliminary phrases (e.g., FOR REVIEW ONLY, NOT FOR
CONSTRUCTION, etc.) that indicate they are anything other than final specifications. However, the plans may be labeled
with the phrase: FINAL DESIGN - NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 2 of 4

H. Specifications (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(c)(2), submit specifications that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina licensed
Professional Engineer.
® At a minimum, the specifications shall include the following items:
❑ Table of contents with each section/page numbered, as well as cross-referenced with the appropriate application items.
❑ Detailed specifications for each treatment/storage/irrigation unit, as well as all piping, valves, equipment (i.e., pumps,
etc.), nozzles/emitters, precipitation/soil moisture sensor, audible/visual high water alarms, liner material, etc.
❑ Site Work (i.e., earthwork, clearing, grubbing, excavation, trenching, backfilling, compacting, fencing, seeding, etc.)
❑ Materials (i.e., concrete, masonry, steel, painting, method of construction, etc.)
❑ Electrical (i.e., control panels, etc.)
❑ Means for ensuring quality and integrity of the finished product, including leakage, pressure and liner testing.
® Specifications shall represent a completed design and not be labeled with preliminary phrases (e.g., FOR REVIEW ONLY,
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION, etc.) that indicate they are anything other than final specifications. However, the
specifications may be labeled with the phrase: FINAL DESIGN - NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
I. Engineeri ng Calculatio ns (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(c)(3), submit engineering calculations that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North
Carolina licensed Professional Engineer.
❑ At a minimum, the engineering calculations shall include the following items:
® Hydraulic and pollutant loading calculations for each treatment unit demonstrating how the designed effluent
concentrations in Application Item V.1. were determined (Note: "black boa'' calculations are unacceptable).
® Sizing criteria for each treatment unit and associated equipment (i.e., pumps, etc.).
® Total and effective storage calculations for each storage unit.
® Friction/total dynamic head calculations and system curve analysis for each pump used.
® Manufacturer's information for all treatment units, pumps, irrigation system, etc.
® Flotation calculations for all treatment and storage units constructed partially or entirely below grade.
® Demonstrate the designed maximum precipitation and annual loading rates do not exceed the recommended rates.
❑ Demonstrate the specified auxiliary power source is capable of powering all essential treatment units.
® A properly completed and executed Single -Family Residence Loading Rate Workbook.
Site Map (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(d), submit standard size and 11 x 17-inch site maps that have been signed, sealed and dated by a
North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer and/or Professional Land Survey.
® For clarity, multiple site maps of the facility with cut sheet annotations may be submitted.
® At a minimum, the site map shall include the following:
❑ A scaled map of the site with topographic contour intervals not exceeding two feet and showing all facility -related
structures and fences within the wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation areas.
❑ Soil mapping units shown on all irrigation sites.
❑ The location of all wells (including usage and construction details if available), streams (ephemeral, intermittent, and
perennial), springs, lakes, ponds, and other surface drainage features within 500 feet of all wastewater treatment, storage
and irrigation sites.
❑ Delineation of the compliance and review boundaries per 15A NCAC 02L .0107(i) and .0108.
❑ Setbacks as required by 15A NCAC 02T .0606.
❑ Site property boundaries within 500 feet of all wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation sites.
❑ All habitable residences or places of public assembly within 500 feet of all treatment, storage and irrigation sites.
K. Operation and Maintenance Plan (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(f), submit an operation and maintenance (O&M) plan encompassing all wastewater treatment,
storage and irrigation systems that at a minimum shall address:
❑ How to perform routine inspections.
❑ A maintenance schedule.
❑ A troubleshooting guide.
❑ A layman's explanation of the wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation systems.
❑ A crop maintenance and management plan.
® Note a final O&M Plan may be submitted with the partial and/or final Engineering Certification required under 15A NCAC
02T .0116, however, a preliminary O&M Plan shall be submitted with each application package.
L. Operation and M aintena nce Agreement (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(h), submit a notarized Operation and Maintenance Agreement that has been signed and dated by
all deeded property owners.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 3 of 4

M. County Health Depar tment Denial Lett er (All New Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(g), provide a written letter from the local County Health Department denying the site for all
subsurface systems.
N. Floodway Regulation Compliance (All Application Packages where any portion of the wastewater treatment, storage and
irrigation system is located within the 100-year floodplain):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(8), provide written documentation from all local governing entities that the facility is in
compliance with Article 21 Part 6 of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes (i.e., § 143-215.51. through § 143-215.61.).
O. Threatened o r Enda ngered Aqua tic Specie s Documentat ion (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(10), submit documentation from the Department's Natural Heritage Program demonstrating the
presence or absence of threatened or endangered aquatic species within the boundary of the wastewater treatment, storage
and irrigation facilities.
❑ If the facility directly impacts such species, this documentation shall provide information on the need for permit conditions
pursuant to 15A NCAC 02B .0110.
P. Other Environ mental Permits (All Application Packages that include stream or wetland crossings):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(6), submit a copy of either the approved permit/certification or a letter from the appropriate
review agency acknowledging receipt of the application for the following applicable permits/certifications:
❑ Division of Water Resources' Water Quality Permitting Section — Wetlands 401 Certification
❑ US Army Corps of Engineers South Atlantic Division — Nationwide 12 or Section 404 permit
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(6), this application shall be considered incomplete or the resulting permit may be issued
conditionally, if a pending issuance of any of the aforementioned permits/certifications directly impact the facility herein.
THE COM PLETED APPL ICATION A ND SUPPOR TING DOCUM ENTATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO:
NORTH CA ROL INA DEPARTMENT OF ENV IRON MENTAL QUALITY
DIVISION OF WATER RE SOURCES
WATER QUALITY PERMITTING SEC TION
NON-DISCHAR GE PERM ITTING UNIT
By U.S. Postal Service:
1617 MAIL SERVIC E CEN TER
RALEI GH, NORTH CARO LIMA 276 99-1617
TELEPHON E NUMBER: [phone]
By Courier /Special Deliv ery
512 N. SALISBURY S T.
RALEI GH, NORTH CA RO LINA 276 04
FAX NUMBER: [phone]
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 4 of 4

DWR
State of North Car olina
Department of Envi ron mental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Division of Water Resources
15A NCAC 0 2T .0600 — SINGLE -FAMILY RESID ENCE WASTE WATER IRRI GATION SY STEM S
FORM: SFRWWIS 06 -16
L APPLICA NT INFORMATION:
1. Applicant's name as appears on deed, contract or lease agreement: Alexander Constantine & Marissa Carmi
2. Applicant type: ® Individual ❑ Corporation ❑ General Partnership
3. Signature authority's name: Alexander Constantine per 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b) Title: Property Owner
4. Applicant's mailing address: 519 High Ridge Drive
City: Durham State: NC Zip: 27707-
5. Applicant's contact information:
Telephone number: [phone] Fax number:
IL FACIL,IT Y INFORM ATION :
Email Address: a bconsl0Agmail.com
1. Facility name: Constantine Residence
2. Facility status: ❑ Existing or ® Proposed
3. Facility's physical address: Pin: 9879354085, Walnut Grove Church Road
City: Hurdle Mills State: NC Zip: 27541- County: Orange
4. Wastewater Treatment Facility Coordinates: Latitude: 36' 12' 31" Longitude: -79° 05' 28"
Provide the following latitude and longitude coordinate determination information:
Datum: NAD83 Level of accuracy: Nearest second Method of measurement:
Aerial photo_ aphy with ground control
5. USGS Map Name: Caldwell
III. CONSUL TANT INFO RM ATION :
1. Engineer's name: Kevin D. Davidson License Number: 024582 Firm: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
Engineer's mailing address: 501 N. Salem Street, Ste 203
City: Apex State: NC Zip: 27502-2315
Telephone number: [phone] Fax number: [phone]
2. Soil Scientist's name: Karl Shaffer License Number: 1009
Soil Scientist's mailing address: 501 N. Salem Street, Ste 203
City: Apex State: NC Zip: 27502-2315
Telephone number: [phone] Fax number: (_) _-.
IV. GENERAL R EQUIREM ENTS — 15A NCAC 02T .0100
Email Address: kdavidson(a_agriwaste.com
Firm: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
Email Address: kshafferkagriwaste.com
1. Application type: ® New ❑ Major Modification ❑ Minor Modification
If a modification, provide the existing permit number: WQ00 and most recent issuance date:
2. Application fee: $60.00
3. Describe the origin of the wastewater and provide a brief project description: Residential single-family dwelling with
AdvanTex pretreatment and surface spray disposal.
4. Wastewater flow: 480 GPD
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 1 of 6

IV. GENERAL REQUIREM ENTS — 15A NCAC 02T .0100 (CONTIN UED):
5. Using 15A NCAC 02T .0114, explain how the total wastewater flow was determined:
Establish ment Type
Flow Basis
Flow
Per Unit
Number
of Units
Flow
4 Bedroom SFR
gal/day
120
4
480 GPD
gal/
GPD
Total
480 GPD
6. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(6), if the project includes any stream or wetland crossings, what is the status of the following
applicable permits/certifications?
Per mit/Certif icatio n
Drovate
Per mit/Certif icatio n No.
Agency Reviewer
Submitted
A ed
Nationwide 12 or 404
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
Wetlands 401
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
7. What is the nearest 100-year flood plain elevation to the facility? 626 feet mean sea level. Source: FEMA Flood MU
Number 3710986800K
Are any treatment, storage or irrigation systems located within the 100-year flood plain? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, has documentation of compliance with Article 21 Part 6 of Chapter 143 of the G.S. been provided? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
V. DESIGN CRITERIA AND SETBACKS —.15A NCAC 02T .0605 & .0606:
1. Provide the estimated influent and designed effluent concentrations from the engineering calculations to verify conformance
with 15A NCAC 02T .060502) for the following parameters:
Para meter
Estimated I nfluent
Concentr ation
Designed Effluent
Concentr atio n
(monthly average)
Minimum Require d
Degree of Treat ment
Prior to Storage
Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD5)
350 mg/1
<10 mg/1
< 30 mg/1
Total Suspended Solids (TSS)
200 mg/1
<10 mg/1
< 30 mg/1
Ammonia Nitrogen (NH3-N)
100 mg/1
<10 mg/1
< 15 mg/1
Fecal Coliforms
<100 per 100 nil
< 200 colonies/100 nil
2. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0605(c), is the effluent placed directly in contact with GA classified groundwater? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, have predictive calculations demonstrating such placement will not contravene GA groundwater standards been
provided? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
3. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0605(d), are any of the treatment or storage units excavated into bedrock? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, has a 10 millimeter synthetic liner been provided? ❑ Yes (Plan Sheet: & Specification Page: ) or ❑ No
4. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(e), are any earthen treatment and storage facilities provided? ❑ Yes or ® No
5. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(f), have any by-pass or overflow lines been provided? ❑ Yes or ® No
6. If any treatment, storage or irrigation systems are located within the 100-year flood plain, in accordance with 15A NCAC
02T .0605(g), which systems are affected and what measures being taken to protect them against flooding? N.A.
7. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(h), has an operation and maintenance plan been submitted? ® Yes or ❑ No
8. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(i), how will restricted access to the irrigation system be provided? Minimum
Two -Strand Fence
Are all treatment units and control panels locked to prevent entry? ® Yes or ❑ No
9. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .06050), do the designed irrigation loading rates (see Application Item VIL4.) exceed
the soil scientist recommended loading rates (see Application Item VIL3.)? ❑ Yes or ® No
10. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(k), does the septic tank design adhere to 15A NCAC 18A .1900'? ® Yes or ❑ No
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 2 of 6

V. DESIGN CRITERIA AND SETBACKS —.15A NCAC 02T .0605 & .0606 (CONTINUED):
11. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(1), what is the specified method of disinfection? Ultraviolet
If chlorine, specify contact detention time provided: minutes and where contact time occurs:
If UV, specify the number of banks: 1, total lamps: 1 and maximum flow capacity: 6 GPM.
12. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(m), has a minimum of five days of storage based on average daily flow between
the pump off float and inlet invert pipe been provided? ® Yes or ❑ No
13. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(n), have all tanks containing pumps been provided with audible and visual
alarms that are external to any structure? ® Yes (Plan Sheet: WW-6 & Specification Page: See. H-6. 7) or ❑ No
14. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(o), has a precipitation or soil moisture sensor been provided?
® Yes (Plan Sheet: WW-7 & Specification Page: See. H-6. 7) or ❑ No
15. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(p), has a minimum of 18 inches of vertical separation between the apparent
seasonal high water table (SHWT) and the ground surface been provided? ® Yes or ❑ No
16. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(gl, has a minimum of 12 inches of vertical separation between any perched
seasonal high water table (SHWT) and the ground surface been provided? ® Yes or ❑ No
17. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(r), does the designed annual loading rate exceed 50 inches? ❑ Yes or ® No
18. Does the project comply with all setbacks found in the river basin rules (15A NCAC 02B .0200)? ® Yes or ® No
If no, list non -compliant setbacks: Residence (owned by Permittee) setback to spray field to be waived (down to 100' off
residence).
19. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0606, verify setback compliance by providing the minimum field observed distance (ft) from the
facility's irrigation system and treatment/storage units to each listed setback parameter (Note: Distances greater than 500 feet
shall be marked N/A):
Setback Para meter
Irrigat ion
System
Treat ment /
�Stora ge Units
Any habitable residence or place of assembly under separate ownership or not to be
maintained as part of the project site
101'
20'
Any habitable residence or place of assembly owned by the Permittee to be maintained as
part of the project site
452'
Any private or public water supply source
N/A
N/A
Surface waters (streams — intermittent and perennial, perennial waterbodies, and wetlands)
226'
496'
Groundwater lowering ditches (where the bottom of the ditch intersects the SHWT)
N/A
Subsurface groundwater lowering drainage systems
N/A
Surface water diversions (ephemeral streams, waterways, ditches)
226'
Any well with exception of monitoring wells
173'
187'
Any property line
287'
270'
Top of slope of embankments or cuts of two feet or more in vertical height
N/A
Any water line from a disposal system
101'
Any swimming pool
N/A
Public right of way
N/A
Nitrification field
>287'
Any building foundation or basement
101'
20. Are any setback waivers proposed for this facility? ® Yes or ❑ No
If yes, in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0606(c), submit the appropriate setback waivers (FORM: NDWSW) that have
been notarized, signed by all parties involved and recorded with the County Register of Deeds. Waivers involving the
compliance boundary shall be in accordance with 15A NCAC 02L .0107.
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 3 of 6

VI. WASTEW ATER T REATM ENT & STOR AGE FACILI TY DESI GN:
1. Type of treatment system: Septic Tank / Advantex
2. Provide the requested information for each treatment/storage unit and its associated mechanical equipment:
a. PRELIMINARY / PRIMARY TREATMENT (i.e., physical removal operations):
Treat ment Unit
No. of
Units
Manufact urer o r
Materia 1
Dimensions (ft) /
acin s (in)
Spacings
Volume
(al)
Plan Sheet
Refere nce
Specification
Reference
Septic Tank
1
Shoaf Precast Septic
10.5' x 5.5' x 5.83'
1500
WW-5
Sec. H-6.1
Select
Select
b. SECONDARY TREATMENT (i.e., physical, biological and recirculation processes):
Treat ment Unit
No. of
Units
Manufacturer o r
Materia 1
Dimensions (ft)
Volume
al
Plan Sheet
Refere nce
Specification
Refere nce
Advantex Treatment
1
Orenco Systems, Inc.
8.5' x 5.17' x 7.0'
800
WW-5
Sec. H-6.5
Select
Select
c. DISINFECTION:
No. of
Manufact urer o r
Volume
Plan Sheet
Specification
Treat ment Unit
Dimensions (ft)
Units
Materia 1
al
Refere nce
Reference
Ultraviolet
1
Orenco Systems, Inc.
3" Diameter
6 gpm
WW-5
Sec. H-6.6
Select
d. PUMP/STORAGE TANK:
Manufact urer o r
Materia 1
No. of
Units
Dimensions (ft)
Total
Volume
(gal)
Effective
Volume
(al)
Effective
Stora ge
(day s)
Plan Sheet
Refere nce
Specification
Refere nce
Shoaf Preceast Septic
1
13.0'x6.5'x6.67'
3500
2431.1
5.06
WW-5
Sec. H-6.1
e. PUMPS:
Location
No. of
Pumps
purpose
Manufacturer/
Type
I Capac ity
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
I GPM
JTDH
Treatment Pod
1
Recirculation
Orenco Systems, Inc.
16.75
12.91
WW-5
Sec. H-6.4
Pump Tank
1
Field Dosing
Orenco Systems, Inc.
19.32
77.73
WW-7
Sec. H-6.4
f. BLOWERS:
Location
No. of
Blowers
Units Served
Manufacturer/
T e
Capac ity
CFM
Plan Sheet
Refere nce
Specification
Refere nce
N.A.
g. MIXERS:
Location
No. of
Mixers
Units Served
Manufact urer /
Type
Power
(h)
Plan Sheet
Refere nce
Specificat ion
Refere nce
N.A.
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 4 of 6

VIL IRRIGA TION SY STEM DESIGN:
1. Are there any artificial drainage or water movement structures within 200 feet of the irrigation area? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, please explain if the Soil Evaluation addresses artificial structures and indicate if these structures are to be maintained
or modified: N/A
2. What is the proposed cover crop? Grass
3. Soil Evaluation recommendations:
Soil Series
Fields within Soil Area
Minimum Observed
Depth to SHWT
(ft)
Recommended
Loading Rate
(in/h')
Recommended
Loading Rate
(in/r)
Helena
1
12
.300
18.12
4. Irrigation System Information (Note — this table may be expanded for additional fields):
Field
Area
Gres)
Dominant
Soil Series
Designed
(RateR
m/hr)
Designed
?
(m/ r)
Latitude
(DMS)
Longitude '
(DMS)
Wate rbody
Stre No Index
Classification
1
.36
Helena
.103
17.82
36' 12' 32"
-79° 05' 26"
27-2-21-3
WS-II; HQW,
NSW
0 „
0 „
0 „
0 „
0 „
0 „
0 „
0 „
Total
' Provide the following latitude and longitude coordinate determination information:
Datum: NAD83 Level of accuracy: Nearest second Method of measurement:
Aerial photo rabhy with ground control
2 For assistance determining the waterbody stream index number and its associated classification, instructions may be
downloaded at: https:Hncdenr.s3.amazonaws.com/s3fs-
public/Water%20Quality/Aquifer%20Protection/LAU/Agrreements/W SCA%2008-13.pdf.
Spray Irrigat ion Design Elements
Drip Irriga tion De sign Ele ments
Nozzle wetted diameter:
84 ft
Emitter wetted area:
N.A. ft2
Nozzle wetted area:
5542 ft2
Distance between laterals:
N.A. ft
Nozzle capacity:
4.2 GPM
Distance between emitters:
N.A. ft
Nozzle manufacturer/model:
Rainbird / 30H SBN-3 V
(LAN-1)
Emitter capacity:
p �'
N.A. GPH
Elevation of highest nozzle:
665' ft
Emitter manufacturer/model:
N.A. / N.A.
Specification Reference:
Sec. H-6.8
Elevation of highest emitter:
N.A. ft
Specification Reference:
N.A.
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 5 of 6

Prof essional Engineer' s Certific atio n:
I, Kevin Davidson attest that this application for
(Professional Engineer's name from Application Item III.1.)
Constantine Residence
(Facility name from Application Item IL 1.)
has been reviewed by me and is accurate, complete and consistent with the information supplied in the plans, specifications,
engineering calculations, and all other supporting documentation to the best of my knowledge. I further attest that to the best of my
knowledge the proposed design has been prepared in accordance with this application package and its instructions, as well as all
applicable regulations and statutes. Although other professionals may have developed certain portions of this submittal package,
inclusion of these materials under my signature and seal signifies that I have reviewed this material and have judged it to be consistent
with the proposed design.
Note: In accordance with General Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.6B, any person who knowingly makes any false statement,
representation, or certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not to
exceed $10,000, as well as civil penalties up to $25,000 per violation.
North Carolina Professional Engineer's seal, signature, and date:
Applicant' s Certific ation per 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b):
I, Alexander Constantine (Property Owner) attest that this application for
(Signature Authority's name & title from Application Item L3.)
Constantine Residence
(Facility name from Application Item IL 1.)
has been reviewed by me and is accurate and complete to the best of my knowledge. I understand that any discharge of wastewater
from this non -discharge system to surface waters or the land will result in an immediate enforcement action that may include civil
penalties, injunctive relief, and/or criminal prosecution. I will make no claim against the Division of Water Resources should a
condition of this permit be violated. I also understand that if all required parts of this application package are not completed and that
if all required supporting information and attachments are not included, this application package will be returned to me as incomplete.
I further certify that the applicant or any affiliate has not been convicted of an environmental crime, has not abandoned a wastewater
facility without proper closure, does not have an outstanding civil penalty where all appeals have been exhausted or abandoned, are
compliant with any active compliance schedule, and do not have any overdue annual fees per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(e).
Note: In accordance with General Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.6B, any person who knowingly makes any false statement,
representation, or certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not to
exceed $10,000 as well as civil penalties up to $25,000 per violation.
Signature:
Date:
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 6 of 6

State of North Carolina
Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Division of Water Resources
DWR
15A NCAC 02T .0600 — SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENCE WASTEWATER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Division of Water Resources FORM: SFRWWIS O&M 08-13
Permit No.
County: Orange
Property owner(s) as appearing on the recorded deed: Alexander Constantine & Marissa Carmi
Mailing address: 519 High Ridge Drive, Durham, NC 27707
Facility address: Pin# 9879-35-4085, Walnut Grove CHurch Road, Hurdle Mills, NC 27541
Irrigation Method: X❑ SPRAY ❑ DRIP
I / We agree to operate and maintain the single-family residence wastewater treatment and irrigation system as follows:
1. The Permittee is responsible for the operation and maintenance of the entire wastewater treatment and irrigation
system including, but not limited to, the following items:
a. The septic tank shall be checked annually and pumped out as needed.
b. The septic tank effluent filter shall be checked and cleaned annually.
c. Accessible sand filter surfaces shall be raked and leveled every six months and any vegetative growth shall be
removed manually.
d. ❑ The tablet chlorinator shall be checked weekly. Wastewater grade tablets (calcium hypochlorite) shall be
added as needed to provide proper chlorination (pool chlorine tablets shall not be used), OR
X❑ The ultraviolet disinfection unit shall be checked weekly. The lamp(s) and quartz sleeve(s) shall be
cleaned or replaced as needed to ensure proper disinfection.
e. All pump and alarm systems shall be inspected monthly.
f. The irrigation system shall be inspected monthly to ensure that the system is free of leaks, that all irrigation
equipment is operating as designed, that vegetative growth does not interfere with the system inspection or
operation, that the soil is assimilating the disposed treated wastewater with no visible runoff or ponding, and
that no objectionable odors are being generated.
2. Failure to pay the annual fee shall be cause for the Division to revoke the permit pursuant to 15A NCAC 02T
.0105(e)(3).
3. The Permittee's failure to properly operate this system is subject to a penalty up to $25,000 per day.
4. Failure to meet the permit conditions or violation of the State's surface water or groundwater regulations may void
the permit.
All owners appearing on the legally recorded property deed shall sign this Operation & Maintenance Agreement
I / We understand the above requirements and agree to these terms as part of the issued permit.
Owner Signature:
Date:
Owner Signature:
Date:
FORM: SFRWWIS O&M 08-13 Page 1 of 1

Z; 1\
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Constant ine Residence
SFR Wastewater Irrigati on System
Orange Coun ty
Proj ect Specifications
FINAL DESIGN
REL EASED F OR CONSTRUCTION
This document was originally signed and sealed by
Kevin D. Davidson, NC PE #024582 on May 11, 2018.
SEAL: This medium shall not be considered a signed and sealed document.
Client: Alexander Constantine and Marissa Carmi
519 High Ridge Drive
Durham, NC 27707
Property Location: Walnut Grove Church Road
Hurdle Mills, NC 27541
Orange County
PIN# 9879-35-4085
Project Engineer: Kevin D. Davidson, P.E.
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street
Suite 203
Apex, NC 27602
Date: August 9, 2018

Table of Contents
1.0 General Project Specifications
1.1
Project Description
1.2
Site Description
1.3
Adjacent Property
1.4
Soils and Water Table
2.0
Material Management Practices
2.1
Housekeeping
2.2
Hazardous Products
2.3
Product Safety Practices
2.3.1 Petroleum Products
2.3.2 Fertilizers
2.4
Spill Control Practices
3.0
Site Work
3.1
Construction Roads and Parking
3.2
Tree Preservation and Protection
3.3
Removal of Topsoil
3.4
Addition of Fill Material
3.5
Permanent Seeding
3.5.1 Seedbed Requirements
3.5.2 Soil Conditioner
3.5.3 Seedbed Preparation
3.5.4 Seeding
3.5.5 Irrigation
3.5.6 Mulch all plantings immediately after seeding
3.5.7 Application of Organic Mulch
3.5.8 Anchoring Organic Mulch
3.5.9 Permanent Stabilization
4.0
Installer Specification
5.0
Material Specifications
5.1
Concrete Tanks
5.2
Piping
5.3
Electrical Requirements
6.0
Component Specifications
6.1
Concrete Tanks (Septic Tank, Pump Tank)
6.2
Access Risers
6.3
Drain Line
6.4
Pumps
6.5
AdvanTex Treatment Unit
6.6
UV Disinfection
6.7
Control Panel
6.8
Spray Components and Fence
6.9
Irrigation Headworks

1.0. General Project Specifications
1.1 Project Description
The purpose of the project is to install a wastewater treatment system and surface spray field to
accommodate wastewater from a four -bedroom single-family residence. The treatment system will
consist of a septic tank, an AdvanTex Treatment unit with integral recirculation tank, UV
disinfection, pump tank, irrigation headworks, and a control panel. The surface spray irrigation
system covers approximately 0.36 acres.
1.2 Site Description
The project site consists of property located at PIN# 9879-35-4085 Walnut Grove Church Road
in Orange County, NC. The residence will be located to the west of Walnut Grove Church Road,
in the southwest region of the property. The spray field will be located to the northeast of the
proposed residence. Both the house and spray field are located in a cleared area of the property.
The property is already sufficiently cleared of forest for the installation of the spray field. There are
several setbacks that have been considered for the location of the treatment unit and the spray field.
The setbacks and location of the treatment unit and spray field are shown on the system drawings.
1.3 Adjacent Property
The surrounding area at the residence site is rural and occupied by primarily undeveloped land,
agricultural land and single-family residences. The spray field is to be located a minimum of 400'
from any off -site residence and 150' from any property line or right-of-way.
1.4 Soils and Water Table
The soil in the project area is predominately Helena series and is above the groundwater table.

2.0. Material Management Practices
The following are the material management practices that will be used to reduce the risk of spills and
other accidental exposure of materials and substances to storm water runoff.
2.1 Housekeeping
The following good housekeeping practices will be followed on site during the construction project.
• An effort will be made to store only enough product required to do the job.
• All materials stored on site will be stored in a neat orderly manner in their appropriate containers
and, if possible, under a roof or other enclosure.
• Products will be kept in their original containers with the original manufacturer's label.
• Substances will not be mixed with one another unless recommended by the manufacturer.
• Whenever possible, all of a product will be used before disposing of the container.
• Manufacturer's recommendations for proper use and disposal will be followed.
• The site superintendent will inspect daily to ensure proper use and disposal of materials on site.
2.2 Hazardous Products
These practices are used to reduce the risks associated with hazardous materials:
Products will be kept in original containers unless they are not re -sealable.
Original labels and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) will be retained as they provide
important product information.
If surplus product must be disposed of, the manufacturer's or local and state recommended
methods for proper disposal will be followed.
2.3 Product Safety Practices
The following product safety practices will be followed on site:
2.3.1 Petroleum Products
All on site vehicles will be monitored for leaks and receive regular preventive maintenance to reduce
the chance of leakage. Petroleum products will be stored in tightly sealed containers which are
clearly labeled.
2.3.2 Fertilizers
Fertilizers used will be applied at recommended agronomic rates. Once applied, fertilizer will be
worked into the soil to limit exposure to storm water. The contents of any partially used bags of
fertilizer will be transferred to a sealable plastic bin to avoid spills.

2.4 Spill Control Practices
The following practices will be followed for spill prevention and cleanup:
• Manufacturer's recommended methods for spill cleanup will be clearly understood and site
personnel will be made aware of the procedures and the location of the information and cleanup
supplies.
• Materials and equipment necessary for spill cleanup will be kept in the material storage area on
site. Equipment and materials will include but not be limited to brooms, dust pans, mops, rags,
gloves, goggles, kitty litter, sand, sawdust, and plastic and metal trash containers specifically for
this purpose.
• All spills will be cleaned up immediately after discovery.
• The spill area will be kept well ventilated and personnel will wear appropriate protective clothing
to prevent injury from contact with a hazardous substance.
• Spills of toxic or hazardous material will be reported to the appropriate state or local government
agency, regardless of size.
• The spill prevention plan will be adjusted to include measures to prevent this type of spill from
reoccurring and how to clean up the spill if there is another one. A description of the spill, what
caused it, and the cleanup measures will also be included.
• , the site superintendent responsible for the day-to-day site operations, will
be the spill prevention and cleanup coordinator. He will designate at least other site
personnel who will receive spill prevention and cleanup training. These individuals will each
become responsible for a particular phase of prevention and cleanup.

3.0. Site Work
The site shall be maintained in an orderly and clean fashion. Debris should be confined to a common
area and removed weekly. The minimum area needed shall be disturbed. Due to the small footprint
of the project, a formal erosion and control plan has not been developed. However, contractor shall
follow standard practices to minimize any adverse effects from the installation of the system.
3.1 Construction Roads and Parking
Construction roads and parking areas are to be inspected periodically for condition of surface. Top -
dress with new gravel as needed. Check areas for erosion and sedimentation after runoff -producing
rains. Maintain all vegetation in a healthy, vigorous condition. Sediment -producing areas should be
treated immediately.
3.2 Tree Preservation and Protection
Some clearing of trees will be required for the installation of the drain line connecting the facility to
the treatment unit. Care shall be taken to minimize the disturbed area during installation. In spite of
precautions, some damage to protected trees may occur. In such cases, repair any damage to the
crown, trunk, or root system immediately.
- Repair roots by cutting off the damaged areas and painting them with tree paint. Spread peat
moss or moist topsoil over exposed roots.
- Repair damage to bark by trimming around the damaged area as shown in Figure 1 below,
taper the cut to provide drainage, and paint with tree paint.
- Cut off all damaged tree limbs above the tree collar at the trunk or main branch. Use three
separate cuts as shown in Figure 2 to avoid peeling bark from healthy areas of the tree.

TREE WOUND
TRIM AND TAPER
Figure 1. Trim bark wounds with a tapered cut, then apply tree paint.
COLLAR
INCORRECT CORRECT
Figure 2. Prune damaged branches with three cuts to avoid peeling bark from the tree when tree trunk falls
from tree.
To the degree possible, the vegetation that is removed during the drain line installation shall be
shredded on site and used to cover the drain line installation. Larger material shall be removed from
the site and disposed of properly.

3.3 Removal of Topsoil
MATERIALS
Determine whether the quality and quantity of available topsoil justifies selective handling. Quality
topsoil has the following characteristics:
- Texture - loam, sandy loam, and silt loam are best; sandy clay loam, silty clay loam, clay
loam, and loamy sand are fair. Do not use heavy clay and organic soils such as peat or muck
as topsoil.
- Organic matter content - (sometimes referred to as "humic matter") should be greater than
1.5% by weight.
- Acidity - pH should be greater than 3.6 before liming, and liming is required if it is less than
6.0.
- Soluble salts- should be less than 500 ppm.
- Sodium- sodium adsorption ratio should be less than 12. The depth of material meeting the
above qualifications should be at least 2 inches. Soil factors such as rock fragments, slope,
depth to water table, and layer thickness affect the ease of excavation and spreading of
topsoil. Generally, the upper part of the soil, which is richest in organic matter, is most
desirable; however, material excavated from deeper layers may be worth storing if it meets
the other criteria listed above. Organic soils such as mucks and peats do not make good
topsoil. They can be identified by their extremely light weight when dry.
STRIPP ING
Strip topsoil only from those areas that will be disturbed by excavation, filling, road building, or
compaction by equipment. A 4-6 inch stripping depth is common, but depth varies depending on the
site. Determine depth of stripping by taking soil cores at several locations within each area to be
stripped. Topsoil depth generally varies along a gradient from hilltop to toe of the slope. Put
sediment basins, diversions, and other controls into place before stripping.
STOCKP ILING
Select stockpile location to avoid slopes, natural drainage ways, and traffic routes (also applies to fill
soil stockpiles). Re -spreading is easier and more economical when topsoil is stockpiled in small
piles located near areas where they will be used.
Sediment barrier s- Use sediment fences or other barriers where necessary to retain
sediment.
Slope stabilization - Protect topsoil stockpiles by temporarily seeding as soon as possible.
Topsoil stockpiles with slopes steeper than 2:1 must be stabilized within 7 days, otherwise
within 14 calendar days from the last land -disturbing activity.
Perm anent vegetation - If stockpiles will not be used within 90 days they must be stabilized
with permanent vegetation to control erosion and weed growth.
SITE PREPARATION
Before spreading topsoil, establish erosion and sedimentation control practices such as diversions,
and berms as needed.

Gr ading - Maintain grades on the areas to be topsoiled according to the approved plan and do
not alter them by adding topsoil.
Limit of subs oil- Where the pH of the existing subsoil is 6.0 or less, or the soil is composed
of heavy clays, incorporate agricultural limestone in amounts recommended by soil tests or
specified for the seeding mixture to be used. Incorporate lime to a depth of at least 2 inches
by disking or raking.
Roughenin g- Immediately prior to spreading the topsoil, loosen the subgrade by disking or
scarifying to a depth of at least 4 inches, to ensure bonding of the topsoil and subsoil. If no
amendments have been incorporated, loosen the soil to a depth of at least 6 inches before
spreading topsoil.
SPREADIN G TOP SOIL
Uniformly distribute topsoil to a minimum compacted depth of 2 inches. Do not spread topsoil
while it is frozen or muddy or when the subgrade is wet or frozen. Correct any irregularities in the
surface that result from topsoiling or other operations to prevent the formation of depressions or
water pockets. Compact the topsoil enough to ensure good contact with the underlying soil, but avoid
excessive compaction, as it increases runoff and inhibits seed germination. Light packing with a
roller is recommended where high -maintenance turf is to be established.
On slopes and areas that will not be mowed, the surface may be left rough after spreading topsoil. A
disk may be used to promote bonding at the interface between the topsoil and subsoil. After topsoil
application, follow procedures for seedbed preparation, taking care to avoid excessive mixing of
topsoil into the subsoil.
3.4 Addition of Fill Material
MATERIALS
The final fill material will accept wastewater application not to exceed 0.30 inches per hour. Fill
material will be placed and graded to provide a slope that matches the natural grade of 2-5%. Fill
material shall meet the following guidelines:
1) Coarse fragments as defined by USDA (2 mm to 3.0 inches) shall not exceed 10% by
volume of the volume of the fill material.
2) Fill material shall not contain more than 5% organic matter (including leaf debris, twigs,
sticks, etc.)
3) Fill material shall not include any construction debris such as bricks, concrete,
construction wood materials, or any components or fragments of such.
4) Fill material shall classify under one of the following USDA soil texture classes: loamy
sand, sandy loam, sandy clay loam, loam, clay loam, or silt loam. Particle size analysis
may be confirmed by a third party testing laboratory if necessary.
APPLICATION
Specific fill application details may vary from site to site, for this site:
1) Vegetation 8" or less in diameter shall be removed by hand or with small tracked
equipment to prevent native soil loss and compaction.

2) Provide sufficient fill to achieve 12" separation to the SHWT.
3) Fill is to be applied at the 4-inch depth over the footprint of the drip irrigation field in a
single 4" lift.
4) Fill shall not be tilled to avoid bringing firm, expansive clay material closer to the
surface.
5) Extend fill material 5 feet beyond the wetted area and blend into the natural contours.
6) Compact the fill material to 1.1-1.3 g/cm3.
7) Surface shall be graded to a final grade that matches the natural grade with 2-5% slopes to
provide uniform drainage.
8) No site work shall be done when the conditions are wet, to avoid excess compaction.
9) Avoid placing fill material around large trees to prevent tree death (an arborist can
provide more guidance on tree protection).
10) Field shall be seeded with temporary vegetation suitable for the specific time of year. If
construction is complete in the following windows, permanent seeding can take place
immediately: February 15 through April 15, or September 15 through November 15.
Once final fill has been placed, a soil fertility sample shall be taken. Seeding can occur
immediately with the following amendments:
Ag-Lime: 380-400 pounds
10-10-10 Fertilizer: 250 pounds
The soil test recommendations will be used to supply additional amendments as needed.
Temporary seeding shall include the following species and rates: Annual ryegrass or
ryegrass blend with other small grains, at 10 pounds per 1000 square feet, lightly tilled or
raked into the top 0.5-1.0 inch of topsoil, cultipack or roll lightly, and cover with straw or
other shade cover. Follow with permanent fescue seeding in the appropriate dates, with
the September 15- October 15 window preferred.
FERTILIT Y ANALYSIS
Upon addition of the fill, a soil sample will be taken for fertility analyses. Soil test recommendations
will be followed for pH adjustment and nutrient amendments for N, P, and K to help with grass
establishment. Soil amendments may be applied pre or post construction.

3.5 Permanent Seeding
3.5.1 SEEDBED REQUIREMENTS
Establishment of vegetation should not be attempted on sites that are unsuitable due to inappropriate
soil texture, poor drainage, concentrated overland flow, or steepness of slope until measures have
been taken to correct these problems.
To maintain a good stand of vegetation, the soil must meet certain minimum requirements as a
growth medium. The existing soil should have these criteria:
- Enough fine-grained (silt and clay) material to maintain adequate moisture and nutrient
supply (available water capacity of at least .05 inches of water to 1 inch of soil).
- Sufficient pore space to permit root penetration.
- Sufficient depth of soil to provide an adequate root zone. The depth to rock or impermeable
layers such as hardpans should be 12 inches or more, except on slopes steeper than 2:1 where
the addition of soil is not feasible.
- A favorable pH range for plant growth, usually 6.0-6.5.
- Freedom from large roots, branches, stones, large clods of earth, or trash of any kind. Clods
and stones may be left on slopes steeper than 3:1 if they are to be hydroseeded.
If any of the above criteria are not met (i.e., if the existing soil is too coarse, dense, shallow, or acidic
to foster vegetation) special amendments are required. The soil conditioners described below may be
beneficial.
3.5.2 SOIL CONDIT IONERS
In order to improve the structure or drainage characteristics of a soil, the following materials may be
added. These amendments should only be necessary where soils have limitations that make them
poor for plant growth or for fine turf establishment.
- Peat Appropriate types are sphagnum moss peat, hypnum moss peat, reed -
sedge peat, or peat humus, all from fresh -water sources. Peat should
be shredded and conditioned in storage piles for at least 6 months
after excavation.
- Sand clean and free of toxic materials.
- Verm iculite horticultural grade and free of toxic substances.
- Rotte d manure stable or cattle manure not containing undue amounts of straw or
other bedding materials.
3.5.3 SEEDBED PREPARATION
Complete grading according to the approved plan before seeding. Below are steps to take in order to
prepare the seedbed for planting.
• Chisel compacted areas and spread topsoil 3 inched deep over adverse soil conditions, if
available.
0 Rip the entire area to 6 inches deep (if recommended by soil scientist).

• Remove all loose rock, roots, and other obstructions leaving surface reasonably smooth and
uniform.
• Apply agricultural lime, fertilizer, and superphosphate uniformly and mix with soil (section 4.6).
• Continue tillage until a well pulverized, firm reasonably uniform seedbed is prepared 4 to 6
inches deep.
• Seed on a freshly prepared seedbed.
• Mulch immediately after seeding and anchor mulch (section 8.3).
Apply lime and fertilizer evenly and incorporate into the top 4-6 inches of soil by disking or other
suitable means. Operate machinery on the contour. When using a hydroseeder, apply lime and
fertilizer to a rough, loose surface.
Roughen surfaces. Complete seedbed preparation by breaking up large clods and raking into a
smooth, uniform surface. Fill in or level depressions that can collect water. Broadcast seed into a
freshly loosened seedbed that has not been sealed by rainfall.
3.5.4 SEEDING
Seeding dates given in the manufacturer's seeding mixture specifications are designated as "best" or
"possible". Seedings properly carried out within the "best" dates have a high probability of success.
It is also possible to have satisfactory establishment when seeding outside these dates. However, as
you deviate from them, the probability of failure increases rapidly. Seeding on the last date shown
under "possible" may reduce chances of success by 30-50%. Always take this into account in
scheduling land -disturbing activities.
Use certified seed for permanent seeding whenever possible. Certified seed is inspected by the North
Carolina Crop Improvement Association. It meets published North Carolina Standards and should
bear an official "Certified Seed" label.
Labeling of non -certified seed is also required by law. Labels contain important information on seed
purity, germination, and presence of weed seeds. Seed must meet State standards for content of
noxious weeds. Do not accept seed containing "prohibited" noxious weed seed.
Apply seed uniformly with a cyclone seeder, drop -type spreader drill, cultipacker seeder, or
hydroseeder on a firm, friable seedbed.
When using a drill or cultipacker seeder, plant small grains no more than 1 inch deep, grasses and
legumes no more than 2 inch. Equipment should be calibrated in the field for the desired seeding
rate.
When using broadcast -seeding methods, subdivide the area into workable sections and determine the
amount of seed needed for each section. Apply one-half the seed while moving back and forth across
the area, making a uniform pattern; then apply the second half in the same way, but moving at right
angles to the first pass (Figure 13).

Cover broadcast seed by raking or chain dragging; then firm the surface with a roller or cultipacker
to provide good seed contact.
3.5.5 IRRIGA TION
Moisture is essential for seed germination and seedling establishment. Supplemental irrigation can be
very helpful in assuring adequate stands in dry seasons or to speed development of full cover.
Assess the need for irrigation when the seeding is conducted.
Water application rates must be carefully controlled to prevent runoff. Inadequate or excessive
amounts of water can be more harmful than no supplemental water.
3.5.6 MULCHING
Mulch all plantings immediately after seeding. Select a material based on site and practice
requirements, availability of material, labor, and equipment. Table 6.14a lists commonly used
mulches and some alternatives.
Before mulching, complete the required grading, install sediment control practices, and prepare the
seedbed. Apply seed before mulching except in the following cases:
- Seed is applied as part of a hydroseeder slurry containing wood fiber mulch.
- A hydroseeder slurry is applied over straw.
3.5.7 APPLICATION OF ORG ANIC MULCH
Organic mulches are effective where they can be tacked securely to the surface.
Spread mulch uniformly by hand, or with a mulch blower. When spreading straw mulch by hand,
divide the area to be mulched into sections of approximately 1,000 ft2, and place 70-90 lb of straw (1
to 2 bales) in each section to facilitate uniform distribution. After spreading mulch, no more than
25% of the ground surface should be visible. In hydroseeding operations, a green dye, added to the
slurry, assures a uniform application.
3.5.8 ANCHORING ORGANIC MULCH
Straw mulch must be anchored immediately after spreading using vegetation. Rye (grain) may be
used to anchor mulch in fall plantings, and German millet in spring. Broadcast at 15 lb/acre before
applying mulch.
3.5.9 PERMANENT STABILIZATION
Permanent stabilization is needed in graded or cleared areas subject to erosion and where a
permanent, long-lived vegetative cover is needed. Typically, disturbed portions of a site where
construction activities have permanently ceased will be stabilized with permanent seeding no later
than 14 days after the last construction activity. This method will not provide erosion control cover
or prevent soil slippage on soils that are not stable due to soil texture or structure, water movement
or excessively steep slopes. In some areas, it may be necessary to install erosion or sediment control
practices such as dikes, contour ripping, erosion stops, channel liners, sediment basins, diversions,
subsurface drainage, or other practices.

Prior to seeding, 1,000 lbs/ac of a 12-12-12 or equivalent fertilizer and lime according to soil test or
in lieu of soil test, 4,000 lbs/ac of ground agricultural limestone shall be worked into the soil to a
depth of 3 inches.
Seed should be applied uniformly at a depth of 1/4 to 2 inch with appropriate equipment. Except on
very flat slopes and ideal seeding conditions, small grain straw should be applied at a rate of 3,000 to
4,000 lbs/ac using appropriate mulch anchoring techniques. Other mulch materials can be used
except under adverse conditions or steep slopes; grain straw should be adequate.

4.0 Installer Specification
- Installer to m aintain Clas s IV installer License per NCOWCIC B.
- Installer to document installation history of advanced pretreatment systems and surface
application systems.

5.0 Material Specifications
5.1 Concrete Tanks
All concrete tanks are to be State approved tanks.
5.2 Piping
All drainlines and piping to be SCH 40 PVC. Non -pressure drain lines can be DWV.
Sweeping style elbows to be used on gravity lines. All pressure lines to be pressure rated
SCH 40 PVC. All pressure lines to be cut with a hand ratcheting style cutter or wheel style
cutter. PVC saws shall not be used to cut pressure pipe.
5.3 Electrical Requirements
Installer shall install all electrical fittings from the control panel to the individual treatment
components and pumps. Installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's
specifications. Qualified electrician or local power utility shall bring power to panel and
energize panel.

6.0 Component Specifications (information following)
6.1 Concrete Tanks (Septic Tank, Pump Tank)
- All concrete tanks to be State Approved Tank.
- All tank seams to be sealed with butyl rubber sealant.
- Backfill and compact soil around tank with a "jumping jack" style compactor.
- Following installation, tanks to be vacuum and water tested. Passing criteria as follows:
- Vacuum Test 5 in Hg for 2 min with <0.5 in Hg
- Water Test 10 gallons/1000 gallons/24 hr period
- Tanks to be installed level on 6" gravel base (#57 stone)
- All penetrations to be cast in place rubber boots for inflow and outflow penetrations.
- All tanks to have cast in place riser adapters for Orenco Risers.
6.2 Access Risers
- Install risers per manufacturer's specifications.
- All Orenco risers to extend minimum 6" above grade.
- All electrical conduits to be sealed with duct seal.
- Penetrations thru risers to use grommets or bulk head fitting.
- All tank risers that do not contain an inner lid shall be equipped with a safety net.
6.3 Drain Line
- All gravity drain line to be 4" SCH 40 PVC, DWV (min).
- Elbows to be sweeping style fitting.
6.4 Pumps
- Install pumps per system drawing and manufacturers specifications (included).
- Piping to be SCH 40 Pressure Pipe.
6.5 AdvanTex Treatment Unit
- Install unit per manufacturers specifications (included).
- Install with 12" lid extension if needed.
- Install unit on 6" gravel base.
6.6 UV Disinfection
- Install UV disinfection per system drawing and manufacturers specifications (included).

6.7 Control Panel
- Install per system drawing and manufacturers specifications (included).
- Panel to be minimum 24" above grade.
- Seal all pipes with duct seal
- Panel to be mounted on 4" x 6" (minimum) pressure treated post.
- Install Rain Sensor on control panel enclosure.
6.8 Spray Field
- Install spray field per system drawings.
- Spray field shall be hand cleared of small brush, debris and vegetation.
- Install perimeter fence per system drawings.
6.9 Irrigation Headworks
- Install headworks per system drawing.
- Install headworks on 6" gravel base.

Tanks and Risers

--NOTE-USE 24'
CAST -IN -PLACE
ORENC❑ RISER
ADAPTER
❑renco 24'
Riser Base
WV Lid
TOP
J xxTOP VIEW MEASUREMENTS
/ ARE TO WIDEST DIMENSIONS
4" SIDE INLET
WITH BOOT
❑renco 24'
Riser Base
W/ Lid
4" INLET &
OUTLET BOOTS
Cast in Place Orenco Riser Adapters
4' 3"
5 °
TO BOTTOM OF
INLET
L
_ET
SHOAF PRECAST SEPTIC INC.
MODEL: TS 1500 STB
NON TRAFFIC
1500 Gallon Septic Tank
4130 WEST US HWY 64
LEXINGTON, NC 27295
PHONE [phone]
FAX [phone]
WWW.SHOAFPRECAST.COM
SHOAF-1,500 SEPTIC TANK
STB-390 NON TRAFFIC
LIQUID CAPACITY-1,517 GALLONS/AIRSPACE-10"
TANK HEIGHT-70"
BOTTOM OF TANK TO CENTER OF INLET-61"
BOTTOM OF TANK TO CENTER OF OUTLET-59"
LENGTH TO WIDTH RATIO-2 TO 1
SIZE OF INLET & OUTLET-4" PIPE
TYPE OF INLET & OUTLET-POLYLOCK OR EQUAL (MEETS ASTM C-923)
CONCRETE PSI-4000; TANK WEIGHT- 13,000 LBS.
REINFORCEMENT PER STATE CODE
--NOTE-TEE NOT
SuPPLIE➢
TOM OF
TLET
J;UALE - N.I.J.
••NOTE 1' BUTYL RUBBER
MASTIC SEALANT
CONTINUOUS IN JOINT
7° 6"
r3'
o"
O
ENT
00 0 04" FLOW
THROUGH
END VIES/
6"
1. Septic tank to be approved by NCDHHS.
2. Leakage testing of tank is required. Allowable leakage must not exceed
capacity per 24 hour period.
3. Documentation of tank testing shall be provided to certifying Engineer.
4. Tank risers to extend minimum of 6" above finished grade.
5. Final grading shall slope soil away from tank openings.
STATE
APPROVAL #
SHOAF-1500
/ STB-390
1 % of tank
N.T.S.

)KNOTE-USE 24'
CAST -IN -PLACE
❑RENC❑ RISER
ADAPTER
74' TO BOTTOM OF 4' INLET -
MODEL MS NON -TRAFFIC 3500 PT
NoN TRAFFIC MID SEAM PUMP TANK
SHOAF PRECAST SEPTIC INC.
4130 WEST US HWY 64
LEXINGTON, NC 27295
PHONE [phone]
FAX [phone]
[e-mail]
y Ww,shoafprecast.com
- NC APPROVAL # ; PT-2105
- LIQUID CAPACITY - 3,516 GALLONS
- GALLONS PER INCH - 43.95
'IPE PENETRATIONS - (MEETS ASTM C-9
CONCRETE - 5000 PSI MIN.
TANK WEIGHT - 18,640 #
- TOP - 9,320 #
- BOTTOM - 9,320 #
REINFORCEMENT PER ENGINEER SPECS
" BUYTL SEALANT CONTINUOUS IN JOIN
4°
aa° ao°
FLOW THROUG
O O
4°
1. Pump tank to be approved by NCDHHS or Engineer.
2. Leakage testing of tank is required. Allowable leakage must not exceed 1 % of tank
capacity per 24 hour period.
3. Documentation of tank testing shall be provided to certifying Engineer.
4. Tank risers to extend minimum of 6" above finished grade.
5. Final grading shall slope soil away from tank openings.
N.T.S.

PRTA ABS Tank Adapters
Applications
PRTA tank adapters are used to provide a structural, watertight method
of installing a 24-or 30-inch (600- or 750-mm) access riser over a tank
opening.
General
Orenco's PRTA tank adapters are molded plastic products and there-
fore have excellent part -quality and consistency. PRTA tank adapters
can be cast into a tank or fastened to the top of the tank with a bolt -
down kit. The bolt -down kit consists of either six or twelve (depending
on model) stainless steel concrete anchors and a roll of butyl tape.
The O.D. of the vertical flange matches the I.D. of Orenco's ribbed
risers, which provides a suitable joint to seal with MA320, ADW 00,
SS115, or SS140 adhesive.
Cast in Place Tank Adapters
On for each end of each tank.
Standard Models 4 x PRTA24
PRTA24, PRTA30
PRTA24BDKIT (6 anchors), PRTA30BDKIT (12 anchors)
Product Code Diagram
PRTA �0
I Riser diameter
24 = 24" riser (Perma-Loc, Ultra -Rib, KOR FLO)
30 = 30" riser (Perma-Loc, Ultra -Rib)
ABS riser tank adapter
Materials of Construction
Tank adapter
ABS
Concrete anchors
Stainless steel anchor bolts
Sealant
Butyl tape
Specifications
Dimensions*
PRTA24
PRTA30
A - Outside dia., in. (mm)
23.38 (594)
29.25 (743)
B - Flange dia., in. (mm)
26.75 (679)
34.25 (870)
C - Horizontal flange width, in. (mm)
2.00 (51)
2.50 (64)
D - vertical flange height, in. (mm)
3.50 (89)
3.25 (83)
*The tank adapter has a nominal 0.25 inch (6 mm) thickness
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-RLA-PRTA-1
Rev. 2.0, © 03/17
Page 1 of 1

Access Risers -Ultra-Rib '"'
Applications
Orenco's Access Risers provide access to septic tank openings and
can be cast into the tops of concrete tanks, bonded in place, or bolted
down using a riser tank adaptor. They can also be used as valve
enclosures.
Materials of Construction
General
Orenco Ultra -Rib'" Access Risers are constructed of ribbed PVC pipe
and are available in 12-, 18-, 21-, and 24-in. diameters. They can be
ordered in 3-in. (76.2-mm) increments in lengths up to 13 ft (3.96 m)
for 12- and 18-in. diameter risers, and up to 14 ft
(4.27 m) for 21- and 24-in. diameter risers. Orenco Ultra -Rib riser
pipe is also available in truckload quantities. A complete line of Orenco
pipe -cutting tools makes it easy to fabricate risers in your shop or in
the field Risers: 5 x RR24 XX
Adjust riser height to allow for
Standard Models minimum 6" above ground.
RR12XX, RU18XX, RR21XX, RR24XX
Product Code Diagram
R
+❑+❑
Tischarge grommet option, in. (mm):
Blank = no discharge grommet
10 = 1 (25)
12 = 1 A (32)
15 = 11z (38)
20 = 2 (50)
Splice
box grommet or splice box options (choose one):
Blank
= no grommet or splice box
or
S
= grommet installed,1-in. (25-mm), fits SB1-SB4
L
= grommet installed,1 A -in. (32-mm), fits SB5-SB6
SX
= hole drilled for Orenco® external splice boxt
or
S1
= grommet and SB1 internal splice box installed
S2
= grommet and SB2 internal splice box installed
S3
= grommet and SB3 internal splice box installed
S4
= grommet and SB4 internal splice box installed
L5
= grommet and SB5 internal splice box installed
L6
= grommet and SB6 internal splice box installed
or
Ys
= grommet and simplex explosion -proof splice box installedt
XD
= grommet and duplex explosion -proof splice box installedt
XT
= grommet and triplex explosion -proof splice box installedt
Riser height in inches (3-in. increments standard)
Riser diameter:
12 = 12-in. (300-mm)'
18 = 18-in. (450-mm)'
21 = 21 -in. (525-mm)
24 = 24-in. (600-mm)
Riser type code:
R = 12-in. (300-mm), 21-in. (525-mm), and 24-in. (600-mm) diameters
U = 18-in. (450-mm) diameter
PU = bulk Ultra-RibTM pipe, all diameters
Ultra -Rib TM PVC Pipe: PVC I Riser, Ultra -Rib'"
Not intended for use over pump vaults
t Requires minimum 18-in. (457-mm) riser height
Specifications t For Class I Division I environments
Model RR12XX RU18XX RR21XX RR24XX
I.D., in. (mm)
11.74 (298)
17.65 (448)
20.50 (521)
23.50 (597)
Wall Thickness - excluding ribs, in. (mm)
0.10(3)
0.19(5)
0.25(6)
0.25(6)
O.D. - including ribs, in. (mm)
13.13 (334)
19.44 (494)
22.63 (575)
25.63 (651)
Weight, Ibs per ft (kg per m)
5(7.4)
11 (16.4)
15 (22.3)
19 (28.3)
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843. 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com M-RLA-RR-2
Rev. 3.0, ® 03/17
Page 1 of 1

PVC Riser Installation
Installing PVC Access Risers onto Cast -In Orenco® Riser -Tank Adapters
Access risers provide access to septic tank openings, simplifying inspection and maintenance procedures. Access riser -to -tank connections
must be watertight for the proper functioning of an onsite septic system or effluent sewer system. Orenco strongly recommends watertightness
testing of all access riser -to -tank connections after installation.
Following are instruction sets for prepping and installing access risers, installing grommets, and selecting adhesives for riser installations.
Refer to the chart below to determine which instruction set to use.
InstructionSet................................................................................ Page
1. Riser Preparation ..................................................................................1
2. Grommet Installation............................................................................... 2
3. Riser Installation — PRTA24-2 Adapters................................................................. 3
4. Riser Installation — RRFTA24, RRFTA30, PRTA24, PRTA30, FRTA24-RVF, and FRTA30-FRP Adapters .................... 4
5. Riser Installation — Orenco FRP Tanks with 24-inch-Diameter (600-mm) Risers ................................... 5
6. Riser Watertightness Testing.......................................................................... 6
7. Adhesive Selection and Quantities...................................................................... 7
Instruction Set 1: Riser Preparation
Step 1: Determine Riser Height
Determine how high the riser needs to be.
• The top of the riser should be about 3 inches (75 mm) above finished grade
after installation and backfilling —This allows 2 inches (50 mm) for tank
settling and 1 inch (25 mm) for ensuring drainage away from the riser.
Step 2: Cut Riser to Size (if Necessary)
If the riser needs to be cut to size, cut it with a circular saw or table saw
• Always cut excess length from the bottom of the riser.
• For square, even cuts, a good fit, and a watertight joint between the riser
and the adapter, use an Orenco riser -cutting saw guide.
• To install risers less than 30 inches (760 mm) wide onto 500-gallon
(2000-L) Orenco FRP tanks, cut the riser so it fits into the tank and the
lowest rib rests on the tank's top, as shown.
Step 3: Dry Fit Riser to Adapter
Step 3a: Dry fit the riser to the adapter.
• Make sure riser penetrations are the right sizes and in the correct locations.
Step 3b: If the riser is higher than 3 inches (75 mm) above the estimated final
grade, cut it to size per the instructions in Step 2.
Step 3c: If the riser is too short, use an Orenco grade ring to extend it.
ODetermine riser height
3 inches (75 mm)
et
o , ,Q
rLJ
Riser prep for 500-gal. (2000-L) Orenco FRP tanks
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 7.0, © 03/17
Page 1 of 7

Instruction Set 2: Grommet Installation
Step 1: Mark Access Riser
Step 1a: Use the site plans or drawings to find out if riser penetrations are needed.
Step 1b: Use the plans or drawing to mark the locations of the penetrations.
• If plans or drawings aren't available, use Drawing 1b as a general guide
for locating riser penetrations.
Step 2: Drill Holes and Clean Access Riser
Step 2a: Drill holes for riser penetrations.
• If you have questions about where to locate various riser penetrations,
contact your Distributor for more information.
Using Orenco® RKHS Hole Saws ...
Cut the hole and grind the ribs down to make a flat, smooth surface for
installing the grommet.
• Make sure your hole saw is the correct size and your drill is at least 18 volts.
• Don't grind too deeply — about 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) is deep enough.
Using Standard Hole Saws ...
1: Use the correctly sized hole saw to cut a hole, centered on the mark.
2: Trim the riser ribs back 1 inch (25 mm) from around the hole.
• Use a grinder or cutting tool to notch the ribs through to the riser wall.
• Use a hammer and chisel to break off the notched rib sections.
• Use a grinder to make a flat, smooth surface around the hole.
Step 2b: Clean and deburr the hole and flat surface with a wire brush and
deburring knife or tool.
• Be careful not to enlarge the penetration.
Step 3: Install Grommet
Step 3a: Apply a bead of adhesive to the groove in the grommet's outer diameter.
• For adhesive recommendations, see Instruction Set 7.
Step 3b: Firmly press the grommet into the penetration.
Grommet Hole Sizing Guide
Grommet size, inches (nominal IN pipe size)
Hole saw size
1 /2
1
3/4
1-1/4
1
1-9/16
1-1/4
1-3/4
1-1/2
2-1/8
2
2-3/4
3
3-7/8
4
5
For more information on grommet dimensions and actual pipe O.D., see the Orenco Technical Data
Sheet for grommets, NTD-RLA-PG-1
2a
Grommet for
splice box
(at 12 o'clock)
Grommet for
discharge assembly
(at 3 or 9 o'clock)
NIN-RLA-RR-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 7.0, © 03/17
Page 2 of 7

Cutaway view of Orenco" PRTA24-2, cast into
concrete tank with 24-inch (600-mm) access
riser attached
Instruction Set 3:
Riser Installation — PRTA24-2 Adapters
Step 1: Prep Adapter Channel and Riser
Step 1a: Roughen the adapter channel and the bottom surfaces of the riser
with sandpaper.
Step 1 b: Use a clean cloth and acetone or alcohol to clean the channel and the
bottom surfaces of the riser.
• The channel must be clean and dry for a good fit and watertight joint.
• Let the acetone or alcohol dry completely.
Step 2: Apply Adhesive
Fill the channel with methacrylate adhesive.
• For adhesive recommendations, see Instruction Set 7.
Note: If you're using a methacrylate adhesive that's non -self -leveling, use
enough to fully fill the channel, with no voids in the adhesive.
Step 3: Install Riser
Step 3a: If the riser has penetrations, align the riser correctly.
Step 3b: Firmly press the bottom of the riser into the channel.
• Twist the riser back and forth slightly to fully seat it and to create a good bond.
• If the inside seam is not completely filled, add adhesive to form a complete
fillet.
Step X Use a tongue depressor, putty knife, or clean cloth to make a good
fillet over the inside seam.
Note: If cold weather conditions or frost heave are a concern at the site, contact
a qualified engineer or Orenco for additional recommendations on installing ribbed
PVC risers.
IMPORTANT Orenco strongly recommends that all tank risers 12-in. (300-mm)
and larger in diameter be equipped with riser safety grates to help prevent
accidental or unauthorized entry.
Step 4: Test Riser Watertightness
Follow Instruction Set 6 of this document for testing the riser's watertightness.
Note: Watertight connections are critical for the wastewater system to function
effectively and efficiently.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 7.0, © 03/17
Page 3 of 7

Instruction Set 4:
Riser Installation — RRFTA24, RRFTA30, PRTA24,
PRTA30, FRTA24-RVF, and FRTA30-FRP Adapters
Step 1: Prep Adapter and Riser
Step 1a: Roughen the bonding surfaces of the adapter and riser with
sandpaper.
Step 1b: Use a clean cloth and acetone or alcohol to clean the bonding
surfaces of the adapter and the riser.
• The bonding surfaces must be clean and dry for a good fit and watertight joint.
• Let the acetone or alcohol dry completely.
Step 2: Apply Methacrylate Adhesive
Apply a bead of methacrylate adhesive to the outside of the adapter.
• For adhesive recommendations, see Instruction Set 7.
Step 3: Install Riser
Step 3a: If the riser has penetrations, align the riser correctly.
Step 3111 Firmly press the riser onto the adapter until the bottom of the riser is
resting on the concrete (cast -in adapters) or the adapter flange (bolted -down
adapters).
• Twist the riser back and forth slightly to fully seat it and to create a good bond.
Step X Apply a bead of methacrylate adhesive to the inside of the access
riser -adapter joint.
Step 3d: Use a putty knife, tongue depressor, or clean shop rag to make a
continuous fillet on the inside of the access riser -adapter joint.
Note: If cold weather conditions or frost heave are a concern at the site, contact
a qualified engineer or Orenco for additional recommendations on installing ribbed
PVC risers.
IMPORTANT Orenco strongly recommends that all tank risers 12-in. (300-mm)
and larger in diameter be equipped with riser safety grates to help prevent
accidental or unauthorized entry.
Step 4: Test Riser Watertightness
Follow Instruction Set 6 of this document for testing the riser's watertightness.
Note: Watertight connections are critical for the wastewater system to function
effectively and efficiently.
NIN-RLA-RR-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 7.0, © 03/17
Page 4 of 7

Cross-section detail of adhesive fillet
on inside seam of 1000-gal. (37851)
tank with 24-inch (600-mm) riser
Cross-section detail of adhesive
fillet on outside seam of 500-gal.
(18901) tank with 24-inch
(600-mm) riser
At
Instruction Set 5:
Riser Installation — Orenco FRP Tanks with 24-inch-
Diameter (600-mm) Risers
Step 1: Prep Tank and Riser
Step 1a: Roughen the bonding surfaces of the tank and the riser with
sandpaper.
Step 1b: Use a clean cloth and acetone or alcohol to clean the roughened tank
surface and the bottom surfaces of the riser.
• The surfaces must be clean and dry for a good fit and watertight joint.
• Let the acetone or alcohol dry completely.
Step 2: Apply Methacrylate Adhesive
Apply methacrylate adhesive to the bonding surfaces of the tank and the riser.
• For adhesive recommendations, see Instruction Set 7.
Step 3: Install Riser
Step 3a: If the riser has penetrations, align the riser correctly.
Step 3b: Press the riser into position
• For 1000-gal. through 2000-gal. tanks (3785-L through 7570-L), firmly press
the riser onto the tank opening
• For 500-gal. (1890-L) tanks, firmly press the riser into the tank opening.
• Twist the riser back and forth slightly to fully seat it and create a good bond.
• If the seams aren't completely filled, add adhesive to form a complete fillet.
Step X Use a tongue depressor, putty knife, or clean cloth to make a good
fillet over the seams.
Note: If cold weather conditions or frost heave are a concern at the site, contact
a qualified engineer or Orenco for additional recommendations on installing ribbed
PVC risers.
IMPORTANT Orenco strongly recommends that all tank risers 12-in. (300-mm)
and larger in diameter be equipped with riser safety grates to help prevent
accidental or unauthorized entry.
Step 4: Test Riser Watertightness
Follow Instruction Set 6 of this document for testing the riser's watertightness.
Note: Watertight connections are critical for the wastewater system to function
effectively and efficiently.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 7.0, © 03/17
Page 5 of 7

Instruction Set 6: Riser Watertightness Testing
IMPORTANT A watertight tank and watertight riser -to -tank connections are
critical for the wastewater system to function effectively and efficiently.
Step 1: Prep for Test
Step 1a: Make sure the adhesive seams have set and the tank has been backfilled
according to the manufacturer's instructions — typically to the tank's midpoint.
Step 1b: Plug the inlet (and outlet, if present) of the tank with watertight plugs.
Step 1c: Fill the tank with water to a level 2 inches (51 mm) into the riser.
Step 2: Test Watertightness
Step 2a: Wait for the required time before inspecting the riser -to -tank
connections for leakage.
• Follow the tank manufacturer's recommendations (or applicable local regula-
tions) for wait times before inspecting the tank for leaks.
• Orenco recommends at least 30 minutes for its fiberglass tanks.
Step 2b: Check for any drop in the liquid level inside of the riser and any visible
leakage from the riser -to -tank connections.
• At the end of the test, there should be no drop in liquid level and no visible
leakage from seams, pinholes, or other imperfections.
• If leaks are found during the test, seal the leaks and repeat the test.
Step 2c: Once the riser -to -tank connections are proven watertight, remove the
plug(s) and drop the water level in the tank to just below the invert of the inlet or
outlet, whichever is lower.
Watertightness test
Access riser
Fill the tank to a
level 2 in. (51 mm)
into the riser
y 2 in.
Tank brim (51 mm)
NIN-RLA-RR-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 7.0, © 03/17
Page 6 of 7

VC Riser Installation Grenc
S Y S T E
Instruction Set 7: Adhesive Selection and Quantities
Use the table below to select the correct adhesive and quantity for your grommet or riser installation(s). Be sure to check the expiration
date on the adhesive package. If the adhesive is expired, do not use it to install Orenco components.
Note: Before installing a riser on an Orenco riser -tank adapter with an adhesive not recommended in the table below, contact your
Distributor or Orenco.
Component
Adhesive Type and Approximate Usage
MA8120 SA510 MA320
300/300-mL cartridge 300/300-mL cartridge Toz (200-mL)
(600-mL total) (600-mL total) packet
IN 810
1-pint (473-mL)
1-quart (946-mL)
ADH100
10.2-oz (300-mL) tube
Grommets
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
various quantities
Riser Tank
FRTA36
1 cartridge`
1 cartridge`
n/a
n/a
n/a
Adapters
PRTA24
Yz cartridge`
Yzcartridge`
1 packet
n/a
1 tube
PRTA24-2
>_ Yz cartridge`
_> Yz cartridge`
n/a
< 1 pint
n/a
PRTA30
< 1 cartridge`
< 1 cartridge`
2 packets
n/a
2 tubes
RRFTA24
Yz cartridge`
Yz cartridge`
1 packet
n/a
1 tube
RRFTA30
1 cartridge`
1 cartridge`
2 packets
n/a
n/a
Indicates preferred adhesive for this application
Orenco Systems°, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIN-RLA-RR-1
Rev. 7.0, © 03/17
Page 7of7

DuraFiber'"' Access Lids
Applications
Orenco° DuraFiber" Access Lids provide a secure, damage -resistant
covering for ribbed PVC and HDPE risers, pump basins, and access
ports. They are not recommended for vehicular traffic. 24-inch (600-mm)
DuraFiber lids require an RLA24 adapter to mate to 24-inch (600-mm)
Perma-Loc'" pipe. 30-inch (750-mm) DuraFiber lids are not compatible
with 30-inch (750-mm) RLA Riser -Lid -Adapters or 30-inch (750-mm)
Perma-Loc pipe. For these products, use Orenco's FLF-Series lids.
General
DuraFiber Access Lids are constructed of resin -infused fiberglass fabrics
for extreme durability and damage resistance, with breaking strengths in
excess of 20,000 pounds (9,000 kg).
They feature flat -style flanges for easier access, allowing clean, flush -to -
grade installations. They have cored centering rings for aligning lids with
risers. They also have urethane gaskets to help provide watertight seals.
DuraFiber Lids feature a non-skid surface for better grip and aesthet-
ics, a molded -in caution statement, and room for a customer logo. They
come with four 516-inch stainless steel flathead socket cap screws and
a hex key wrench.
Durafiber Lids are available with optional insulation, installed at the fac-
tory or in kits that can be installed in the field.
Standard Models
FLD24G, FLD24GATX, FLD24GW, FLD30G, FLD30GATX, FLD30GW
Product Code Diagram
FLD ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ Riser Lids
TIFLD 24G (5)
olor and logo options:
Blank — green color lid
B = brown color lid
C — custom logo
ATX — AdvanTee logo
W — warning label
Insulation:*
Blank — no insulation
12 = 2-inch (50-mm) insulation installed
14 — 4-inch (100-mm) insulation installed
Vent and filter options:
Blank — no vent or filter options
V — vent
CIF — carbon filter
Gasket options:
G = gasket (standard)
Blank — no gasket
Lid diameter, in. (mm):
24 — 24 (600)
30 = 30 (750)
DuraFiber'" fiberglass lid
* Insulation has an R-value of 10 per 2-inch (50-mm) increment.
B
a
T
T
i,,
C
_ I
Materials of Construction:
Lid
Fiberglass reinforced polyester
Gasket
Urethane
Centering ring core
Structural foam
Mounting hardware
Stainless steel
Insulation (optional)
Closed -cell foam
Insulation mounting hardware
Stainless steel
Specifications
Model
FLD24XX
FLD30XX
A in. (mm)
26 (660)
33 (838)
B, in. (mm)
1 %2 (38)
1 %2 (38)
C, in. (mm)
23'/4 (590)
29'/4 (743)
Gasket width, in. (mm)
3/4 (19)
3/4 (19)
Bolt hole diameter, in. (mm)
5/6 (8)
V16 (8)
Weight, Ibs (kg)
11 (5)
20 (9)
Bolt holes, per lid
4
4
Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-RLA-FL-4
Rev. 3.0, © 10/17
Page 1 of 1

External Splice Box
Applications
The Orenco° External Splice Box attaches outside the access riser of an
underground tank. It is engineered specifically for water and wastewater
treatment systems and is especially suited for use in locations prone to
high groundwater and other wet conditions. Its separate conduit hubs,
large volume, and optional dividers make it useful for maintaining isolation
of high and low voltage wires where needed. It has four cord grips which
accommodate power cords for floats and pumps of 0.170 - 0.470 inches
(4.3 -11.9 mm) in diameter. Unused cord grips can be plugged watertight
with the supplied cord grip plugs. Each External Splice Box is provided with
a hole -cutting template to simplify installation on the riser and a 4-inch
(100-mm) diameter grommet for the riser penetration.
SBEX14, Treatment Pod (1), Pump Tank (1), and
Headworks (1). Run pump and float cords through
Splice Box to Panel.
DO NOT CUT WIRES IN SPLICE BOX IF POSSIBLE
General
To specify the Orenco External Splice Box for your installation, require the
following:
• Watertight for prolonged submergence per UL listing (type 6P)
• Attachment external to access riser to allow inspection with no need
to open the riser lid
• Volume of 100 in.3 (1639 cm3) for easy wiring access and to
accommodate multiple wiring configurations
• Bottom entry, so conduit or direct -bury cable always remains below
minimum burial depth
• Molded of UL (f1) rated plastic, resistant to cold and UV exposure,
suitable for external applications
• Optional divider plates available for isolating high and low voltage
wires from separate conduits or direct -bury cable
Standard Models
SBEX1-4, SBEXI -4-P
Product Code Diagram
SBEX1-4 -
TBlank = no divider plates
P = divider plates
External splice box
The External Splice Box is molded
of a UL if 1) rated PVC alloy. It has
a UL Type 6P listing for prolonged
submergence.
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-SBEX-1
Rev. 3.0, © 10/17
Page 1 of 2

Physical Specifications Materials of Construction
Volume 100 in.3 (1639 cm3) Splice box PVC alloy
Cord grips 4 per SBEX Cord grips Nylon
Cord grip plugs 3 per SBEX Cord grip plugs EPDM rubber
Cord diameters 0.170- 0.470 in. (4.3 -11.9 mm) 0-rings Buna rubber
accommodated Conduit hub plug PVC per ASTM D-1784
Conduit hubs 2 4-in. (100-mm) grommet* EPDM rubber
Conduit hub plug 1 * Grommet not shown in illustration below
Conduit sizes 3/ in.,1 in. (with coupling), %2 in. (with fitting or bell end)
accommodated
Dia. of hole into riser 5 in. (127 mm), hole -cutting template included
Threa
4.5 in.
(114 rr
mm
Cord grip
Cord grips Cord grip Optional
plugs (3)
(4) plate divider
5.24 in.(133 mm)
8.25 in. (133 mm)
duit Optional
IIuus (2) divider
- Conduit
hub plug (1)
NTD-SBEX-1 Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 3.0, © 10/17
Page 2of2

BT 24SECVRIT NET
24 ,
r
STF-R8240 SEGMENTED RISER
w
FEATURES
Use as a security measure to keep
persons, especially children, from
accidental entry while systems are
being serviced or any other instance
where a cover is removed
Available to fit 18", 24", and 30"
diameter risers
Open areas in web are large enough
to allow tanks to be pumped without
having to remove the security net
Installs easily in our segmented riser
and others
Install safety net in all risers not
containing an inner lid.
Order part No. STF-N18
STF-N24
STF-N 30
CAD detail drawing available in DXF format
RELATED PRODUCTS
STF-CI24 page 5
STF-APC24G page 6
STF-APC24B page 6
STF-R824B page 9
STF-AR24 page 9
STF-APC24GI-075 page 14
STF-APC24BI-075 page 14
STF-APC24GI-100 page 14
STF-APC24BI-100 page 14
STF-APL24G page 14
U.S. Patent Pending STF-APL24B page 14
PAGE
Toll Free 888-999-3290 Office 231-582-1020 Fax [phone] Email [e-mail] Web www.gag-simtech.com 111

Septic Tank Effluent Filter

8-in. to 15-in. Dia. Biotube Effluent Filters
Applications
Orenco° 8-inch to 15-inch Biotube° Effluent Filters are designed to
remove solids from effluent leaving commercial septic tanks. They can be
used in new and existing tanks.
General
Orenco® 8-inch to 15-inch Biotube° Effluent Filters' are used to improve
the quality of effluent exiting a commercial septic tank. The Biotube
cartridge fits snugly in the vault and is removable for maintenance, the
handle assembly snaps into the notches in the top of the vault, and the
tee handle can be extended for easy removal of the cartridge. A "base
inlet" model (see p. 2) is available for low -profile tanks. An optional slide
rail system, available on larger models, simplifies installation and provides
tank access for servicing.
Handle assembly
klarm float assembly
ordered separately)
Pipe coupling
Biotubes
✓ault
nlet holes m
Supr
i
Suppo.
Cutaway view
Side view
. Oreni Biotube® Effluent Filters are covered under multiple U S. and international patents.
Standard Models
FT0854-36, FT1254-36, FT1554-36, FT0822-1413, FT1254-36AR
Product Code Diagrams
FT
❑ ❑ - 36 El FTP 0854-36 NC
_,_Float switch bracket and slide rail options:
Blank = no options selected
A = float switch bracket installed
R = slide rail installed'
Cartridge height, in. (TT):
36 = 36 (914), standard
Housing height', in. (mm):
48 = 48 (1219)
54 — 54 (1372)
60 = 60 (1524)
66 = 66 (1676-mm)
Filter diameter, in. (ram):
08 = 08 (200)
12 = 12 (300)
15 = 15 (375)
Filter mesh option:
Blank — 1/,-in. (3-mm) filter mesh
P — Y,6-in. (1.6-mm) filter mesh
Biotube® effluent filter
Minimum liquid level (MILL) information:
48-in. (1219-mm) housing for MILL of 37-46 in. (940-1168 mm)
54-in. (1372-mm) housing for MILL of 47-63 in. (1194-1600 man
60-in. (1524-mm) housing for MILL of 64-84 in. (1626-2134 mm)
66-in. (1676-mm) housing for MILL of 85-112 in. (2159-2845 mm)
' For 12- and 15-in. (300- and 375-mm) only; use slide mil option
when only one access is available for fire filter chamber
FTD❑22-14B❑
Toot switch bracket and overflow plate options:
Blank = no options selected
A = float switch elbow installed
FSO = overflow plate installed
Base inlet model
Cartridge height, in. (mm):
14 = 14 (356), standard
Filter housing height, in. (mm):
22 = 22 (558), standard
Filter diameter, in. (mm):
08 = 8 (200)
12 = 12 (300)
Filter mesh option:
Blank 1/8-in. (3-mm) filter mesh
P Y,6-in. (1.6-mm) filter mesh
Biotube® effluent filter
Materials of Construction
Vault PVC
Pipe coupling PVC
Handle components PVC
Support coupling and bracket PVC
Biotube° cartridge Polypropylene and polyethylene
Note: Support coupling and support bracket are available on 12-inch and 15-inch filters only.
Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-FT-FT-2
Rev. 2.0, © 03/17
Page 1 of 2

Air vents and discharge orifices
Air vent o 0
Discharge orifice(s) �� O
8-in. base 8-in. 12-in. to 15-in.
inlet models models models
A
B IN
Standard model
Specifications
Model
FT0854-36
FT0822-14B
FT1254-36
FT1254-36AR
FT1554-36
A - Cartridge height, in.
36
14
36
36
36
B - Nominal diameter, in.
8
8
12
12
15
C - Inlet hole height, in.
22
n/at
22
22
22
D - Vault base to invert height, in.
38
13
38
38
38
E - Vault height
54
22
54
54
54
Number of inlet holes
8
n/a
8
8
8
Inlet hole diameter, in.
1.375
n/a
1.375
1.375
1.375
Number of discharge orifices
2
1
1
1
1
Discharge orifice diameter, in.
1.125
1.750
2
2
2
Pipe coupling diameter, in.
4
4
4
4
4
Number of air vents
1
1
1
1
1
Air vent diameter, in.
0.75
1.750
0.75
0.75
0.75
Filter surface area, ft2
14.6
6.0
30.0
30.0
50.5
Flow area**, ft2
4.4
1.8
9.0
9.0
15.2
* Inlet hole height can vary depending on the configuration of the tank. Optimum hole height is 65-75% of the minimum liquid level
t No inlet holes required, because influent enters between the vault base and the bottom of the filter cartridge.
# Filter area is defined as the total surface area of all individual Biotubes® within the filter cartridge.
** Flow area is defined as the total open area (area of the mesh openings) of all the individual Biotubes within the filter cartridge.
NTD-FT-FT-2 Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 2.0, © 03/17
Page 2 of 2

BiotubeO Effluent Filters
Installation, Operation and Maintenance Instructions
FT08 Models and All Base Inlet Models
U.S. Patent Nos. 5294635 / 4439323
Installation Instructions:
The Biotube Effluent Filter is suspended in the septic tank by the 4" outlet pipe. The filter is composed of a
vault body that will be fixed to the discharge pipe and a removable cartridge that consists of the Biotube
filter cartridge and the extendible handle.
1. Test -fit the effluent filter on the 4" out-
let pipe without gluing. Make sure that
it fits plumb.
Any existing outlet tee will have to be
removed.
2. Ensure sufficient clearance for trouble -
free servicing of filter cartridge. Install
assembly near the tank wall to reduce
any stresses that may be caused by
maintenance.
Sufficient room between the access
port and filter should be provided for
easy removal of solids from the tank.
The cartridge will need to be removed
and cleaned while the tank's solids
content is being pumped -out.
Ce
Orenco Systems'
Incorporated
1-800-348-9843
N I N-FT-FTM-1
Rev. 1.3, © 12/02
Page 1 of 4

Installation Instructions (continued)
3. Once the filter has been fitted properly,
apply primer and PVC cement to the
outside of the outlet pipe and the filter's
4" outlet. Use a multipurpose cement if
the outlet pipe is ABS. Do not use
primer on ABS.
Optional: Stainless steel set screws
may be used instead of glue.
4. Slide the effluent filter onto the 4" pipe
and plumb vertically.
5. Hold the filter in position until the adhe-
sive has time to set (approximately 20
seconds).
6. Extend the handle of the cartridge to an
elevation above the top of the tank for
easy access. Use 3/4" schedule 40 PVC
for extension.
Either use the stainless steel set
screws or glue the extensions in place.
q
� o
N I N-FT-FTM-1
Rev. 1.3, © 12/02
Page 2 of 4

Installation Instructions (continued)
Optional
In existing tanks or in tanks with poorly
located access ports, it may be
necessary to extend the tank outlet
fitting by using a coupling.
A coupling may also be needed to
bush from 3034 PVC to the schedule
40 outlet of the filter.
Maintenance Instructions:
1. Remove the filter cartridge by lifting it
out of the vault.
2. Spray the cartridge tubes with a hose
to remove material sticking to them.
Make sure the rinse water runs back
into the tank.
3. Inspect the vent hole and modulating
orifices. Spray them clear of any
debris.
Replace the cartridge. Be sure to snap
the cartridge back into the saddle holes
at the top of the cartridge vault.
N I N-FT-FTM-1
Rev. 1.3, © 12/02
Page 3 of 4

Maintenance Instructions (continued)
4. An alarm is optional and will give notice that
the filter needs attention before the building
sewer backs up.
If you have an alarm, check to make sure it
is working by lifting the float switch and
sounding the alarm.
5. Record that you have cleaned the filter and,
if applicable, checked the alarm. Also com-
ment any other observations about the tank
or system.
Make sure to clean up thoroughly when
finished.
Inspection / Maintenance
Date installed: Model Tank: Size:
Model: Single/Double Compartment:
N I N-FT-FTM-1
Rev. 1.3, © 12/02
Page 4 of 4

AdvanTex Treatment Component

AdvanTex'5 AX-RT Treatment Systems
Applications
Orenco's AdvanTex° AX-RT Treatment System is a single, complete,
self-contained module that treats septic tank effluent to better than
secondary standards with nitrogen reduction before discharging it by
means of pump or gravity. It is ideal for:
• Repairs and retrofits
• Small sites and poor soils
• Sites that require shallow bury
F
4
Product image is for illustrative purposes only.
General
Following a septic tank equipped with a Biotube° effluent filter, the
AdvanTex AX-RT unit eliminates the need for separate recirc, treat-
ment, and discharge tanks by performing all functions within a single
module. It also reduces the number of risers and lids needed in the
treatment train. For sites requiring antibuoyancy measures, Orenco
offers antifloatation kits with turnbuckles.
The heart of the system is the AdvanTex Recirculating Treatment Tank,
a sturdy, watertight, corrosion -proof fiberglass tank that includes the
same dependable, textile treatment media found in all AdvanTex prod-
ucts. X20RT MODEM
Standard Models
AX20RT-MODE1 A, AX20RT-MODE1 B/10, AX20RT-MODE1 B/30
AX25RT-MODE1 A, AX25RT-MODE1 B/10, AX25RT-MODE1 B/30
Product Code Diagram
AXI IRT
El - ❑/❑- ❑-T❑
Float switch options:
Blank = mercury float switches
MVF = non-memury float switches
Discharge pump voltage options:
Blank= 120V
230 = 230 V
Discharge pump options:
Blank = no discharge pump
10 = 10 gpm (0.6 L/sec) pump 20 = 20 gpm (1.3 Vsec) pump
30 = 30 gpm (1.9 L/sec) pump 50 = 50 gpm (3.2 Vseo) pump
Cold weather options:
Blank = standard lid
UCW = ult—ld weather package
Treatment mode:
M0DF1A = mak 1, gravity discharge MODF3A = mode 3, gravity discharge
MOM = mode1, pump discharge MODF3B = mode 3, pump discharge
0V disinfection unit option (AX20-BT only):
Blank no uV disinfection unit
UV
= AXOV disinfection unit
NSF approval option:
Blank = standard AdvanTmPaysfem
N = NSFcMfified AdvanTex' system
WT-sedas treatment unit
I Nominal treetmentarea:
25 = 25 iN(2.3 m')
AdvanTex' Treaanem System
AdvanTex° Treatment System AX-RTN Models meet the requirements of
NSF/ANSI Standard 40 for Class I Systems.
Orenco Systems® Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 2.0, © 03/17
Page 1 of 2

Components
1. Inlet
2. Recirc/blend chamber
3. Recirc transfer line
4. Recirc pumping system
5. Manifold and spin nozzles
6. Treatment media
7. Tank baffle
8. Recirc return valve
9. Recirc/filtrate chamber
10. Discharge pumping system (pump discharge only)
11. Outlet
12. Splice box
13. Passive air vent
14. Biotube® effluent filter (in septic tank, not shown)
15. Control panel (not shown) 0
Specifications
Nominal Dimensions"
Length, in. (mm) 102 (2591)
AdvanTexAX-RT side view (AX20-RT pump discharge model shown)
Width, in. (mm)
62 (1575)
Height, in. (mm)
72 (1829)
Overall unit footprint, ft2 (m2)
44 (4.11)
AdvanTexAX-RT top view (AX20-RT pump discharge model shown)
Visible footprint after installation, ft2 (m2)
20 (1.86)
Lid insulation value
R-6 (RSI-1.1)
Dry Weight AX20-RT
AX25-RT
Gravity discharge model, lb (kg) 883 (400)
908 (412)
Pump discharge model, lb (kg) 923 (419)
948 (430)
Not to be sold individually in the state of Georgia.
Nominal values provided. See AdvanTex® Treatment System drawings for exact dimensions.
NTD-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 2.0, © 03/17
Page 2 of 2

Installation
Manual
om�
mm-
Or%lij
enco
1-800-348-9843
[phone]
www.orenco.com

How To Use This Manual............................................................ Page 2
Before You Begin.................................................................. Page 3
Septic Tanks Used in AX-RT Treatment Systems .......................................... Page 3
Standard Unit Components And Functions .............................................. Page 4
Installation Overview............................................................... Page 5
Installation Steps
Step 1:
Review or Sketch Site Plan .......................................................
Page 6
Step 2:
Perform Excavation(s)...........................................................Page
6
Step 3:
Set Septic Tank (If Needed).......................................................
Page 7
Step 4:
Set AX-RT Unit.................................................................Page
8
Step 5:
Install Antibuoyancy Deadmen (If Needed) ............................................
Page 8
Step 6:
Partially Backfill Excavation(s).....................................................
Page 9
Step 7:
Install Adapters and Risers (If Needed) ...............................................
Page 10
Step 8:
Test Tank and Adapter Seams for Watertightness .......................................
Page 10
Step 9:
Test AX-RT Midseam for Watertightness .............................................
Page 11
Step 10:
Install Effluent Filter............................................................
Page 11
Step 11:
Connect Tank -to -Unit Transport Line(s)..............................................
Page 11
Step 12:
Connect Passive Air Vent .........................................................
Page 12
Step 13:
Connect AX-RT Outlet to Transport Line ..............................................
Page 12
Step 14:
Mount Control Panel and Perform Wiring .............................................
Page 12
Step 15:
Perform AX-RT Operational Test ...................................................
Page 13
Step 16:
Complete Backfilling............................................................
Page 15
How To Use This Manual
This manual contains an Installation Overview and a set of Installation Steps.
• Installation Overview —This is a simple overview of the installation steps. Its purpose is to help you quickly see the suggested order
of operations for installing an AX-RT unit. It is intended as a summary only — it does not provide complete instructions.
• Installation Steps —This provides general instructions for each installation step along with references to detailed installation docu-
ments for specific components. Many Orenco products come with installation instructions and all of these instructions are also provided in
hard copy form in our Orenco Installer Binder. Contact your Dealer or Orenco for a copy of the binder, or find individual instructions online
in the Orenco Document Library at www.orenco.com. There are also steps in this manual covering operations performed before and after
the AX-RT unit is installed that are necessary to successfully complete the installation.
You will find IMPORTANT information, Key Points, and Notes in this manual, marked with easy -to -see visuals:
OIMPORTANT — These point out potential hazards to equipment or people during and after the installation.
QKey Points —These are critical for a quality installation and must be completed in order for your installation to be successful.
Notes — These cover useful information and tips that can help make your installation simpler or easier. They may also
provide information on variations in components or methods.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ® 07/17
Page 2

Before You Begin
At Orenco, we work hard to make your installation as easy and "hassle -free" as possible. This manual provides basic information for installing
AdvanTex AX-RTT" treatment units. It is not intended to replace installer training or requirements and instructions detailed in your engineering
plans. If you discover any inconsistencies between your engineering plans and the instructions in this manual, contact your engineer or call
your AdvanTex Dealer. If you are not an Authorized AdvanTex Installer, contact your local AdvanTex Dealer for training and authorization before
installing this system.
The Dealer can provide technical support, training, and replacement components. To find the nearest Dealer, check the Distributor Locator
page at www.orenco.com. If there is no Dealer in your area, call Orenco Systems, Inc. at [phone] or [phone].
Before you begin this installation, read this entire manual and any reference documents you may need to be familiar with to complete the
installation. Also, be sure that the instructions for these products are the most current ones available. Please note that you must perform
the installation according to the current manual or the AdvanTex° Treatment Systems Limited Warranty will he void. You
can make sure your instructions are current by checking our online Document Library at www.orenco.com. You'll save time and money on
installation day, and you'll get fewer call-backs.
Key Point: Inspect your order for completeness and inspect each component for shipping damage. Check to be sure
instructions and items supplied comply with your state and local regulations. Carefully read and follow all instructions. Improper
installation may void warranties.
OIMPORTANT The backwash discharge from a salt -type water softener MUST NOT be plumbed into an AX-RT Treatment Unit
or the preceding septic tank. Failure to follow this instruction, or any other in this manual, will void the system's warranty.
Contact your AdvanTex Dealer if you have any questions about any household plumbing arrangements that may interfere with
the functioning of the system.
Note: All pipe diameters provided are U.S. nominal PVC pipe sizes. If you are using metric pipe, you may need adapters to
connect to the U.S. fittings supplied with AdvanTex Treatment Systems.
Septic Tanks Used in AX-RT Treatment Systems
Be sure that any septic tank used in an AX-RT Treatment System meets the following conditions:
• The tank must conform to an approved and authorized tank design for AdvanTex Systems, and it must meet all applicable regula-
tory requirements (no pour -in -place tanks, no homemade tanks, etc.). Call your local Dealer for specifics.
• The tank must be structurally sound.
• The tank must have at least 1000 gal. (3800 L) capacity for an AX20-RT, 1250 gal. (4730 L) for a 5-bedroom AX25-RT, and 1500
gal. (5680 L) for a 6-bedroom AX25-RT at the normal operating level (below the invert of the outlet).
• The tank must have an at -grade access with a watertight, securable and removable lid. If it doesn't, an at -grade access must be
installed onto the septic tank and be made watertight.
• The tank must be watertight and free of leaks.
• An Orenco effluent filter (model FTSO444-36V, FTW0444-36V, or FT0822-14B) must be installed in the septic tank.
QKey Point: For existing septic tanks — the tank's depth of burial must allow for a minimum fall of 1/8 inch per foot (10 mm
per meter or 1 %) from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet. If sufficient fall cannot be met, a
grade ring extension must be installed on the AX-RT or a pumping system will need to be installed in the septic tank to move
the filtered effluent to the AX-RT unit. (Contact your Dealer for assistance.)
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-I
Rev. 5.0, ® 07/17
Page 3

Standard Unit Components And Functions - -
Standard Components (AX20RT MODE1 B shown):
O Septic tank inlet tee
O Biotube® effluent filter
O AX-RT inlet and tee
O Treatment tank (recirc/blend chamber)
© Recirc-transfer line
O Recirc-pump system
O Manifold and spin no2zles
0 Textile media
O Tank baffle
m Discharge pumping system
® AX-RT outlet
® Passive air vent
m Splice box
Side view, septic tank Side view, AX-RT unit
Top view, septic tank Top view, AX-RT unit
Raw sewage enters the septic tank through its inlet tee. In the septic tank, the raw sewage separates into a scum layer, a sludge layer,
and a clear zone. Effluent from the clear zone passes through a Biotube° Effluent Filter and is discharged to the recirc/blend chamber
of the AX-RT unit. The effluent flows through the recirc transfer line to the recirc pumping system, which pumps filtered effluent to the
distribution manifold in the top of the unit. Effluent percolates down through the textile media and is divided — by means of a tank baffle
— between the recirc/blend chamber and the recirc/filtrate chamber inside of the unit.
The recirc pumping system's operation is controlled by a timer in the control panel. It allows the pump to dose the textile media for short
periods (usually 40-60 seconds), typically 72 times a day. These frequent "micro -doses," which optimize the treatment process, occur
throughout the day to maintain the proper biological environment.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ° 07/17
Page 4

Installation Overview
Step 1: Review the site plan. If there is no site plan, draw up a plan including locations and distances.
Step 2: Perform the excavations for the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the septic tank.
Step 3: If the septic tank has not been set, set it according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Step 4: Set the AX-RT unit.
Step 5: Install antibuoyancy deadmen on the AX-RT unit (if needed).
Step 6: Partially backfill the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the septic tank.
Step 7: If the tank adapters and risers have not been installed on the septic tank, install them according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Step 8: If no watertightness test has been performed on the tank and the tank -to -riser connections, perform a watertightness test.
QKey Point: The tank and tank -to -riser connections must pass this test before the AX-RT is connected to the tank.
Step 9: Perform a watertightness test of the AX-RT unit's midseam.
Step 10: If the effluent filter has not been installed in the septic tank, install it according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Step 11: Connect the transport line(s) from the septic tank outlet to the AX-RT unit.
Step 12: Connect the passive air vent to the AX-RT unit.
Step 13: Connect the discharge line to the AX-RT outlet.
Step 14: Install and test the control panel and wiring for the AX-RT unit.
Step 15: Perform an operational test of the AX-RT float switches and pump(s).
Step 16: Complete the backfilling of the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the septic tank.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-I
Rev. 5.0, ® 07/17
Page 5

Discharge to
drainfield
T
Passive U
Splice
vent boxes
AX-RT unit
�7vnln��� I
Y v'
I
E 3ft
_ I 4-ft
m — — — — (minimum 1/5
m
distance) in.
In
Control fall
nz panel
Cleanout Outlet
riser
0 O Septic tank
5 It
14 ft
This is a sample sketch of an AX-RT unit installed parallel
to the septic tank, with no antibuoyancy measures installed.
Distances and estimated fall from the septic tank's invert of
the outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet are included
AX-RT units require 18-24 inches (457-610 mm) space on
all four sides when installed in their own excavation.
Installation Steps
Step 1: Review or Sketch Site Plans
Check the site plan for the specifics of your installation.
O!TKey Point If you're installing the AX-RT unit more than 20 ft (6 m)
s from the septic tank, contact your Dealer for assistance.
Step 1a: Detailed Site Plan Provided
Make sure that the plan accurately reflects conditions at the site. If it
doesn't, contact the Designer before scheduling the installation.
Step 1 b: Plan Of Limited Detail Or No Site Plan Provided
If you are installing the AX-RT unit with a plan of limited detail or with no plan,
contact your local Dealer for assistance and then sketch a site plan that is
consistent with the Designer's specifications:
QKey Points:
• Sketch the exact positions of the system components, pipes, electrical
conduits, etc. Account for current and likely future landscape features
in the sketch. (See Panel Installation, EIN-CP-GEN-1, for recommenda-
tions for installing control panels.)
• A minimum fall of 1/8 inch per foot (10 mm per meter or 1 %) is required
from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet.
• The invert of the inlet on the AX-RT is 46 in. (1168 mm) up from the
base of the unit. The outlet is 24 in. (610 mm) down from the top of the
unit for pump dispersal or 41.5 in. (1054 mm) down for gravity dispersal.
• The bottom of the AX-RT lid must sit 2 inches (50 mm) above finished
grade when set and level. Standard unit height is 72 inches (1830 mm);
grade rings increase height by 6 or 12 inches (152 or 305 mm).
• If the AX-RT unit is installed in its own excavation, the unit requires
18-24 inches (457-610 mm) of space on all four sides.
• If the AX-RT unit is installed in tandem with the septic tank, a minimum of
2 ft (610 mm) separation distance is required between the unit and tank.
• If the AX-RT unit is being installed parallel to the septic tank, offset the
unit from the tank by 6 ft (1.8 m) if antibuoyancy measures are neces-
sary or 4 ft (1.2 m) if antibuoyancy measures are not necessary.
Step 2: Perform Excavation(s)
Step 2a: Before excavating, consider the necessary elevations, offsets, and
grade requirements for the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the septic tank.
Step 2b: Perform the excavation(s).
QKey Points:
• Follow the manufacturer's recommendations for excavating the tank area.
• A minimum fall of 1/8 inch per foot (10 mm per meter or 1 %) is
required from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert
of the inlet.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ® 07/17
Page 6

Installation Steps
Step 2: Perform Excavation(s), cont.
Step 2c: Make sure the bottom of the excavation is suitable for setting the
AX-RT unit and (if needed) the tank: stable, smooth, level, and free of debris,
rocks, and other sharp objects.
QKey Points:
• Follow the manufacturer's instructions for bedding the tank.
• If the bottom of the excavation is uneven or rocky, lay a 4-1n. (100-mm)
bed of sand or pea gravel and compact the material to create an even,
smooth surface.
Step 2d: If the bottom of the excavation is unstable, stabilize the bottom of
the excavation before continuing.
• For unstable base soil (peat, quicksand, muck, soft or highly expansive clay,
etc.), you may need to over -excavate the site depth and set a firm, 6-1n.
(152-mm) compacted base of <_ %2- to <_ 3/-in. (13- to 19-mm) aggregate
or pea gravel.
• For extremely unstable soil, you may need to pour a concrete layer to
stabilize the bottom of the excavation.
• If you have doubt about the soil's stability, consult a local civil or struc-
tural engineer.
Step 3: Set Septic Tank (if Needed)
Set the septic tank according to the manufacturer's instructions.
• Use Fiberglass Tank Burial instructions (NIN-TNK-1) to install Orenco's
500-gallon through 2000-gallon (2000-L through 7570-L) Fiberglass Tanks.
OIMPORTANT Take care to keep everyone clear of the excavation
when placing the tank.
4!is Key Points:
• The tank has to be set at the correct depth to connect to the sewage inlet.
• A minimum fall of 1/8 inch per foot (10 mm per meter or 1 %) is required
from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet.
Make sure the excavation is stable, smooth, level, and free
from debris, rocks, and sharp objects.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-I
Rev. 5.0, ® 07/17
Page 7

Lower the AX-RT unit into position.
18-24 in.
(460-600 mm)
12 in. (300 mm)
When using Orenco fiberglass deadmen, be sure to place them
on a small lift of soil 12 inches (300 mm) from the bottom of
the AX-RT.
Installation Steps
Step 4: Set AX-RT Unit
Step 4a: Attach proper lifting equipment to the lifting points on the AX-RT unit.
Step 4b: Carefully lift the unit and lower it into the correct position.
Step 4c: Remove the equipment when the unit is set and level in position.
OIMPORTANT Take care to keep everyone clear of the excavation
when placing the unit. Use a lifting device that will not damage
the unit or the unit's lid.
O!Ts Key Points:
• A minimum fall of 1/8 inch per foot (10 mm per meter or 1 %) is required
from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet.
• The bottom of the AX-RT lid must sit 2 inches (50 mm) above finished
grade when set and level.
• If the AX-RT unit is installed in its own excavation, the unit requires
18-24 inches (457-610 mm) of space on all four sides.
• If the AX-RT unit is installed in tandem with the septic tank, a minimum of
2 ft (610 mm) separation distance is required between the unit and tank.
• If the AX-RT unit is being installed parallel to the septic tank, offset the
unit from the tank by 6 ft (1.8 m) if antibuoyancy measures are neces-
sary or 4 ft (1.2 m) if antibuoyancy measures are not necessary.
Step 5: Install Antibuoyancy Deadmen (If Needed)
Determine if antibuoyancy deadmen are necessary for the installation.
Orenco offers antibuoyancy hardware kits that can be used with Orenco
fiberglass deadmen or concrete deadmen.
• Deadmen are recommended for all installations.
• Deadmen are re uired if there is a potential for groundwater to be pres-
ent in the excavation at any time, or if surface runoff can fill the excava-
tion at any time, resulting in a "bathtub" effect.
Note: This effect occurs in dense soils when water fills an excavation
during surface water runoff —usually during a heavy rain event —
before the disturbed soil in the excavation has had time to settle.
• If you are unsure whether to install antibuoyancy deadmen or not, con-
sult the system Designer or an engineer.
Step 5a: Installing Orenco Fiberglass Deadmen
Step 5a (i): Build up a 3- to 4-inch (75- to 100-mm) lift of soil on each
side of the unit for the deadmen to rest upon.
Step 5a (ii): Secure the deadmen along the length of the unit, on both
sides, with the antibuoyancy kit hardware. Then lower the unit into the hole.
Step 5a (iii): Place the deadmen at least 12 inches (300 mm) from the
bottom of the unit, and make sure they are level.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-I Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ® 07/17
Page 8

Installation Steps
Step 5: Install Antibuoyancy Deadmen (If Needed), cont.
Step 5b: Installing Concrete Deadmen
Notes:
• We recommend preparing concrete deadmen off site before installation.
• PVC forms for concrete deadmen can be made from 12-in. dia. x 4-ft
long (300-mm x 1200-mm long) PVC half -pipe or chamber material.
• Wooden forms for concrete deadmen can be built 12-in. wide x 6 in.
tall x 4 ft long (300-mm x 150-mm x 1200-mm).
Step 5b (i): Fill two forms halfway with concrete.
Step 5b (ii): Place two #4 reinforcing bars in each of the forms.
Step 5b (iii): Finish filling the forms.
Step 5b (iv): Sink eyebolts from the antibuoyancy hardware kit into the
concrete for attaching the deadmen later.
Step 5b (v): Let the concrete set completely before moving the deadmen.
Step 5b (vi): Use appropriate lifting gear to set the deadmen in place.
Step 5b (vii): Secure the deadmen along the length of the unit, on both
sides, with the antibuoyancy hardware kit and make sure they are level.
Step 6: Partially Backfill Excavation(s)
Partially backfill around the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the tank. Follow the
manufacturer's instructions for backfilling around the tank. Follow the steps
below to backfill around the AX-RT unit.
OIMPORTANT Bolt down the AX-RT lid before backfilling! Bolting
down the lid increases rigidity and helps prevent deformation.
Step 6a: Fill the AX-RT with 16 in. (410 mm) of water on both sides of the baffle.
Step 6b: Backfill around the unit with a 16-inch (410-mm) layer of material.
QKey Points:
• Do not use native material to backfill if it is primarily sand; very soft or
highly expansive clay; or if it contains debris, large (> 3/-in. or 19-mm)
rocks, sharp rocks, peat, or muck. In these cases, use <_ 3/ inch (<_ 19
mm) rounded gravel, crushed stone, or pea gravel as fill material. This
material should be washed, free -flowing, and free of debris.
• Do not backfill with sand.
Step 6c: Compact the fill thoroughly with a mechanical compactor.
Step 6d: Fill the AX-RT with water to just above the midseam flange on both
sides of the baffle.
Step 6e: Add another 16-inch (410-mm) layer of backfill.
Step 6t: Compact the fill to 2-3 inches (50-75 mm) below the midseam flange.
IMPORTANT.•
Do not backfill around the unit
unless the lid is bolted down!
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-I
Rev. 5.0, ® 07/17
Page 9

See Orenco's PVCAccess Riser Installation (NIN-RLA-RR-1)
instructions for installing access risers on Orenco Tank Adapters
Watertight seams are critical for proper performance.
Installation Steps
Step 7. Install Adapters and Risers (If Needed)
Step 7a: Install tank adapters if needed. Follow the manufacturer's instructions.
• Use PRTA24 and PRTA30 Tank Adapter Installation (NIN-TA-PRTA-2)
instructions for installing Orenco PRTA24 or PRTA30 Tank Adapters.
• Use RRFTA and RRFTA30 Tank Adapter Installation (NIN-TA-RRFTA-1)
instructions for installing Orenco RRFTA or RRFTA30 Tank Adapters.
• Use FRTA30-FRP Tank Adapter Installation (NIN-TA-FRTA-1) instructions for
installing Orenco FRTA30-FRP Tank Adapters.
• Use Tank Adapter Installation for Roth Tanks (NIN-TA-RR-2) instructions for
installing Orenco FRTA24-R or PRTA30 Tank Adapters on Roth Fralo tanks.
Step 7b: Install the access risers and any necessary grommets.
• Use PVC Access Riser Installation (NIN-RLA-RR-1) instructions for installing
access risers on Orenco Tank Adapters and grommets in access risers.
QKey Points:
• Mode 3 systems require a 1-in. (25-mm) grommet in the tank's inlet riser.
The grommet must be on the same side of the riser as the AX-RT unit's
return line.
• The seam between the tank and the tank adapter has to be watertight.
• Watertight seams and penetrations are critical for proper performance.
• Before installing the riser, make sure the riser is the correct height — the
recommended riser height is 2-3 inches (50-75 mm) above final grade.
• Before installing the riser, make sure that the riser penetrations are made
at the correct height to make connections.
• Before installing the riser, make sure the penetrations are aligned correctly.
• After installing the riser, make sure all adhesive seams are smooth, con-
tinuous fillets, free of voids.
• After installing the riser, make sure the adhesive is set before continuing.
Step 8. Test Tank and Adapter Seams For Watertightness
Step 8a: Test the tank for watertightness if it has not been tested already.
Note. Follow the manufacturer's recommendations for watertight-
ness testing. Some manufacturers require the tank be fully backfilled
before testing watertightness.
Step 8b: Test the tank -to -riser adapter seams for watertightness.
• Use PVC Access Riser Installation (NIN-RLA-RR-1) instructions to test the
seams between the access riser, tank adapter, and tank for watertightness.
QKey Points:
• Watertight seams are critical for proper system performance — all tank -
to -riser seams must all pass the watertightness test before you continue.
• Follow all applicable regulations and manufacturer's instructions for water-
tightness testing.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-I Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ® 07/17
Page 10

Installation Steps
Step 9: Test AX-RT Midseam for Watertightness
Step 9a: Make sure the AX-RT unit is filled with water to 1-2 inches (25-
50 mm) above the midseam flange on both sides of the tank baffle.
Step 9b: Wait 15 minutes and then inspect the midseam flange for leaks.
There should be no drop in liquid level and no visible leakage from the seam.
Step 9c: If there is any leakage, contact your Dealer for information on
repairing the AX-RT unit.
Step 10. Install Effluent Filter
Install the effluent filter after the tank has been water tested.
Step 10a: Verify the model of the effluent filter.
• Orenco's FTSO444-36V, FTW0444-36V, and FT0822-14B filters are
the only models allowed for use with the AX-RT Treatment Unit.
Step 10b: Dry test -fit the effluent filter on the septic tank's outlet pipe.
QKey Points:
• Make sure the filter is plumb.
• Make sure the filter is snug to the tank wall with enough clearance for
easy removal of the filter cartridge.
Step 10c: Secure the filter to the outlet pipe with one of the following methods:
• Glue the filter onto the tank outlet pipe with primer and glue, or
• Secure the filter with a stainless steel set screw.
Step 10d: If necessary for ease of access, extend the cartridge handle
with a longer length of 3/-inch nominal (20-mm DN) Schedule 40 PVC pipe.
Step 11: Connect Transport Line from Tank to AX-RT
Step 11a: Dry fit the 4-inch (100-mm) transport line and any fittings
between the outlet of the septic tank and the inlet of the AX-RT unit.
4!iKey Point Confirm there is a minimum fall of 1/8 inch per ft (10
s mm per m or 1 %) from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the
AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet.
Step 11b: Glue all of the transport line pieces in place.
OIMPORTANT Do not use primer on ABS parts.
Step 11c: For Mode 3 units, glue all of the return line pieces in place.
• Install the 1-in. (25-mm) return line between the return line port and
the 1-in. (25-mm) grommet for the return line on the tank's inlet riser.
• To avoid siphoning, the return line should allow effluent to pour into the
tank from the height of the riser grommet.
Fill AX-RT unit with water to 1-2 inches (25-50-mm) above
the midseam flange on both sides of the baffle.
10
Effluent filter installed on the septic tank outlet.
1/8 inch minimum fall
Confirm a minimum fall of 1/8 inch per foot (10 mm per
meter or 1 %) from the septic tank's invert of outlet to
the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, ® 07/17
Page 11

12
Passive air vent
Install the vent within 20 ft (6 m) of the AX-RT unit
Wire control panel.
Installation Steps
Step 12. Connect Passive Air Vent
Use 2-inch (50 mm) PVC pipe to plumb the passive air vent to the 2-inch
(50 mm) vent fitting that protrudes from the outlet side of the AX-RT unit.
QKey Points:
• Install the vent within 20 ft (6 m) of the AX-RT unit, preferably near a
wall or other location that will protect it from damage.
• Make sure the vent line is sloped back a minimum of 1/4 inch per foot
(20 mm per meter) so that it can drain back into the unit.
• Make sure there are no "bellies" in the line that can collect water.
• Make sure the vent's top is a minimum of 3 in. (75 mm) above final grade.
Notes:
• The air vent can easily be hidden by shrubbery or landscaping.
• The air vent can be painted to better blend in with landscaping.
Step 13. Connect AX-RT Outlet to Transport Line
Glue the AX-RT discharge plumbing line to the transport line for final discharge.
Step 14. Mount Control Panel and Perform Wiring
QKey Points:
• This step should be performed by a licensed or qualified electrician.
• Installation instructions, schematics, and wiring diagrams specific to the
panel and float switch configuration are included with each panel. If any of
these is missing, contact your Dealer or Orenco for a replacement.
Step 14a: Install the splice box(es) on the AX-RT using the instructions that
came with it.
Step 14b: Mount the panel using the instructions that came with it.
OIMPORTANT DO NOT mount the control panel on an exterior wall
other than a garage or shop walla The motor contactor makes a sound
while engaging and disengaging that can be disruptive to residents.
QKey Points:
• Follow all applicable regulations for placement of the control panel.
• Mount the panel within sight of the tank in a service -friendly location.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-I Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ® 07/17
Page 12

Installation Steps
Step 14. Mount Control Panel and Perform Wiring, cont.
Step 14c: Route wires and connect the panel, pump, float switches, and other
equipment shown in the instructions and schematics into the control panel.
OIMPORTANT Follow all applicable regulations and electric codes.
QKey Points.
• Use watertight wire connectors to avoid electrical shorts and other issues.
• Be sure to seal the conduit at the control panel and at the splice box
with UL-listed sealing foam, putty, or silicone sealant.
Note. To help identify wiring runs for individual pumps and float
switches, use different -colored wires for each electrical component.
Step 15. Perform AX-RT Operational Test
IMPORTANT Before using a generator to operate a pump, contact
your Dealer or Orenco to make sure it can supply sufficient starting
amperage to the pump.
Step 15a: Rotate the manifold so that the spin nozzles face upward.
Step 15b: Remove the cap at the end of the manifold.
Step 15c: Toggle the recirc pump "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "MAN" for
10-20 seconds to flush any debris out of the manifold.
IMPORTANT Always make sure there is enough water in the
AX-RT's recirc/blend chamber to safely run the pump.
Step 15d: Rotate the manifold so that the spin nozzle faces down and
reinstall the cap on the end of the manifold.
Step 15e: Install the pressure gauge on the manifold.
Step 15f: Toggle the recirc pump "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "MAN" and adjust
the gate valve for a pressure gauge reading of 3.0-3.5 psi (20.7-24.1 kPa).
Note. If the manifold won't pressurize to 3.0-3.5 psi (20.7-24.1 kPa),
check for debris, line breaks, or broken valves, and verify that the pump has
sufficient power. Contact your Dealer for additional assistance.
Key Point. Check for complete spray coverage of the textile media and
adjust the pressure as needed for complete coverage.
Step 15g: Toggle the recirc pump "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "OFF."
Step 15h: Remove the pressure gauge.
Step 15i: Return the recirc pump "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "AUTO."
Rotate the manifold so spin nozzles face upward.
Remove the cap at the end of the manifold.
15e I�'sI
15f s----
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-I
Rev. 5.0, ® 07/17
Page 13

Installation Steps
Step 15. Perform AX-RT Operational Test, cont.
Step 15j: If the system uses a VCOMTM control panel, use the instructions that
came with it to place the control panel in "Test Mode." If the system uses an
MVP control panel, go on to the next step.
Step 15k: Check the operation of the recirc chamber's float switches by
raising and lowering the low-level, mid -level, and high-level float in turn and
verifying that each performs its intended function.
• If the AX-RT unit has a discharge pump, continue to step 151.
• If the AX-RT unit has an MVP panel and gravity discharge, go to step 15o.
• If the AX-RT has a VCOM panel and gravity discharge, take the panel
out of "Test Mode" and go to step 15o.
IMPORTANT Always make sure there is enough water in the
AX-RT's discharge chamber to safely run the pump.
Step 151: Toggle the discharge pump's "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "MAN"
and verify the pump runs.
Step 15m: Toggle the discharge pump's "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "AUTO."
Step 15n: Check the operation of the discharge chamber's float switches by
raising and lowering the low-level, mid -level, and high-level float in turn and
verifying that each performs its intended function.
• For units with a VCOM control panel, take the control panel out of "Test
Mode."
Step 15o: Make sure the recirc pump and (if equipped) discharge pump's
"AUTO/OFF/MAN" switches are toggled to "AUTO."
Step 15p: Close and bolt down the lid on the AX-RT unit.
NIM-ATX-AXRT-I Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, ® 07/17
Page 14

Installation Steps
Step 16. Complete Backfilling
QKey Points:
I
• When backfilling, be careful not to alter the slope of any of the pipes.
Brace the pipes or place the pipes on a compacted bed and carefully
fill around them.
• Before backfilling, make sure the AX-RT unit's lid and all riser lids are
bolted down.
Step 16a: Backfill the septic tank excavation if it has not yet been done.
Follow the tank manufacturer's guidelines for backfilling.
Stepl6b: Backfill and compact around the AX-RT unit in maximum 12-inch
(305-mm) lifts.
QKey Points.
• Do not use native material to backfill if it is primarily sand; very soft or
highly expansive clay; or if it contains debris, large (> 3/-in. or 19-mm)
rocks, sharp rocks, peat, or muck. In these cases, use <_ 3/-in. (<_ 19
mm) rounded gravel, crushed stone, or pea gravel as fill material. This
material should be washed, free -flowing, and free of debris.
• For installations in non -cohesive soils* with high seasonal water tables,
use 3/4-inch crushed rock as the backfill material.
• Do not backfill with sand.
Step 16c: Compact the fill thoroughly with a mechanical compactor.
QKey Points:
• The bottom of the AX-RT lid should sit 2 inches (50 mm) above final
grade.
• After backfilling, call the system's Service Provider to arrange for the
official System Start-up.
Step 16d: Be sure the AX-RT unit's lid is closed and secured.
Step 16e: Be sure the septic tank's access lids are secured.
As described in OSHA Standards (29 CFR, Part 1926, Subpart P, Appendix A), noncohesive soils
or granular soils include gravel, sand, or silt with little or no clay content. Granular soil cannot be
molded when moist and crumbles easily when dry. Cohesive soils include clayey silt, sandy clay,
silty clay, clay, and organic clay. Cohesive soil does not crumble, can be excavated with vertical
sideslopes, is hard to break up when dry, and when moist, can be rolled into threads without
crumbling. For example, if at least a 2-inch (51-mm) length of 1/8-inch (3-mm) thread can be
held on one end without tearing, the soil is cohesive.
2 in. (50 mm)
above final grade
Maintain minimum 1/8 in.
(10 mm or`1%) slope
Backfill the AX-RT in 12-inch (300 mm) lifts.
Orenco Systems®, Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, ° 07/17
Page 15

AdvanTex®
AX-RT Treatment Systems
Residential Applications
®AdvanTex Treatment System AX-RTN
Models meet the requirements of NSF/ANSI
Standard 40 for Class I Systems.
c&u S
LISTED
NIM-ATX-AXRT-1
Rev. 5.0, © 07/17
Orenco Systems®, Inc.
-AM

UV Component

OrencoO UV Disinfection Unit
Applications
The Orenco° UV Disinfection Unit is designed for use in residential
applications after advanced secondary treatment (10 mg/L cBOD5
and TSS) when disinfection is required before dispersal.
It requires installation inside a pump or gravity discharge basin or in a
separate tank following an advanced secondary treatment system.
3-in. (80-mm)
quick -disconnect cou-
pling (2 pieces)
Inlet
Contact
chamber
Teflon® sleeve
UV lamp
Flow -through
spacer
General
Treated effluent flows by gravity through the contact chamber and
around the UV lamp where it is disinfected in a 360-degree contact
zone. The unit uses no chemicals and has no moving parts. It requires
annual cleaning and lamp replacement.
In side -by -side NSF® testing, the Orenco UV Disinfection Unit reduced
bacteria by 99.999% (5 logs), meeting or exceeding the performance
of other residential UV disinfection units.
The Orenco UV Disinfection Unit comes with a power ballast and a
Orenco® UVIB lamp current sensor, housed in an Orenco control panel to protect the
control panel UV unit's electronic components. The control panel is installed exter-
(shown open) nally, outside of the wet well.
Orenco® UV Disinfection Unit, Cutaway View
Features/Specifications
• UL-recognized for US and Canada
• Bacteria reduced by 99.999% (5 logs)
,er cord
J grip
• Flow path designed for maximum contact time between effluent and
lamp
led lamp
11e
• Components designed to work together — no piecemeal disinfec-
et
tion assemblies and wiring
• Teflon sleeve to protect lamp and minimize buildup and service
intervals
• Quick -disconnect fitting for easy inspection and unit cleaning
• Power ballast and lamp current sensor housed in a control panel
(not in a wet well) to minimize corrosion and failure due to environ-
mental exposure
Standard Models
UV-1 25/31 -UVIB, UV-1 25/31 -UVIBSUB
Product Code Diagram
UV-125/31-0-❑
Tower cord length:
Blank = 25 ft (7.62 m)
50 = 50 ft (15.2 m)
Control panel options:
UVIB = panel with audible and visible alarms
UVIBSUB = sub -panel for use with separate control panel
Lamp length:
31 = 31 in. (787 mm)
Lamp output at 1 meter:
125 =125 pW/cm2
Orenco UV disinfection unit
MUS UL-recognized
Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-UV-OSI-1
Rev. 2.0, © 03/17
Page 1 of 2

Materials of Construction
Panel enclosure UV -resistant fiberglass, UL Type 4X rated
Hinges and latches Stainless steel
�l�l0 Cord grip Nylon
Contact chamber 3-in. (80-mm) diameter Sch 40 black ABS
Inlet tee 3-in. (80-mm) Sch 40 black ABS
Other fittings Black ABS
° Quick disconnect Black ABS
coupling
Orenco UWB Control Panel 1 Y2-in. IPS outlet Black ABS
(Shown Opened)
T I
A RD
C
It
Orenco UV Disinfection Unit
(Top View)
Lamp assembly seal EPDM rubber
Lamp sleeve Teflon®
Specifications
Panel Dimensions, in. (mm)
Height 11.5 (290)
Width 9.5(240)
Depth 5.4(135)
UV Unit Dimensions, in. (mm)
A 5.63 (143)
B 10.06 (256)
C 1.50 IPS (40 ON)
D 42.25 (1073)
0
E 38.56 (979)
E
F 34.50 (876)
F
Inlet -to -outlet fall 0.50 (13)
UV Unit Performance
Typical contact chamber 276,000 µWs/cm2 at 1 gpm (0.06 L/sec)
UV dose (65% trans- 55,000 µWs/cm2 at 5 gpm (0.32 L/sec)
mittance, 20% lamp 28,000 µWs/cm2 at 10 gpm (0.63 L/sec)
degradation)
Minimum target dose 30,000-38,000 µWs/cm2
Lamp 31 inches (787 mm), 92 VAC, 50 or 60 Hz,
425 mA, 38 W; 254 nm UVC intensity at 1 m
is 125 µW/cm2
Power cord 60OV,18/2 UL Type TC
Cord plug UL listed four -pin connector, Iampholder,
electric discharge,1000 V or less
Ballast 120V, AC, 50 or 60 Hz, located in UL listed
OrenccP control panel
Audible alarm* 95 dB at 24 in. (610 mm), warble -tone sound
Visual alarm* 'A -in. (22-mm) diameter red lens, "Push-to-
silence." UL Type 4X rated,1 W LED light,120 V
Orenco UV Disinfection
Unit
(Side Cutaway
View) Circuit breaker 10 A, OFF/ON switch. Single -pole 120 V".
DIN rail mounting with thermal magnetic
tripping characteristics
UVIB control panels only
NTD- MSM
Rev. 2.0, © 03/17
Page 2 of 2
Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com

Recirculation and Irrigation Pumps

PF Series 60-Hz, 4-inch (100-mm)
Submersible Effluent Pumps
Applications
Our 4-inch (100-mm) Submersible Effluent Pumps are designed to
transport screened effluent (with low TSS counts) from septic tanks or
separate dosing tanks. All our pumps are constructed of lightweight,
corrosion -resistant stainless steel and engineered plastics; all are field -
serviceable and repairable with common tools; 60-Hz PF Series models
are CSA certified to the U.S. and Canadian safety standards for effluent
pumps, meeting UL requirements.
Orenco's Effluent Pumps are used in a variety of applications, includ-
ing pressurized drainfields, packed bed filters, mounds, aerobic units,
effluent irrigation, effluent sewers, wetlands, lagoons, and more. These
pumps are designed to be used with a Biotube® pump vault or after a
secondary treatment system.
Discharge Connection
Bypass Orifice
Franklin
Liquid End
— Suction Connection
Franklin
Super Stainless
Motor
10 1** 0 Powered by
SR® Franklin Electric
G uS
LRB0980
LR2053896
Features/Specifications
To specify this pump for your installation, require the following:
• Minimum 24-hour run -dry capability with no deterioration in pump life
or performance'
• Patented 1/8-inch (3-mm) bypass orifice to ensure flow recirculation
for motor cooling and to prevent air bind
• Liquid end repair kits available for better long-term cost of ownership
• TRI-SEALTNI floating impeller design on 10, 15, 20, and 30 gpm
(0.6, 1.0, 1.3, and 1.9 Vsec) models; floating stack design on 50 and
75 gpm (3.2 and 4.7 Vsec) models
• Franklin Electric Super Stainless motor, rated for continuous use and
frequent cycling
• Type SOOW 600-V motor cable
* Not applicable for 5-hp (3.73 kW models
Standard Models
See specifications chart, pages 2-3, for a list of standard pumps. For
a complete list of available pumps, call Orenco.
Product Code Diagram Recirculation Pump
PF ❑ ❑ 0
PF3005 1 1
❑ ❑ _ ❑ Irrigation Pump
TPF201 1
05
ord length, ft (m):$
Blank = 10 (3) 20 = 20 (6)
30 = 30 (9) 50 = 50 (15)
Check valve:
Blank = no internal check valve
CV = internal check valuer
Voltage, nameplate:
1 = 115* 200 = 200
2 = 230 4 = 460
Frequency:
1 = single-phase 60 Hz
3 = three-phase 60 Hz
Horsepower (k":
03 = 1/3 hp (0.25)
05 = Yz hp (0.37)
07 = 3/ hp (0.56)
10 = 1 hp (0.75)
15 = 1 Yz hp (1.11)
20 = 2 hp (1.50)
30 = 3 hp (2.24)
50 = 5 hp (3.73)
Nominal flow, gpm (Usec):
10 = 10 (0.6) 15 = 15 (1.0)
20 = 20 (1.3) 30 = 30 (1.9)
50 = 50 (3.2) 75 = 75 (4.7)
Pump, PF Series
1z-hp (0.37k" only
Available for 10 gpm (0.6 Usec),1 /2 hp (0.37 kW) only
Note: 20-ft cords are available only for single-phase pumps through 1 Yz hp
Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-PU-PF-1
Rev. 5.0, © 03/17
Page 1 of 5

Specifications
c
a)y
C
Pump Model
n
O
S
L
d
cc
n d
c0 p
Z
a1
c
Q
o
c
M
d E
C c0
o.
E
cc
c0
a_i
9
.y �O
0.�
ca o
A C
C c0
c
t
d
J
�-
d
a
Cr
c
a
d
a
N
0
c0
OC
PH 00511
10(0.6)
0.50 (0.37)
1
115
120
12.7
12.7
6
1 '/4 in. GFP
23.0 (660)
16 (406)
26 (12)
300
PH 00511 CV
10(0.6)
0.50 (0.37)
1
115
120
12.7
12.7
6
1 '/4 in. GFP
23.0 (660)
16 (406)
26 (12)
300
PH 00512
10(0.6)
0.50 (0.37)
1
230
240
6.3
6.3
6
1 '/4 in. GFP
23.0 (660)
16 (406)
26 (12)
300
PF10053200
10(0.6)
0.50 (0.37)
3
200
208
3.8
3.8
6
1 '/4 in. GFP
23.0 (660)
16 (406)
26 (12)
300
PF100712 4,1
10(0.6)
0.75 (0.56)
1
230
240
8.3
8.3
8
1 '/4 in. GFP
25.9 (658)
17 (432)
30 (14)
300
PF10073200 4, 5
10(0.6)
0.75 (0.56)
3
200
208
5.1
5.2
8
1 '/4 in. GFP
25.4 (645)
17 (432)
31 (14)
300
PH 01012 1,1
10(0.6)
1.00 (0.75)
1
230
240
9.6
9.6
9
1 '/4 in. GFP
27.9 (709)
18 (457)
33 (15)
100
PH 0103200 5, s
10(0.6)
1.00 (0.75)
3
200
208
5.5
5.5
9
1 '/4 in. GFP
27.3 (693)
18 (457)
37 (17)
300
PF102012 5, s,', s
10(0.6)
2.00 (1.49)
1
230
240
12.1
12.1
18
1 '/4 in. SS
39.5 (1003)
22 (559)
48 (22)
100
PH 02032 5, s, $
10(0.6)
2.00 (1.49)
3
230
240
7.5
7.6
18
1 '/4 in. SS
37.9 (963)
20 (508)
44 (20)
300
PH 0203200 5, s, e
10(0.6)
2.00 (1.49)
3
200
208
8.7
8.7
18
1 '/4 in. SS
37.9 (963)
20 (508)
44 (20)
300
PF150311
15(1.0)
0.33 (0.25)
1
115
120
8.7
8.8
3
1 '/4 in. GFP
19.5 (495)
15 (380)
23 (10)
300
PF150312
15(1.0)
0.33 (0.25)
1
230
240
4.4
4.5
3
1 '/4 in. GFP
19.5 (495)
15 (380)
23 (10)
300
PF200511
20(1.3)
0.50 (0.37)
1
115
120
12.3
12.5
4
1 '/4 in. GFP
22.3 (566)
18 (457)
25 (11)
300
PF200512
20(1.3)
0.50 (0.37)
1
230
240
6.4
6.5
4
1 '/4 in. GFP
22.5 (572)
18 (457)
26 (12)
300
PF20053200
20(1.3)
0.50 (0.37)
3
200
208
3.7
3.8
4
1 '/4 in. GFP
22.3 (566)
18 (457)
26 (12)
300
PF201012 4,1
20(1.3)
1.00 (0.75)
1
230
240
10.5
10.5
7
1 '/4 in. GFP
28.4 (721)
20 (508)
33 (15)
100
PF20103200 4, 5
20(1.3)
1.00 (0.75)
3
200
208
5.8
5.9
7
1 '/4 in. GFP
27.8 (706)
20 (508)
33 (15)
300
PF201512 4,5
20(1.3)
1.50 (1.11)
1
230
240
12.4
12.6
9
1 '/4 in. GFP
34.0 (864)
24 (610)
41 (19)
100
PF20153200 4,5
20(1.3)
1.50 (1.11)
3
200
208
7.1
7.2
9
1 '/4 in. GFP
30.7 (780)
20 (508)
35 (16)
300
PF300511
30(1.9)
0.50 (0.37)
1
115
120
11.8
11.8
3
1 '/4 in. GFP
21.3 (541)
20 (508)
28 (13)
300
PF300512
30(1.9)
0.50 (0.37)
1
230
240
6.2
6.2
3
1 '/4 in. GFP
21.3 (541)
20 (508)
25 (11)
300
PF30053200
30(1.9)
0.50 (0.37)
3
200
208
3.6
3.6
3
1 '/4 in. GFP
21.3 (541)
20 (508)
25 (11)
300
PF300712
30(1.9)
0.75 (0.56)
1
230
240
8.5
8.5
5
1 '/4 in. GFP
24.8 (630)
21 (533)
29 (13)
300
PF30073200
30(1.9)
0.75 (0.56)
3
200
208
4.9
4.9
5
1 '/4 in. GFP
24.6 (625)
21 (533)
30 (14)
300
PF301012 4
30(1.9)
1.00 (0.75)
1
230
240
10.4
10.4
6
1 '/4 in. GFP
27.0 (686)
22 (559)
32 (15)
100
PF30103200 4
30(1.9)
1.00 (0.75)
3
200
208
5.8
5.8
6
1 '/4 in. GFP
26.4 (671)
22 (559)
33 (15)
300
PF301512 4,5
30(1.9)
1.50 (1.11)
1
230
240
12.6
12.6
8
1 '/4 in. GFP
32.8 (833)
24 (610)
40 (18)
100
PF30153200 4,5
30(1.9)
1.50 (1.11)
3
200
208
6.9
6.9
8
1 '/4 in. GFP
29.8 (757)
22 (559)
34 (15)
300
PF301534 4,5
30(1.9)
1.50 (1.11)
3
460
480
2.8
2.8
8
1 '/4 in. GFP
29.5 (685)
22 (559)
34 (15)
300
PF302012 5, s, 7
30(1.9)
2.00 (1.49)
1
230
240
11.0
11.0
10
1 '/4 in. SS
35.5 (902)
26 (660)
44 (20)
100
PF30203200 5 s
30(1.9)
2.00 (1.49)
3
200
208
9.3
9.3
10
1 '/4 in. SS
34.0 (864)
24 (610)
41 (19)
300
PF303012 5, s,', $
30(1.9)
3.00 (2.23)
1
230
240
16.8
16.8
14
1 '/4 in. SS
44.5 (1130)
33 (838)
54 (24)
100
PF303032 5, s, $
30(1.9)
3.00 (2.23)
3
230
240
10.0
10.1
14
1 '/4 in. SS
44.3 (1125)
27 (686)
52 (24)
300
PF305012
30(1.9)
5.00 (3.73)
1
230
240
25.6
25.8
23
1 '/4 in. SS
66.5 (1689)
53 (1346)
82 (37)
100
PF305032 5, s, $
30(1.9)
5.00 (3.73)
3
230
240
16.6
16.6
23
1 '/4 in. SS
60.8 (1544)
48 (1219)
66 (30)
300
PF30503200 5,6,1
30(1.9)
5.00 (3.73)
3
200
208
18.7
18.7
23
1 '/4 in. SS
60.8 (1544)
48 (1219)
66 (30)
300
PF500511
50(3.2)
0.50 (0.37)
1
115
120
12.1
12.1
2
2 in. SS
20.3 (516)
24 (610)
27 (12)
300
PF500512
50(3.2)
0.50 (0.37)
1
230
240
6.2
6.2
2
2 in. SS
20.3 (516)
24 (610)
27 (12)
300
PF500532
50(3.2)
0.50 (0.37)
3
230
240
3.0
3.0
2
2 in. SS
20.3 (516)
24 (610)
28 (13)
300
PF50053200
50(3.2)
0.50 (0.37)
3
200
208
3.7
3.7
2
2 in. SS
20.3 (516)
24 (610)
28 (13)
300
PF500534
50(3.2)
0.50 (0.37)
3
460
480
1.5
1.5
2
2 in. SS
20.3 (516)
24 (610)
28 (13)
300
PF500712
50(3.2)
0.75 (0.56)
1
230
240
8.5
8.5
3
2 in. SS
23.7 (602)
25 (635)
31 (14)
300
PF500732
50(3.2)
0.75 (0.56)
3
230
240
3.9
3.9
3
2 in. SS
23.7 (602)
25 (635)
32 (15)
300
NTD-Pu-PF-1 Orenco Systems® Inc., 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, © 03/17
Page 2 of 5

Specifications, cont.
a1
9
A �
M
o n
a>
o
c
t
'aMm
a
y X
c
Mm
d O L c0 p d t=
C S a- Z Q C M 9
y C
C cc
J d
d
c0
OC
Pump Model
PF50073200 50(3.2) 0.75 (0.56) 3 200 208 4.9 4.9 3
2 in. SS
23.1 (587)
26 (660)
32 (15)
300
PF500734 50(3.2) 0.75 (0.56) 3 460 480 1.8 1.8 3
2 in. SS
34.8 (884)
25 (635)
31 (14)
300
PF501012 50(3.2) 1.00 (0.75) 1 230 240 10.1 10.1 4
2 in. SS
27.0 (686)
26 (660)
35 (16)
100
PF50103200 50(3.2) 1.00 (0.75) 3 200 208 5.7 5.7 4
2 in. SS
26.4 (671)
26 (660)
39 (18)
300
PF501034 50(3.2) 1.00 (0.75) 3 460 480 2.2 2.2 4
2 in. SS
26.4 (671)
26 (660)
39 (18)
300
PF5015124 50(3.2) 1.50 (1.11) 1 230 240 12.5 12.6 5
2 in. SS
32.5 (826)
30 (762)
41 (19)
100
PF501532004 50(3.2) 1.50 (1.11) 3 200 208 7.0 7.0 5
2 in. SS
29.3 (744)
26 (660)
35 (16)
300
PF503012 4, 5,', s 50(3.2) 3.00 (2.23) 1 230 240 17.7 17.7 8
2 in. SS
43.0 (1092)
37 (940)
55 (25)
100
PF50303200 4, 1,1 50(3.2) 3.00 (2.23) 3 200 208 13.1 13.1 8
2 in. SS
43.4 (1102)
30 (762)
55 (25)
300
PF503034 4, 5, s 50(3.2) 3.00 (2.23) 3 460 480 5.3 5.3 8
2 in. SS
40.0 (1016)
31 (787)
55 (25)
300
PF505012 5,s,',s 50(3.2) 5.00 (3.73) 1 230 240 26.2 26.4 13
2 in. SS
65.4 (1661)
55 (1397)
64 (29)
300
PF505032 5,s,',s 50(3.2) 5.00 (3.73) 3 230 240 16.5 16.5 13
2 in. SS
59.3 (1506)
49 (1245)
64 (29)
300
PF751012 75(4.7) 1.00 (0.75) 1 230 240 9.9 10.0 3
2 in. SS
27.0 (686)
27 (686)
34 (15)
100
PF751512 75(4.7) 1.50 (1.11) 1 230 240 12.1 12.3 4
2 in. SS
33.4 (848)
30 (762)
44 (20)
100
1 GFP - glass -filled polypropylene; SS = stainless steel. The 1 %-in. NPT GFP discharge is 2 718 in. octagonal across flats;
the 1 %-in. NPT
SS discharge is 2 118
in. octagonal across flats; and the 2-in.
NPT SS discharge is 2 718 in. hexagonal across flats. Discharge is female NPT threaded, U.S. nominal size, to accommodate Orence discharge hose and valve assemblies. Consult
your Orenco
Distributor
about fittings to connect hose and valve assemblies to metric -sized piping.
2 Minimum liquid level is for single pumps when installed in an Orenco Biotube® Pump Vault or Universal Flow Inducer In other applications,
minimum liquid level should be top of pump. Consult Orenco for
more information.
3 Weight includes carton and 10-tt (3-m) cord.
4 High-pressure discharge assembly required.
5 Do not use cam -lock option (0) on discharge assembly.
6 Custom discharge assembly required for these pumps. Contact Orenco.
7 Capacitor pack (sold separately or installed in a custom control panel) required for this pump. Contact Orenco.
8 Torque locks are available forall pumps, and are supplied with 3-hp and 5-hp pumps.
Materials of Construction
Discharge Glass -filled polypropylene or stainless steel
Discharge bearing Engineered thermoplastic (PEEK)
Diffusers Glass -filled PPO (Noryl GFN3)
Impellers Celcon® acetal copolymer on 10-, 20, and 30-gpm models; 50-gpm impellers are Noryl GFN3
Intake screen Polypropylene
Suction connection Stainless steel
Drive shaft 7/16 inch hexagonal stainless steel, 300 series
Coupling Sintered stainless steel, 300 series
Shell Stainless steel, 300 series
Motor Franklin motor exterior constructed of stainless steel. Motor filled with deionized water and propylene glycol for constant lubrication. Hermetically
sealed motor housing ensures moisture -free windings. All thrust absorbed by
Kingsbury -type thrust bearing. Rated for continuous duty.
Single-
phase motors and 200 and 230 V 3-phase motors equipped with surge arrestors for added
security. Single-phase motors through
1.5
hp
(1.11 k" have built-in thermal overload protection, which trips at 203-221' F (95-105' C).
Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
NTD-PU-PF-1
Rev. 5.0, © 03/17
Page 3of5

Using a Pump Curve
A pump curve helps you determine the best pump for your system. Pump curves show the relationship between flow and pressure (total dynamic
head, or TDH), providing a graphical representation of a pump's optimal performance range. Pumps perform best at their nominal flow rate. These
graphs show optimal pump operation ranges with a solid line and show flow rates outside of these ranges with a dashed line. For the most accurate
pump specification, use Orenco's PumpSelect- software.
Pump Curves
800
700
as
c 600
500
Q 400
300
200
w
I°
100
400
350
w
as
as
300
250
200
v
150
100
50
0
®MM■■rD-
Series,-------�
E
' ' M®■■`________a
■E■■■IM■E■■■E■E■E
■E■E■EMME■E■E■■E
■E■E■ENNI■■E■E■E
■E■E■E■■MMNEE■EN
■E■E■E■E■■ME■E■E
rOMMEMEMEMEMEMEMEM
NOON
i i
, ' .
1,'■'���■
NONE
1■MENEE■■
NOON-�J■■■\NOON
12
4 6 : 10
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
PF20 Series, 60 Hz, 0.5 -1.5 hp
160
140
as
c 120
100
80
60
40
w
I°
20
0
I I I I I I I
PF15 Series, 60 Hz, 0.3
i 0 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
900
800
aU
U' 700
600
500
aU
400
E
300
200
100
0
PF3050
1PF3030
PF30 Series, 60 Hz, 0.5 - 5.0 hp
M ■■■MM\I■■■
1 1 1110111 01111 h qqh- I h 111 M I I
�® 1■1���1!\II
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
NTD-PU-PF-1 Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com
Rev. 5.0, © 03/17
Page 4 of 5

Pump Curves, cont.
450
400
35
200
150
100
50
M11
MEMO!
MEN®
0L
0
I I I I I I I I I I
PF50 Series, 60 Hz, 0.5 - 5.0 hp
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
100
90
as
.� 80
c
70
O
60
a
= 50
v
40
a 30
c 20
10
0L
0
PF75 Series, 60 Hz,1.0 -1.5 hp
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Flow in gallons per minute (gpm)
Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-PU-PF-1
Rev. 5.0, © 03/17
Page 5of5

Universal Flow Inducer
Applications
Orenco's Universal Flow Inducer houses any Orenco high -head efflu-
ent pump in applications where filtration is not necessary. The base
rests on the bottom of the tank, and the mounting flange is epoxied
to a PVC riser. The flow inducer can be lengthened or shortened to fit
any tank. The tee, which holds the mounting flange and float assembly
bracket, slides to any position along the flow inducer. A float assembly
(ordered separately) snaps into the bracket. Applications include:
• Pump tanks
• Disinfection systems
• Effluent reuse systems
• Cisterns
Mounting flange
(fits 3-in. pipe)
4-in. flow induc
Fiberglass ba
Sliding tee
Float assembly
bracket
Float assembly (ordered
separately)
1 3/8-in. (35-mm)
inlet holes
General
To specify this product, require the following:
• Class 125 4-in. (nominal) PVC pipe body
• Injection -molded ABS mounting flange
• Injection -molded holster for float tree
• Ability to accommodate flows as great as 65 gpm (4.1 Vsec)
Standard Model
UFI-4
Materials of Construction
Flow inducer
Class 125 PVC
Mounting flange
Injection -molded ABS
Base
Fiberglass -reinforced polyester
Specifications
Dimensions
Flow inducer diameter
4" nominal
Height
72" (1828 mm)
(can be lengthened or shortened)
Shipping weight
13 lb (5.9 kg)
Mounting
bracket epoxied Discharge assembly
to PVC riser — —
Float assembly
High -head
pump
'Typical installation in concrete pump tank. Use screws to secure mounting bracket to riser while
epoxy cures.
Orenco Systems° Inc. , 814 Airway Ave., Sutherlin, OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843 • 541-459-4449 • www.orenco.com NTD-UFI-1
Rev. 2.0, © 03/17
Page 1 of 1

Control Panel and Rain Sensor

4X6 TREATED POST
RAIN SENSOR
MOUNT PANEL DIRECTLY
CONTROL
TO POSTS OR TO ALUMINUM PLATE
PANEL
(GRIND OFF PROTRUDING SCREWS)
0000
SINGLE
0
CONDUIT
(no splices)
2X4 TREATED - SECURE
CONDUIT
WITH 4 - 3" DECK SCREWS
SUPPORT
PER POST
2'
RISER OR
CORRUGATED PIPE
��\ -I
0 0°00 - ��i'�i'�` GRAVEL
COVER CONDUIT ��i��i� 0 00° 00,N \°° ° ° ° °O
MINIMUM 18"�;�i ° ° ° \\
TO HEADWORKS UNIT TO PUMP TANK
TO POWER SOURCE TO ADVANTEX POD
ALL CONDUIT
INSTALL
MULTIPLE TO BE 11 " (min)
CONDUITS AS
NEEDED 4' BURIAL DEPTH
MINIMUM
L d ICJ
2 CONTROL PANEL DETAIL
WW—$ N.T.S. SOURCE :AVVF,Inc.

A UV 113
iCornm
VeriCommg (IPr Upgrade Kitisrequired if Inte net line is used)
AXB Control Panels
Applications
VeriComm° AXB1 and AXB2 remote telemetry control panels are
used with two -pump operations — recirculation and discharge
(on -demand or timed) —for AdvanTex° Treatment Systems.
Interlocked controls prevent the recirculation pump from running
if there is a high level alarm on the discharge side. Coupled with
the VeriComm Web -based Monitoring System, these affordable
control panels give water/wastewater system operators and
maintenance organizations the ability to monitor and control
each individual system's operation remotely, with real-time effi-
ciency, while remaining invisible to the homeowner. VeriComm
AXB panels allow remote operators to change system param-
eters, including timer settings, from the Web interface.
Typical AXB_ VeriComm° Control Panel
Standard Models: VCOM AXB 1, VCOM AXB2
To Specify...
To specify this panel for your installation, require the following:
Basic Control Logic: Three Operating Modes
• A "Start-up Mode" for the initial 30 days, during which the
system collects trend data to establish operating standards for
future reference.
• A "Normal Mode" that manages day-to-day functions.
• A "Test Mode" that suspends data collection and alarm report-
ing during installation and service.
Data Collection and Utilization
• Data logs of system conditions and events, such as pump run
times, pump cycles, and alarm conditions.
Troubleshooting and Diagnostic Logic
• Troubleshooting capabilities that can report suspected failed
components, which then trigger Alarms.
Advanced Control Logic
Communication and Alarm Management
• Remote telemetry capabilities coupled with a Web -based
monitoring application (see VeriComm Monitoring System,
ATD-WEB-VCOM-1)for communication and alarm manage-
ment. Updating of point values (including timer settings) and
receipt of queued changes during each communication ses-
sion with host. Communication sessions that occur monthly, at
a minimum, and more frequently during alarm conditions.
• Multiple methods of communication, as follows:
Call -In to VeriComm° Host
— Automatic notification to host of "Alarms," which signal
fault conditions that need to be addressed immediately
(e.g., pump failure).
— Automatic notification to host of "Alerts," which signal
less critical fault conditions and which trigger the panel's
troubleshooting logic and alternative operating mode
(e.g., stuck float switch).
— Automatic notification to host of "Updates," which include
alarm updates or all -clear notifications following Alarms/
Alerts, as well as normally scheduled monthly panel reports.
— Manual, forced communication from panel to host to effect
an updating of point values and receipt of queued changes.
Real -Time Direct Connection to Panel
— Manual, direct connection at the site via RS-232 serial port,
to allow a local operator real-time access to detailed logged
data and the ability to change point values from a laptop.
— Manual, forced communication by local operator/
homeowner at the site to initiate an auto -answer mode,
allowing a remote operator real-time access to detailed
logged data and the ability to change point values.
During real-time, manual connections, software with open
architecture (and password security) is used; no proprietary
software is required. VT100 protocol allows access and control
from any computer modem (Mac or PC) with a simple com-
munication program (e.g., Windows° HyperTerminal); multilevel
password protection in panel ensures that only qualified per-
sonnel can access the panel's data.
Additional Features
• Status light indicators on the board,
including ...
•
— Flashing green LED for normal
operation
— Yellow LEDs for status of digital inputs
9 p
Orenco Systems'
Incorporated
— Red LEDs for status of digital outputs
cdn;­ xth,Mythe
and modem activity
W,Irv°r,
• UL-recognized and FCC -approved
8-9843
www.orenco.eom
wvvw.o enco.G
• Advanced control logic that activates during float malfunctions For more information, t our online demo at
to diagnose the situation and keep the system operating nor- try ATD- .5 @ 6/ 6
www.vericomm.net(no password required). Rev. z.5©sios
mally until servicing. Page 1 of

VeriComm° AXB Control Panels
1. VeriComm° Remote Telemetry Board
2. Motor -Start Contactors
3. Toggle Switches
4. Control Circuit Breaker
5. Pump Circuit Breakers
6. Fuse
7. Transformer
8. Audio Alarm
9. Visual Alarm
10. Panel Enclosure
10
Standard Components
Feature Specifications
1. VeriComm° Remote Telemetry Unit*
ATRTU-100: 36/18 VAC (center tap transformer), 8 digital inputs, 4 analog inputs, 4 digital
outputs, 0 analog outputs, on -board modem (2400 baud), LED input and output indicators,
1-year battery backup of data and program settings.
2. Motor -Start Contactors
120 VAC: 16 FLA, 1 hp, 60 Hz; 2.5 million cycles at FLA (10 million at 50% of FLA).
240 VAC: 16 FLA, 3 hp, 60 Hz; 2.5 million cycles at FLA (10 million at 50% of FLA).
3. Toggle Switches
Single -pole switch, automatic On, with spring -loaded, momentary, manual On. 20 A, 1 hp.
4. Control Circuit Breaker
10 A, OFF/ON switch. Single -pole 120 VAC, double -pole 240 VAC. DIN rail mounting
with thermal magnetic tripping characteristics.
5. Pump Circuit Breakers
20 A, OFF/ON switch. Single -pole 120 VAC, double -pole 240 VAC. DIN rail mounting
with thermal magnetic tripping characteristics.
6. Fuse
120 VAC Primarv, 36 VCT @ 0.85 A Secondarv.
7. Transformer 250 VAC, 1 A.
8. Audio Alarm 95 dB at 24 in. (610 mm), warble -tone sound.
9. Visual Alarm 7/8 in. (22 mm) diameter red lens, "Push -to -silence." NEMA 4, 1 W bulb, 120 VAC.
10. Panel Enclosure Measures 15.5 in. high x 13.3 in. wide x 6.7 in. deep (384 mm x 338 mm x 170 mm).
NEMA 4X rated. Constructed of UV -resistant fiberglass; hinges and latch are stainless steel.
Conduit couplings provided.
VCOM-AXB1 120 VAC, 3/4 hp, 14 A, single-phase, 60 Hz.
VCOM-AXB2 240 VAC, 2 hp, 14 A, single-phase, 60 Hz.
Optional Components
Feature Specifications Product Code Adder
Pump Run Light 7/8 in. (22 mm) diameter green lens. NEMA 4, 1 W bulb, 120 VAC. PRL
Anticondensation Heater Self-adjusting: radiates additional wattage as temperature drops. HT
Programmable Timer Discharge side timed dosing. PT
UV Disinfection Compatibility UV grounded power circuit and alarm contacts. Pump disable upon UV failure. UV
* See VeriComm° Remote Telemetry Unit (ATD-CP-VCOM-1) and VeriComm° Monitoring System (ATD-WEB-VCOM-1) for more detail.
ATO-CPNCOM-7
Rev. 2.5 © 6/06
Page 2 of 2

Float Switch Assemblies °a
Orenc Systems
Incorporated
1.800-348-9843
Installation, Operation and Maintenance Instructions
Model MF
Installation Instructions
The float switch assembly is typically mounted in the screened pump vault or effluent screen inside of a septic or dosing tank.
The assembly is detachable without removal of the screened pump vault or effluent screen. A typical float switch assembly is
shown below.
Step 1:
Each float cable is provided with a color marker. This marker indicates the
function of the float. Make sure that your float cable color markers corre-
spond with the wiring diagram provided. If the wiring diagram does not
match your float cable marker colors, contact Orenco Systems® Inc. or
your local dealer for assistance.
Step 2:
To check for proper float switch operation, move each switch up and down
and check for interference. Remove the assembly from its holding bracket
by snapping it out of the holding bracket.
Float function
color marker
Float stem
Adjustable float
1.
collar
Stainless steel
set screw
Float
© 2003 Orenco Systems® Inc.
NIN-MF-MF-1
Rev. 2.0, © 11/04
Page 1 of 4

Installation Instructions (continued)
U
E'J
Step 3:
If any float interferes with another, the float may be adjusted by loosening
the stainless steel set screw provided in the float collar. Using a phillips
screwdriver, slowly back the screw out of the collar to a point at which the
collar may be adjusted. Be careful not to back the screw completely out of
the collar. Carefully rotate the collar on the stem until the float switches can
move freely past one another. Tighten the stainless steel set screw and
recheck.
Warning: Be careful not to alter the the tether lengths of any of the floats.
Alteration of the tether length may affect proper operation of the float
switch assembly.
Step 4:
Check the float settings with the project plans and specifications. If the set-
tings need to be adjusted, loosen the set screw as described in step 3.
Adjust the float switches to the desired level and tighten the set screw.
Make sure float level settings do not violate any state or local regulations.
Note: The float stem provided is the maximum length possible without
interfering with the pump minimum liquid level or screened pump vault
intake ports. Never lengthen the float stem without prior approval from
Orenco. Lengthening of the float stem will void the warranty.
Step 5:
Replace the float switch assembly in the holding bracket. Make sure the
assembly snaps fully into the bracket.
Step 6:
To allow for easy removal of a float switch assembly, a 1" diameter handle
may be added to the top of the float switch assembly. Measure the distance
from the top of the float switch assembly up to about one foot from grade
level. Cut a 1" diameter PVC pipe to the measured length and glue it into the
handle.
NIN-MF-MF-1
Rev. 2.0, © 11/04
Page 2 of 4
© 2003 Orenco Systems® Inc.

Installation Instructions (continued)
Step 7:
When used with an Orenco electrical splice box:
Push the level control wires through the watertight cord grips into the
electrical splice box. Leave an adequate length of electrical cable coiled
inside the riser to allow for easy removal of the pump and float switch
assembly. Do not remove the colored markers or the paper tags from the
float cables, and do not try to thread the markers and tag through the
cord grip. Tighten the cord grips by hand, not by tool, then test the tight-
ness of the cord grips by tugging on each cable. A cable is secure when
the cord grip is tight enough to prevent slippage. Adequate lengths of
cable should be left within the splice box to allow easy removal for future
disconnecting and resplicing.
Note: See the splice box instructions (E/N-SB-SB-1) and
corresponding splice box diagram for connection instructions.
M
© 2003 Orenco Systems® Inc. NIN-MF-MF-1
Rev. 2.0, © 11/04
Page 3 of 4

Maintenance Instructions
CIS
Orenco Systems"
Incorporated
1-800-348-9843
During the annual inspection, follow the testing procedures provided to ensure that the system is operating properly. If a float is
found to be faulty, either during the annual inspection or during troubleshooting after an alarm condition, see the section below
titled Removing and Replacing Inoperative Floats.
Removing and Replacing Inoperative Floats
Important: Before doing any work either on the wiring to the level control floats and pump in the vault or in the pump control
panel, switch the circuit breakers in the panel to their "OFF" positions, then switch off the power to the system at the service
entrance panel.
1. Remove the float assembly from the vault.
2. Using a Phillips screwdriver, remove the stainless steel screws from the splice box lid, being careful not to drop the screws
into the tank. If the splice box was submerged, or if there is a crack in the conduit, there may be water in the splice box. If
this is the case, remove water from the splice box with a syringe, sponge, or other appropriate method. Loosen the cord grip
at the splice box and verify the appropriate splice for the float. Unscrew the wire nuts and remove the float.
3. Remove the inoperative float and replace it with a new one. Push the float cable through the watertight cord grip into the
electrical splice box. Leave an adequate length of electrical cord coiled inside the riser to allow for easy removal of the float
assembly. Do not remove the colored markers or the paper tags from the float cords, and do not try to thread the markers and
tag through the cord grip. Tighten the cord grip by hand, notby tool, then test the tightness of the cord grip by tugging on the
cord. A cord is secure when the cord grip is tight enough to prevent slippage. An adequate length of cord should be left
within the splice box to allow for easy removal for future disconnecting and resplicing.
4. Refer to document EIN-SB-SB-1 for instructions to splice the float wire to the wire from the control panel. Attach the float
wires using the waterproof wire nuts. It is necessary to replace this wire nut with a new watertight wire nut. Always use
watertight wire nuts or heat shrink splice kits for all connections!
5. Replace the float and collar and return the assembly to the pump vault.
6. Reconnect power and test the unit.
NIN-MF-MF-1 © 2003 Orenco Systems® Inc.
Rev. 2.0, © 11/04
Page 4 of 4

MI NI-CLICK--HV
H1111tel 0
0
The Irrigation Innovators
here's nothing more embarrassing —or more
wasteful or costly —than an irrigation system
that runs when it doesn't have to ... in the rain.
Mini-Clik° provides the simplest, most effective way
to prevent sprinklers from coming on during or after
precipitation. It easily installs on any automatic irrigation
system, then shuts sprinklers off in a storm and keeps
them off, automatically compensating for the amount
of rainfall that occurred. Disks absorb water and expand
proportionally to the amount of rain that fell (e.g., a
a
Mini-Clik Rain Sensor
small cloudburst would result in little absorption, a
6" thunderstorm would lead to more absorption and
expansion). As the moisture -laden disks expand, they
eventually activate a switch that interrupts the circuit from
the controller to the valves. Once dry, they contract and
release the switch. Thus, Mini-Clik 0 v F
automatically resets without ever Q ti
affecting your controller. There's no WATER
better way to ensure that a system
isn't watering when it isn't necessary.
Easily installs on any automatic
irrigation system
Versatile enough to work with all
popular controllers
Patented mechanism cannot be fouled
by dirt or debris
Reliable operation, no false shutdowns
Adjusts to actuate at various
rainfall quantities
Set from 'Is" to 1" based upon your
local conditions
Includes 25 feet of 20 gauge two
conductor wire
Fast and easy mounting out of sight
5-year warranty
Your guarantee of dependable operation
Why You Should Ask for a
Genuine Mini-Clik Sensor:
Adding the patented Mini-Clik
sensor to your system's irrigation
controller is the easy way to make
system operation truly automatic. By
interrupting programmed watering
during rainy periods, the Mini-Clik
can save thousands of gallons of
water each season. Unlike other rain
sensors, the Mini-Clik is accurate, reli-
able, and proven effective in lowering
your water usage.

Models
MINI-CLIK— standard Min i-Clik model
MINI-CLIK-HV —code approved for liquid tight electrical
fittings for 120 or 240 volt wiring applications
MINI-CLIK-C —'/2" female threaded inlet at bottom
MINI-CLIK-NO — normally open switch
MINI-CLIK-C-NO —'/2" female threaded inlet at bottom,
normally open switch
Dimensions
• Height: 5 inches
• Length: MINI-CLIK: 6 inches
MINI-CLIK-HV:7'/2 inches
Operating Specifications
• Switch Rating:5 amps, at 125/250VAC (MINI-CLIK
and MINI-CLIK-C)
• Wiring: MINI-CLIKand MINI-CLIK-C: Typically
interrupts the common ground wire between the
solenoid valves and the controller
MINI-CLIK-HV: For use with high voltage irrigation
systems, and systems using pumps drawing less
than 10 amps peak
MINI-CLIK-NO: for use with controllers that require
a normally open sensor switch
• Included:25 ft. of#20 two conductor wire, two
mounting screws, controller identification label,
and detailed instructions
By compensating for the effects of natural
rainfall, the Mini-Clik saves water and
typically pays for itself in just one season.
SPECIFICATION GUIDE
EXAMPLE: MINI-CLIK - HV
T
MODEL OPTIONS
MINI-CLIK HV = High Voltage Model for 110/220VAC Applications
C - Conduit Mount
NO = Normally Open Switch
Nate: For Mini -Clio, in Sensor Guard enclosure, specify SG -MC.
To add Bypass Switch Box to any non -Hunter controller
installation, specify BPSW with sensor. Bypass switch function
is standard in all Hunter controllers.
Mini-Clik° Rain Sensors
All Mini-Clik rain sensors are UL Listed and available in three different models to
accommodate your particular wiring needs.
MINI-CLIK
The standard Mini-Clik model, for use in most appli-
cations. Constructed of high impact thermoplastic
and aluminum. Simple click -stop settings accurately
measure rainfall in quantities of %s" to I " Reset rate
is adjustable.
Model: MINI-CLIK
MINI-CLIK-C
Features a %" female threaded inlet at the bottom
to accommodate any type of conduit to enclose
wire. Electrical PVC or plumbing PVC pipe can
be used with this unit since it is intended for 24 volt
applications.
Model: MINI-CLIK-C
MINI-CLIK-HV
Adds in code approved liquid -tight electrical fittings
for 120 or 240 volt wiring applications. Also includes
18 inches of 16 AWG installation wire. Integral
bracket with supplied electrical fittings and conduit.
Ready to mount on any standard junction box.
Model: MINI-CLIK-HV
Bypass Switch Box: Give Any Automatic Controller's Remote
Sensors the Capability to Bypass
It's the easy way to put a system in the manual
mode as would be needed during servicing and
troubleshooting operations. Featuring a compact
heavy-duty switch mechanism, the Bypass Switch
Box mounts quickly and easily with its no -strip
wire connectors and supplied adhesive tape.
Mini -Weather Station: Control
System Operation with Sensors for
Wind, Rain, and Temperature
With the Hunter Mini -Weather Station you get
each of Hunter's three different sensor devices in one
single convenient unit. The Mini-Clik rain sensor shuts
sprinklers off in a storm and keeps them off, automat-
ically compensating for the amount of rainfall that
occurred. The Freeze-Clik° prevents system activation
by automatically stopping the flow of water when
in,�. sai�n
Model: BPSW
outdoor temperatures drop near freezing. The Wind -
Model: MWS-FR
Clik° shuts off systems during periods of high wind,
then automatically resets the system when conditions are more favorable. Easy to
mount (it attaches to your controller with just two wires) and easy to use, the Mini -
Weather Station takes all the guesswork out of when you shouldn't water.
Hunter Industries Incorporated • The Irrigation Innovators
1940 Diamond Street • San Marcos, California 92078 • TEL: [phone] • FAX: [phone] ©2006 Hunter Industries Incorporated
www.Hunterindustries.com P/N 700592 LIT-277 3/06

Holder®
Mini-Clik Rain Sensors
Installation Instructions
on the controller,
disconnect it. Attach one
wire of the Mini-Clik to the
"common" terminal
(usually marked "C") on
the controller. Attach the
other wire of the Mini-Clik
to the common wire
leading to the valves.
Note: The common wire
to the valves does not
have to be interrupted
at the controller. The
Mini-Clik may be wired
anywhere along the
common wire line.
B. 24 Volt Solenoid Valves
with Booster Pump (See
Figure 4)
Locate the common wire
to the solenoid valves and
the common wire leading
to the coil of the relay that
starts the pump. If these
two wires are connected
to the "common" terminal
on the controller,
disconnect both of them.
Twist together these two
wires along with one wire
from the Mini-Clik, and
secure with a wire nut.
Attach the other wire of
the Mini-Clik to the
"common" terminal on the
controller. Note: The pump
circuit output must be 24
Volts in this situation. Do
not proceed if 110V.
C. Special Instructions for
Mini-Clik-HV (See Figures
5 and 6)
The two taped and
stripped wires are the
ones to be used when
following these accompa-
nying diagrams. The third
wire should be terminated
with a wire nut (not sup-
plied). All wire connec-
tions with the Mini-Clik
should be made with wire
nuts and located in a
junction box.
Where the timer is
controlling a pump, the
relay may be inside the
timer, external or non-
existent. If there is no
relay in the circuit, one
must be added. The
wiring for an internal or
external relay is the same:
the Mini-Clik breaks the
circuit to the coil of the
relay only. Either wire of
the coil may be broken.
Operation Check to Verify
Correct Wiring
Turn on one zone of the
irrigation system that is
visible while you are in reach
of the Mini-Clik. Manually
Mini-Clik Controller
C 1 2 3 4
0Sm
0
0
Third Normally -
Open Lead
Solenoid
Common Wire to Valves
All Valves
Figure 3
Controller Mini-Clik
Pump
orMV C 1 2 3 4
QOSO
0
Line -In o
Terminate
Normally -
Open Relay
Solenoid
Common Valves
Wire to All
Line -Out (to Pump) Valves
Figure 4
Mini-Clik-HV
Controller
110V
110V Switched
Input Input
110V Line
Terminate
11ov
Solenoid
Valves
Figure 5
depress the spindle at the top of the Mini-Clik until you hear the switch "click"
off. The sprinkler zone should stop instantaneously. If it does not, check wiring
for correctness. It is not necessary to "wet" test the Mini-Clik, although it will test
the operation fine, if desired.
Figure 7
1/8 1/4
1/2 3/4
rr
Vent Ring Vent
The Mini-Clik can keep the irrigation system from
starting or continuing after rainfall quantities of 1/8",
1/4", 1/2", 3/4" or 1 ". To adjust it to the desired shut-
off quantity, rotate the cap on the switch housing
so that the pins are located in the proper slots (see
Figure 7). Do not forcibly twist the cap as this might
break the pins.
The time that it takes the Mini-Clik to reset for
normal sprinkler operation after the rain has
stopped is determined by weather conditions (wind,
sunlight, humidity, etc.) These conditions will
determine how fast the hygroscopic discs dry out,
and since the turf is also experiencing the same
conditions, their respective drying rates will roughly parallel each other. So when
the turf needs more water, the Mini-Clik is already reset to allow the sprinkler
system to go at the next scheduled cycle.
There is an adjustment capability on the Mini-Clik that will slow down the reset
rate. By turning the "vent ring" (see Figure 7) to completely or partially cover the
ventilation holes, the hygroscopic discs will dry more slowly. This adjustment can
compensate for an "overly sunny" installation location, or peculiar soil conditions.
Experience will best determine the ideal vent setting.
The Hunter ICC and SRC controllers are equipped with a built-in bypass that
allows you to override an active sensor. For controllers not equipped with this
feature, should you desire to bypass the operation of the Mini-Clik for any reason
(i.e., turn on your system even though the Mini-Clik has shut "off" due to rainfall),
there are two simple ways to do this. The first is to add our Bypass Switch Box.
This mounts on or next to the controller, and by simply moving the switch, the
Mini-Clik is bypassed. The second method is to go to the Mini-Clik and raise the
"cap" a couple of settings higher or completely remove it. This takes the pressure
off the switch button, which allows the valve circuit to close again.
Note: Using the "manual"switch on non -Hunter controllers typically will not
bypass the sensor.
There is no required maintenance for the unit. The Mini-Clik does not have to be
removed or covered for "winterizing" purposes.
Troubleshooting
Follow these simple checks first before assuming the unit is bad and replacing it.
System will not come on at all:
A. First, check to see that the Mini-Clik discs are dry and the switch "clicks" on
and off freely by pressing the top of the spindle.
B. Next, look for breaks in the wire leading to the Mini-Clik and check all wire
junctions.
C. Finally, if the Mini-Clik is dry and the wire leading to it is good, check the Mini-
Clik switch by nicking the insulation of the two "outer" wires near the unit to
expose copper. Turn one sprinkler zone on, and apply a'jumper wire" across
the two exposed wires. If the sprinkler now comes on, the switch is bad. Wrap
all nicked wires with electrical tape.
System will not shut off even after heavy rainfall:
A. Check wiring for correctness (see "Operation Check to Verify Correct Wiring").
B. Check sensitivity setting on Mini-Clik — move cap to more sensitive setting.
The Mini-Clik is an accurate rain gauge and can be verified by setting up a
"tube" type rain gauge in the same vicinity and making periodic readings.
C. Is the rainfall actually hitting the Mini-Clik? Check for obstructions to rainfall
such as overhangs, trees or walls.
All Mini-Clik models are listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL). Samples of these devices have
been evaluated by UL and meet the applicable UL standards for safety.

Hm&hrr
Mini-Clik Rain Sensors
Installation Instructions
In most installations, the Mini-Clik acts as a switch to break the circuit to the
solenoid valves of the irrigation system when it has rained. This allows the timer
to advance as scheduled, but keeps the valves from opening the water flow.
Once the Mini-Clik has dried sufficiently, the switch closes again to allow for
normal operation.
The Mini-Clik has three blue wires coming out of it. Two are connected to a 25
foot extension, and the third center one is left disconnected. This center blue
wire is the "normally open" lead of the switch and is not used in most installations.
The remaining two extension wires are colored (one "silver" tinned, the other
natural copper); however, in the following instructions it will not matter which
wire is connected at a given junction.
For the Model Mini-Clik-C: This rain sensor unit is the same as the standard
model except for the lack of an aluminum mounting bracket and the addition of
a 1/2" threaded cap, which allows for the easy use of electrical conduit to totally
enclose the wires. Unless local code states otherwise, plumbing grade PVC pipe
can be used as well as electrical grade conduit.
For the Model Mini-Clik-HV: This rain sensor unit is designed to be used
with automatic irrigation systems of two principle designs: 1) single -station
electrical timer (e.g., Intermatic) that switches power to a pump, either directly
or through a relay; or 2) single -station electrical timer that switches power to a
solenoid valve.
Standard Model:
Using the screws
provided, mount the Mini-
Clik on any surface
where it will be exposed
to unobstructed rainfall,
but not in the path of
sprinkler spray. The
switch -housing portion
must be upright (as
pictured), but the swivel -
bracket can be moved for
mounting on any angled
surface. Loosen the
locknut and screw before
swiveling bracket, and
then re -tighten.
For the Conduit Model
Mini-Clik-C:
The conduit acts as the
mounting support for the
unit. Therefore, place
and mount the conduit
to allow for the desired
sensor location as
described in the main
instructions for the
standard model. Be sure
to support the conduit
sufficiently along its
various lengths.
For the High -Voltage
Model Mini-Clik-HV:
The mounting of this unit is primarily made by screwing the fitting end into the
threaded holes of covers to rectangular junction boxes (for outdoor use) or the
covers of round junction boxes commonly used for outdoor spotlights. Locate
the junction box so that with the Mini-Clik attached, unobstructed rainfall will hit
the outermost sensing end of the unit. If a longer reach is needed, the "Carlon"
flexible conduit piece can be substituted with a slightly longer piece (up to 8"
length with no support or up to 11" with support).
Helpful hints for mounting:
A. When looking for a suitable location such as on the side of a building or post,
the closer the Mini-Clik is to the controller, the shorter the wire run will be.
This will also minimize the chance for wire breaks.
B. The ideal location for mounting is not always the most practical location. In
the case where a compromise must exist (such as low location on a side wall
rather than the preferred high location), note that the Mini-Clik will still work
as it will always receive some rainfall — it just will not be as accurate in its
gauging as it could be.
C. As described in the "Operation" section of this manual, 'reset rate" refers to
the amount of time it takes the Mini-Clik to dry out sufficiently for the sprinkler
system to be allowed to come back on. The mounting location will affect this
rate and should be taken into consideration should extreme conditions exist.
For example, mounting the Mini-Clik on a very sunny, southern end of a
building may cause the Mini-Clik to dry out sooner than desired. Similarly,
mounting on the northern end of a building with constant shade may keep the
Mini-Clik from drying soon enough.
Once the Mini-Clik is mounted, run the wire to the controller, and fasten it every
few feet with wire clips or stapled for best results. If an extension to the wire
provided is needed, use the following table to determine the minimum wire
gauge needed:
If the extension needed is: 25-50 ft. 50-100 ft. 100 ft. or more
use: 20 AWG 18 AWG 16 AWG
Important. The Standard Model Mini-Clik is sold and designed for hook up to 24
Volt irrigation controllers only. For wiring to 110V or 220V irrigation controllers,
please consult your distributor or this factory. All wiring must conform to National
Electrical Code or applicable local codes.
For the Model Mini-Clik-C: WARNING! This unit is designed to be installed in
conjunction with 24VAC circuits only. Do not use with 110 or 220VAC circuits.
For the Model Mini-Clik-HV: WARNING! This unit must be installed by a qualified
electrician in accordance with National Electrical Code and applicable local
codes. The electrical rating of this device is 125-250VAC at 10.1 amps. Do not
let current pass through this
device that exceeds this
rating. Do not install directly
in line with any pump.
Wiring to the Hunter SRC
The Mini-Clik connects
directly to the SRC. This
allows you to easily override
the sensor by using the RUN
(BYPASS SENSOR) position
on the dial.
1. Route the wires from the
Mini-Clik up through the
same opening used for
valve wiring.
2. Connect one wire to the
RS terminal and other
to the C terminal (See
Figure 1).
3. Connect the valve common
to the RS terminal.
Wiring to the Hunter ICC
The Mini-Clik connects
directly to the ICC. This
allows you to easily override
the sensor by using the
Sensor switch on the front
panel.
1. Remove the jumper from
the two "SEN" terminals.
2. Route the wires from the
rain sensor up through the
same conduit opening
used for valve wiring.
3. Connect one wire to the
terminal labeled "SEN"
and the other wire to the
other "SEN" terminal (See
Figure 2).
Hunter SRC
Connect Common to
this Terminal when
Mini-Clik
using Rain Sensor
Connect Rain
r Sensor Wires to
These Two Terminals
RS
C 1 2 3 4
o
(2)SMI
Third Normaly-
LLSolenoid
Open Lead
(Do Not Use)
Valves
Figure 1
Mini-Clik
Hunter ICC
0 C
0 P MV
o
SEN
o
SEN
e TEST
Third Normally -
Open Lead
(Do Not Use)
Figure 2
Other Controllers
The two most common situations are shown below. For non-standard wiring
situations, please consult your distributor or request our "Non-standard"
wiring information packet.
A. 24 Volt Solenoid Valves Only (No booster pump) (See Figure 3)
With the two wires from the Mini-Clik at the controller, locate the "common
ground" wire of the solenoid valves. If it is connected to the common terminal
Hunter Industries Incorporated • The Irrigation Innovators © 2011 Hunter Industries Incorporated
1940 Diamond Street • San Marcos, California 92078 • U.S.A. • TEL: [phone] • FAX [phone] LIT-315 RevA 5/11
www.hunterindustries.com

Spray Field Components

Rainbird 3/4"—
Impact Sprinkler
1 "Brass Shut —Off
Valve
1" Galvanized I,I
Steel Pipe I,
11�1
4%4" Treated Pos I ,
36" burial (min)
I
I
11�1
Supports 11II
I,II
a aI�II
�11�1
° IIII
a I,II
. IIII
Concrete III
Collar
I,II
11�1
I,II
CDymbol, on II.I
DraMng)
•
N.T.S
Sprinkler Characteristics
— Part #30H SBN-3V (LAN-1)
— Sprinkler Size = 3/4"
— Nozzle Size = 9/64"
— Sprinkler Radius = 42' (approx.)
— Operating Pressure = 25 psi
— Operating FloWrate = 4.20 gpm
Drain Valve (DV) Characteristics
— Part #16A—FDV-075
— Connection: 4" male threaded
Check Valve (CV) Characteristics
I — Part # CV—S-10
4'-0" — Spring style check valve
Connection: 1" slip
Minimum opening pressure 5 psi.
a°
CV 18"
_ MIN. COVER
DV HO
2" MiN' 6"length,
1"SCH40 PVC O
1 cu.ft. gravel
With filter fabric
Galvanized
Elbow, fipt
6 SPRAY HEAD INSTALLATION DETAIL
�V�V—N.T.S. SOURCE: AVVT, Inc.
Supply
Line

Full Circle Impact Sprinklers
/ RIRV 3/4" (19 mm) Sprinklers
30H
30H 30WH
3/4" 19 mm Full Circle,
Brass Impact Sprinkler
Bearing:3/4" Male NPT, Brass
Trajectory Angle: 27
Operating Range:25-80 psi 1.7-5.5 bars
Flow Rate: 2.9-13.1 GPM 0.66-2.98 m11h
Radius: 40-56 ft.12.20-17.23 meters
Range: One 1/4"Female NPT Nozzle Port
Spreader: One 1/8" Female NPT Spreader
Nozzle Port
Features
• Heavy duty brass construction
• Stainless steel springs and fulcrum pin
• Chemically resistant washers
• Dual nozzle ports
• Two-year warranty
• 30H unit does not have a spreader plug
• 30WH unit has spreader plug
Benefits
• Wide range of flow rates
• Corrosion and grit resistant
• Built to last
Part Numbers and Ordering Information
Sprinkler Only
U.S. Standard
Sprinkler Without
30H
A08401
Nozzle, Without Plug
Sprinkler without
30WH
A08411
Nozzle, With Plug
U.S. STANDARD DATA
'ERFORMANCE DATA
BRASS STRAIGHT BORE NOZZLE BRASS STRAIGHT BORE NOZZLE (SBN-3)
(SBN-3) WITH PLUG* (Stream Height:9 ft.) WITH SPREADER RAN-11 (Stream Height:9 ft.)
NOZZLESIZE
US STANDARD
9/64"
5/32"
11/64"
3/16"
Rad.
GPM
Rad.
GPM
Rad.
GPM
Rad.
GPM
25 40
2.90
41
3.50
41
4.30
42
5.10
30 40
3.10
42
3.90
44
4.70
45
5.60
35 41
3.40
43
4.20
45
5.10
47
6.00
4041
3.60
44
4.50
46
5.40
48
6.40
45 42
3.80
44
4.70
46
5.70
49
6.80
50 42
4.10
45
5.00
47
6.10
50
7.20
55 43
4.20
45
5.20
48
6.30
50
7.60
0 43
4.40
46
5.50
48
6.60
51
7.90
65 44
4.60
46
5.80
49
6.90
51
8.20
70 44
4.80
47
5.90
49
7.20
52
8.50
75 45
5.00
47
6.10
50
7.40
52
8.80
i 45
5.10
48
6.30
50
7.70
53
9.10
30H / 30WH
NOZZLE SIZE
US STANDARD
9/64"
5/32"
11/64"
3/16"
3/16'
x3/32-7"
x3/32-7"
x3/32-7"
x3/32-7"
x1/8-20'
Rad.
GPM
Rad.
GPM
Rad.
GPM
Rad.
GPM
Rad.
GPM
40
4.20
41
4.80
41
5.60
42
6.40
42
7.40
40
4.60
42
5.30
44
6.10
45
7.00
45
8.10
41
4.90
43
5.70
45
6.60
47
7.50
47
8.70
41
5.20
44
6.10
46
7.00
48
8.10
48
9.30
42
5.60
44
6.50
46
7.40
49
8.50
49
9.90
42
5.90
45
6.80
47
7.90
50
9.00
50
10.40
43
6.10
45
7.10
48
8.20
50
9.40
50
10.90
43
6.40
46
7.40
48
8.60
51
9.90
51
11.40
44
6.70
46
7.80
49
8.90
51
10.20
51
11.80
44
6.90
47
8.10
49
9.30
52
10.70
52
12.30
45
7.20
47
8.30
50
9.60
52
11.00
52
12.70
45
7.50
48
8.70
50
10.00
53
11.50
53
13.10
BRASS STRAIGHT BORE NOZZLE with VANE BRASS STRAIGHT BORE NOZZLE with VANE (SBN-3V)
(SBN-3V) WITH PLUG* (Stream Height:1 Oft.) WITH SPREADER RAN-11 (Stream Height: loft.)
NOZZLESIZE
US STANDARD
9/64"
5/32"
11164'
3/16"
Rad.
GPM
Rad.
GPM
Rad.
GPM
Rad.
GPM
25 42
2.90
44
3.50
45
4.30
48
5.10
30 43
3.10
45
3.90
46
4.70
47
5.60
35 44
3.40
46
4.20
47
5.10
49
6.00
40 45
3.60
47
4.50
48
5.40
50
6.40
45 46
3.80
48
4.70
49
5.70
52
6.80
50 46
4.10
49
5.00
50
6.10
53
7.20
55 47
4.20
50
5.20
51
6.30
53
7.60
0 47
4.40
50
5.50
51
6.60
54
7.90
65 48
4.60
51
5.80
52
6.90
55
8.20
70 48
4.80
51
5.90
53
7.20
55
8.50
75 49
5.00
52
6.10
54
7.40
56
8.80
i 50
5.10
52
6.30
55
7.70
56
9.10
* Nozzles must be purchased separately.
See Chart below.
NOZZLE SIZE
US STANDARD
9/64"
5/32"
11/64"
3/16"
3/16"
x3/32-7"
x3/32-7"
x3/32-7"
x3/32-7"
x1/8-20"
Rad.
GPM
Rad.
GPM
Rad.
GPM
Rad.
GPM
Rad.
GPM
42
4.20
44
4.80
45
5.60
45
6.40
46
7.40
43
4.60
45
5.30
46
6.10
47
7.00
47
8.10
44
4.90
46
5.70
47
6.60
49
7.50
49
8.70
45
5.20
47
6.10
48
7.00
50
8.10
50
9.30
46
5.60
48
6.50
49
7.40
52
8.50
52
9.90
46
5.90
49
6.80
50
7.90
53
9.00
53
10.40
47
6.10
50
7.10
51
8.20
54
9.40
54
10.90
47
6.40
50
7.40
51
8.60
54
9.90
54
11.40
48
6.70
51
7.80
52
8.90
55
10.20
55
11.80
48
6.90
51
8.10
53
9.30
55
10.70
55
12.30
49
7.20
52
8.30
54
9.60
56
11.00
56
12.70
50
7.50
52
8.70
55
10.00
56
11.50
56
13.10
Nozzle Only
I XX= Nozzle Size
Brass Straight Bore
SBN-3
105842-XX
09
10
11
12
Nozzle
Brass Straight Bore
SBN-3V
106131-XX
-
-
-
09
0
11
2
Nozzle with Vane
Brass 7° Low Angle
LAN-1-7
100225-XX
06
07
08
09
10
Spreader
Brass 20' Low Angle
LAN-1-20
100226-XX
06
07
08
09
10
Spreader
Brass Plug
100255
Bold nozzle size numbers denotethe most common nozzle choices.

Rain Bird - Landscape Irrigation: Products: Filtered Drain Valve
Page 1 of 1
RA1JV*B,1RD,.,
Filtered Drain Valve
Primary Applications:
Evacuate lateral lines after each irrigation cycle to reduce damage _
caused by freezing.
Features and Benefits:
■ Automatically drains pipes to prevent freezing damage.
click to enlarge
■ Plastic perforated cap screens out large particles.
■ Dispersion pad filters out small particles.
Models:
■ 16A-FDV: 1/2" (15/21) male threaded inlet Filtered Drain Valve
16-FDV-075
■ 16A-FDV-075: 3/4" (20/27) male threaded inlet
Specifications:
More
■ Pressure: Up to 125 psi (8,5 Bars)
■ Flow: 1 GPM (0,23 m3/h; 0,06 I/s) maximum rate before
sealing
■ Average opening pressure when installed vertically: 2.5 psi
(0,2 Bars)
■ Average closing pressure when installed vertically: 5.5 psi
(0,4 Bars)
■ Diameter: 1 3/8" (3,5 cm), Length: 1" (2,5 cm)
Copyright © 1996-2010, Rain Bird Corporation.
http://www.rainbird.com/landscape/products/valves/filtered_drain.htm 1/28/2010

Spring Check Valve
CV-S-10
Spring Check Valve ** Required minimum opening
pressure - 5 psi**
Spring Check Valve Description:
The spring check valve is used to prevent backflow and
siphoning. The '/z pound stainless steel spring maintains
a positive seal, even when no back pressure is present.
Minimum of 2 psi required to open the valve.
Spring Check Valve
Spring Check
Model No.
Inlet/Outlet Size (FPT or
socket)
Length
(inches)
Height
(inches)
Max Temp
CV-S-05
0.5"
4.13"
2.22"
1400
CV-S-10
1.0"
5.25"
2.88"
1400
CV-S-15
1.5"
5.9"
3.89"
1400
CV-S-20
2.0"
7.0"
4.29"
1400
Spring Check Specifications
Thermoplastic Spring check valves shall be constructed from
PVC Type 1, cell class 12454 material conforming to ASTM
D-1784. Seals shall be EPDM. Valves shall have socket end
connections for solvent weld. All Spring check valves shall
be pressure rated at 150 psi at 73 degrees E All spring check
valves shall require 2 psi to open.
Spring Check Installation
Connection - FIPT slip connections. Install in a box for easy
access. It is recommended that these check valves be installed
no closer than 10 pipe diameters from a pump and no closer
than 5 pipe diameters from an elbow
Spring Check
Maximum Pressure Rating at Given Temperature
150
125
1111h]
N
v
75
v
50
a
X 25
�a
1
80 90 100 110 120 130 140
Temperature ( degrees F)
95 56

Fence DetailA
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

o
rt X
�m
a'
tg
9A7
� Ci
m,
D
(D O�
O
DN
c
4
O n
C�
D
N
C
�N O
N � N
c
(D
S
O
(D
l
�
A
O
ti
Lok
D
r
� W
z
o
�
yUZI
D
i f �
A
ppX�r
Q
(0 (D
Q �
(D /D Op
C C
1 m C
(1
D
r
(0 N
D0
�
m
D
m
'
a
O N
N
{p
o 3 °
z
m3m
A
4 C n
U-
O
N N o Z
m N3
a,�o
\
N <D
o
Q N 3
m
aQ
_ N Q
o 3
" C 5
N �
(D

Irrigation Headworks ComponentsA

To Spray
f
TOP LA YER
To Septrc
BOTTOM LAYER
Note: Supply and Return line penetrations to be at least 18" below top of box N . T. S .
HEADWORKS BOX - TOP VIEW
N,T,S, (or equivalent)

tZ WM2 Multi -Jet Water Meter
Economical, Brass Body, Dry Dial
/ VII
1
s,
®e LT
N s,
Spud NPSM Length `L? %idth `W' Height `H' %*-+,6
in (mm)
(BSPP)
in (mm)
in (mm)
in (mm)
Ib (kg)
5/8 x 1/2 (15)
3/4"" (3/4"")
6-1/2 (165)
3-45/64 (94)
4-15/64 (107.5)
3.75 (1.7)
5/8 x 3/4
1"" (1"")
7-1/2 (190)
3-45/64 (94)
4-15/64 (107.5)
3.97 (1.8)
3/4 (20)
1"" (1"")
7-1/2 (190)
3-45/64 (94)
4-15/64 (107.5)
4.9 (2.2)
1 (25)
1-1/4- (1-1/4"�
10-1/4 (260)
3-55/64 (98)
4-5/8 (117.5)
6.4 (2.9)
1-1/4 (32)
1-1/2- (1-1/2"�
10-1/4 (260)
3-55/64 (98)
4-5/8 (117.5)
8.2 (3.7)
1-1/2 (40)
2"" (2"")
k1-13/16 (300)
4-51/64 (122)
5-9/16 (141.5)
13.52 (6.17)
2 (50)
2-1/2"" (2-1/2"�
k1-13/16 (300)
5-45/64 (145)
6-31/32 (177)
18.74 (8.5)
#, * -V5 %Mk M7/6-J*6 %W4 M*6`4 is ideal for commercial and industrial SPECIFICATIONS
applications. The multi jet design allows for simplicity and accuracy with wide flow ranges, Service: $ %5)3
even in low flow applications. The magnetically driven, hermetically sealed register will %etted Materials:
not leak or fog and is completely separated from the water. These water meters are Body: Brass, polyethylene;
designed for long service life and maintenance -free operation, even under harsh conditions. Couplings: Brass;
Measuring Chamber: Polyethylene, ABS plastic, ferrite, acetal.
FEATURES Flow Range: See model chart.
Magnetic drive - water is sealed from entering register Accuracy: #ransitional Flow: ±5%; Nominal Flow: ±2%.
Dry dial won't discolor or fade - hermetically sealed from the elements #emperature Limit: 104°F (40°C).
Integral strainer that protects meters from particulate damage Pressure Limit: 232 psi (16 bar).
Pointer -roller indicator Pressure Drop: See service manual.
Frost resistant body #otalizing Display Maximum: See model chart.
Includes two mounting adapters (couplings) Mounting Orientation: Horizontal.
%eight: See dimension chart.
Coupling
Max Flow Nominal Flow Range #ransitional Flow
Display Max
Model
"-<*
"-<*
GPM (Gallons Per Minute)
(Gallons)
Price
WM2-A-C-01
5/8 x 1/2""
1/2""NPT
20
1 to 10
0.25
9,999,999.99
-0�f
WM2-A-C-02
5/8 x 3/4-
3/4- NPT
20
1 to 20
0.25
9,999,999.99
61.00
WM2-A-C-03
VA
3/4- NPT
30
2 to 30
0.25
99,999,999.9
68.50
WM2-A-C-06
R6rmA
1-1/2- NPT
100
5 to 100
1.5
99,999,999.9
199.00
w
o
w
rr
Model
..-<*
Coupling
..-<*
Max Flow Nominal Flow Range #ransitional Flow
0 "/h
Display Max
K0"W
Price
WM2-B-C-08
15 mm
1/2- BSPT
G
0.12 to 1.5
0.03
99,999.9999
-0��
WM2-B-C-10
20 mm
3/4- BSPT
r
0.2 to 2.5
0.03
99,999.9999
61.00
WM2-B-C-11
25 mm
1-BSPT
7
0.25 to 3.5
0.07
99,999.9999
97.00
WM2-B-C-12
32 mm
1-1/4- BSPT
kw
0.48 to 6
0.12
99,999.9999
120.00
WM2-B-C-13
40 mm
1-1/2-BSPT
20
0.8 to 10
0.2
999,999.9999
199.00
WM2-B-C-14
50 mm
2-BSPT
30
1.2 to 15
0.12
999,999.9999
kr6rr
CALL #O ORDER 1 800/872-9141 wwk

M6, -3
#'@
C6; 735/
#'@
M > F33= IN64 15 3F33= " 5/ - $ 59t165 3F33=
D1971? M)>
G)3659K
G! M G)3659 ! -8M15; :-K
& Mk-A-C-F 1
5/EF
WGFFN #
Qc
w :5 Gk
kfG5
9099099rrJ9
& Mk-A-C-Fk
5/C>' /f R
/f FIN #
Qc
w:5 Gk
UG5
9®99®99rrJ9
& Mk-A-C-F 1iv
` /f F
/fFN #
k
C :5 ` k
k r5
9®99®99rrJ9
& Mk-A-C-F G
dF
kFN #
5k
' :5 5k
Me, 5
9®99®99rrJ9
& Mk-A-C-ff
VwLW F
VwLWGFN #
kAkk
5 :5 4k
Jv5
99(b99(b99r)g
& Mk-A-C-F 7
1 (cF
(cFN #
mk
C :5 mk
G
99699699rrg
M6, -3
#o@
C6; 735/
# o@
M)> F33= I N64 15) 3F33= ") 5/ - $8) 59t'B5) 3F33=
4 `"/0
D1971 ? M)>
4 "K
& Mk-B-C-f 8
M 3 3
JJ(cFFB" #
k'MG :5 dv5
krk'
99®99irJ999
& Mk-B-C-1 f
(r% 3 3
` /f FB" #
5
UZ:5 e5
krk5
99®99irJ999
& Mk-B-C-11
Cc5 3 3
kFB" #
I
kr'W- 5' 6
krk,
99®99irJ999
& Mk-B-C-1 k
` C 3 3
JwJJf FB" #
kAZ
HT C :5 6
k me
99®99irJ999
& Mk-B-C-1W
fk 3 3
VwLVVGFB" #
Qc
UC:5 4
krz
999®99rrJ999
& Mk-B-C-1 (a
5k 3 3
(cFB" #
' k
QZ :5 M
U
999(999i)9999
M-:-8"-),'S/
#. + :5:' 2,25= :. .. ' 9 6' 99+* :. ffi; - . ?5; 83 +:+8/9 W * (? 9:' 8/4- ' .:. + :56 5,
:. + &-/9:+8=/:. :. + F/<+-D/-/: #5:' 2@87 4* :. +4 W * ) 25) 1=/9+' ffi; 4* :. + 93' 2
*P He 14 :. + +>' 3 62- (+25=6. + F/<+-D/-/: #5:' 2@8&' *9 w Ekk %W C> 4k)O 4*
:. + * / 29 W * 6k �6 >\Q )62 Kd >00 4* HT W > UM) &96+) :/<+2h #. + :5:' 2,25= /9
w C6(ift r
®O®10® x FieaQigitTotelixer
.3 S !reads138 t1ize
rea Gal Dial
xi Q Breads 6 x 10}
P
3
x1 5 °
x1 Gal x l
� reads 2 x 1 j
%0.1
C,,,
e a
rxO.t Gal Dial
(reads4x0.i)
IN#$ALLA$I N
l
! 8.99; 8• D867
Q
2
a�
ri
d
0,10
m
N a.os
a 0.04
m
� 0.02
13.2 22 30.8 52.8 88.1 132
Flow (GPM)
3 5 7 12 20 3D
Flow (rn'/h)
B C56?ff- .: Q MG)= ?+8149:$ 3 +4:9C! 4) e
A++; 8) +? CO) @
qmin qt qp
Flow (m31h)
Flow
ryry
�'r.S.
MAIN$ENANCE/" E! Al"
&<+4:' :/<+ 3' /4:+4' 4) + ) 549/9:9 5, 6+ff5* n /496+) :/549 ' 4* ) 2-' 4/4-
685)+*; &9r #. + 685)+*; &9 9. 5; 2 (+ 6+$583 +* ' : 8F-; 2 8 /4:+8,e 26' 4* ' 4?
*+,+) :9 */9) 5<+&* 9. 5; 2 (+ ) 583i-) :+* (+,5& ,; 8. +856+8 :/54 5,:. + 3 +:+&
%9; ' 2n /496+) ::. + 3 +:+8 ,58 3 /99/4- . ' a =' &6(851+4 &9/9:58 - 2 99658 5:. +8
9/- 49 5, _+' 858*+:+ff58 :/54 %off,? 6856+8,25= 8 :+' 4* 6&99; 8F ,583 +:+ffA 2599
/4 68F99; &6= /:. :. + 8F9; 2A- ,25= 8 :+ *+) W 9+�8 ' ? /4* n' :+ :. + 3 +:+89) &+4 /9
) 25- - +* ' 4* &7; /&9 ) 2-' 4/44
C2-' 4:. + 9:8 /4+8?+' 8 58' 9 8F7; /8F* &+6+4*A- 54 =' :+8) 54*/:/54 ; 225; ::. +
9:8 /4+858 (' ) 1 ,z 9. :. + 3 +:+8:5 2559+4 :8 66+* 6' an; 2 :+9
#. + " +8'+9 & MG/9 45: ,/+2 9+8<n +' (2-' 4* 9. 5; 2 (+ &:; 83+* /, &6' /8/9 4++*+* e
F/+2 8F6' /89. 5; 2 45: (+' ::+3 6:+* ' 4* 3' ? <5/* _' 83 4:?F
& A" " AN$( /" W/o' N
! +,+8:5 [#+83 9' 4* C54* /:/549 5, " ' 2-9EA 5; 8)' :' 25- ' 4* 54 5; 8=+(9/:+r C54:') :
); 9:53 +89+8g,)+ :5 &)+/<+' ! +:; 84 G55*9A; :. 5&@:/54 4; 3 (+8(+,5& 9. /66/4-
:.+6ffi*;):(')1, 58&6'/ffB+9;&:5/4)z*+' (8+,*+9)8'6:/545,:.+685(2-3 629
4T **/:/54' 2' 662)' :/54 45:+ge
ff4:+* A $?' 'We 9/M
F! fffkf5-kk ! +-ff
D& ( E" IN#$" %MEN$#VINCO ! 065-Ck1,/87,-8rrr===q=?-8-159:664
! 6 OB virMAMICHIGAN CI$(YINDIANA la ir rv%(#®►O F)>Ck1, /871k-, r" 7 --4 )13E'6.6@,=?-8-159:664

061110FLOW
SUBSURFACE DRIP
Description
The Vortex filters are placed between the pump and dripfield
to screen out any debris. Spin plates at the top of each screen
direct the flow of debris to the base of the screen for easy
self cleaning.
Features
- Simple self cleaning filter. Geoflow's Vortex filter
depends on a simple forward flush to self clean.
Incoming water is forced through a directional nozzle
plate onto the inside of the stainless steel screen. A
centrifugal motion starts inside the screen chamber,
throwing particles outward against the screen. Gravity
moves the debris down the screen wall to the flush
outlet at the base of the Vortex Filter.
- It is simple to install and operate, requiring very few
moving parts.
- Can be plumbed to self clean periodically
with electronically activated solenoid valves
(recommended), or continuously with slightly
opened ball valves.
- Sturdy stainless steel screen proven effective in onsite
wastewater applications. A sinteringprocess in which
three pieces of stainless steel mesh are transformed
into one; a perforated plate, 30m then 150 mesh.
- Body is a two-piece threaded housing with O-ring seal.
Molded from high heat ABS and chemical resistant
glass reinforced plastic.
Item Number Size
I (M PT)
' AP4E-75F 3/4"
AP4E-1F 1"
AP4E-1.5F 1.5"
AP4E-2F 2.0"
Vortex Screen Filter
1" Vortex Filter
Height
IF
Width
1.5" and 2" Vortex
Max.
Flow rate
I Filtration
(mesh)
Max.
Pressure
(psi) (ft.)
Width
Height
Flush Area of
Port Filtration
(MPT) (inches2)
_(GPM)
10
150
80
185
6.0"
6.0"
3/4"
23.4
20
150
80
185
6.5"
7.0"
3/4"
28.4
45
150
100
231
12"
15.5"
3/42'
1 60.8
70
150
80
185
12"
16.0"
3/42'
1 60.8
AP4E-75F 3/4inch Vortex Filter has been discontinued. Please use a larger filter for onsite wastewater
applications. Replacement parts are still available.
150 mesh = 100 micron
When in doubt, it is best to choose the filter with the larger screen area.
Geoflow, Inc. Tel [phone] Fax [phone] www.geoflow.com
Product Sheets-2011 F her VortexScreen12H27.uidd
Look
for the
Genuine
Geaflow
stamp of
quality '

(FT) (PSI)
aNi 27.7 12
a
Le,
18.5 8
9.2 4
3/4" Vortex Screen Filter
Oz
Op
.......... --7t31 " V rtex filter
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Flow - GPM
Specification:
The Y filter body shall be molded from glass reinforced engineering grade black plastic with a 3/4 inch male pipe
thread (1VIIPT) inlet and outlet. The two piece body shall be capable of being serviced by untwisting and shall include
an O-ring seal. An additional 3/4 inch MIPT outlet shall be capable of periodic flushing. The 150-mesh filter screen
is all stainless steel, providing a 23.4 square inch filtration area. The screen collar shall be molded from vinyl. The 3/4"
filter shall be Geoflow Vortex Filter model number AP4E-75E
(FT.) (PSI)
34.7 15
m
a 11.6 5
0 0
1" Vortex Screen Filter
1 " Vlortex Filter
5 10 15 20 25
Flaw (gpm)
Specification:
The Y filter body shall be molded from glass reinforced engineering grade black plastic with a 1 inch male pipe thread
(MIPT) inlet and outlet. The two piece body shall be capable of being serviced by untwisting and shall include an
O-ring seal. An additional 3/4 inch MIPT outlet shall be capable of periodic flushing. The 150 mesh filter screen is all
stainless steel, providing a 28.4 square inch filtration area. The screen collar shall be molded from vinyl. The 1" filter
shall be Geoflow Vortex Filter model number AP4E-1E

(FT) (PSI)
27.7 12
N
N
L
� 18.5 8
Q7
L
47
9.2 4
1.5" Vortex Screen Filter
10 20 30 40 50
Flow - GPM
Specification
The Y filter body shall be molded from glass reinforced engineering grade black plastic with a 1.5 inch male pipe
thread (1VIIPT) inlet and outlet. The two piece body shall be capable of being serviced by unscrewing and shall
include an O-ring seal. An additional 3/4" MIPT outlet shall be capable of periodic flushing. The 150 mesh
filter screen is all stainless, providing a 60.8 square inch filtration area. The outer support shell shall be woven
stainless steel wire, and the inner screen shall be made of stainless steel cloth. The inner and outer screens shall
be soldered together. The screen collar shall be molded from vinyl. The 1 1/2" filter shall be Geoflow model
number AP4E-1.5E
(FT) (PSI
m
13.9 6
m
n
ca 9.2 4
m
L
4.6 2
c�
0 0
2" Vortex Screen Filter
50
10
20
30
40
60
2"
Vort
xFilter
70
80
9(
Flow - GPM
Specification
The Y filter body shall be molded from glass reinforced engineering grade black plastic with a 2 inch male pipe
thread (MIPT) inlet and outlet. The two piece body shall be capable of being serviced by unscrewing and shall
include an O-ring seal. An additional 3/4" MIPT outlet shall be capable of periodic flushing. The 150 mesh filter
screen is all stainless, providing a 60.8 square inch filtration area. The outer support shell shall be woven stainless
steel wire, and the inner screen shall be made of stainless steel cloth. The inner and outer screens shall be soldered
together. The screen collar shall be molded from vinyl. The 2" filter shall be Geoflow model number AP4E-2E

Cons.-cin.- n
Project Location:
Project Owners:
Project Consultcnts:
Walnut
Hurdle
Church
ViHsNC
urange �.oun�y
P�N# 9879-35-
Alexander
8c Marisa
Food
27541
Constantine
Cc rm
519 High F*�dge
Dr
Durham, NC 27707
apconsl0@gmailocom
Davin Davidson,
o o
P.E.
KaavKasonuu as rmasteocom
Kcrl P _affi--;r. L*S*S.
kshcfferLa1cgr*mcste.com
Agri
—Waste
Techno�ogy,
�nc.
501
N*
Sc�em
Street,
Su'�te
203
Apex,
NC
27502
91
(919)
233-1970
Fox
LAWS STORE ROAD
SITE
0
0
v
v
W
j
KINS R�A�
NA'
N.T_S_
Sheet Index
Shee
S h e e
S h e e
System Overview: Single family Residence S h e e
dour (4) Bedroom, 480 gpd
Design Standard Non—Dischcrge
Surface Spray
AdvanTex Pretreatment
with Single Bulb UV Disinfection
t
Sheet
S h e e t
10
0
2�
0
2� 0
4�
0
D0
0
D*
0
Sheet
7:
Sheet
Sheet
9:
Cover Sheet
Property layout
Trectmen
Surface
D etc
D eta i
D eta i
Notes
Site Map
layout
layout
AVVT
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Constantine Residence
Owner Information:
Alexander Constantine
& Varissa Carmi
519 High Ridge Dr
Durham, NC 27707
[e-mail]
Property Information:
Walnut Church Road
Hurdle Vills, NC 27541
Orange County
PIN# 9879-35-4085
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
This document was originally
signed and sealed by
Kevin D. Davidson, NC P.E.
#024582 on May 11,2018.
This medium shall not be
considered a signed and
sealed document.
FINAL DESIGN
RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Surface Drip
Cover Sheet
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
Jake LeMs 4/9/2018
RELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
SHEET NAME:
ww- 1

Notes;
House
final
and
house
AMANDA DODSON
PIN 9879-25-4835
DB 5226/25
MA
i�:
we
and
o c a t
well
ons not
locations
exact
to
maintain required setbacks
EDWARD WHEELEY
PIN 9879-35-5699
DB 960/114
\ \ \ \ ANDALEX NDER CONSTANTINE \
SA
PIN 9879IS35 4085I \
I I DB 6426/355 \
150' Property
I Line Setback \
1 / \
...............
I/ 1 /
/ \ \ / 0
/ .....PON.D.......
/ \ �//
o.................
/ I .
I � �
0 yyWW.yW�
\ All Sprayheads to W y W
O I \ Have 42' Radius I W . y W W .
O \ `,.W,.i, yWW
CN
Install Fence I y W y W W W W y W W I I I \
1"O'Buildi no Around Sprayrield
e�tback00
C)
Highest Spray Head I W. y WyWWWy I I `( 1
EL = 665' y ys \ �vI^��Jl //
- i.zr scHea avc
Gat I WWyWWWy \�,�\ \ / Cj
l `
....
,�J
v, v, .. I KS4T#1 \
Suitable
m a I Soils Area (�
I I J100' Well e�ce\`U
Setback X 0'S a�- \ C06\'�\� \ \�
\ / / 50' Weill I \
setba0k
150' Property \ \ I \rV
Llne Setback
/ I ` Potential Well I 1 \— I_ O
/ \ \ Location / / 1 \ \ J
1 /
o 2 0 JAMES ANSD g 9 \ \ \ CANDACE IRWIN
PIN 9879-53-1
I
THOMAS AND JAMES
BLALOCK
PIN 9879-24-3495
DB 1864/40 821
.-�
JERRY HAWKINS
PIN 9879-45-6093
DB 1766/176
Alkir
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Constantine Residence
Owner Information:
Alexander Constantine
& Varissa Carmi
519 High Ridge Dr
Durham, HC 27707
[e-mail]
Property Information:
Walnut Church Road
Hurdle Vills, HC 27541
Orange County
PIN# 9879-35-4085
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
This document was originally
signed and sealed by
Kevin D. Davidson, NC P.E.
#024582 on May 11,2018.
This medium shall not be
considered a signed and
sealed document.
FINAL DESIGN
RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Property layout
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
Jake Lewis 4/9/2018
RELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
SHEET NAME:
24"x36" Sheet
\VW-2

TREATMENT DETAIL
AVVr
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Constantine Residence
Owner Information:
Alexander Constantine
& Varissa Carmi
519 High Ridge Dr
Durham, HC 27707
[e-mail]
Property Information:
Walnut Church Road
Hurdle Vills, HC 27541
Orange County
PIN# 9879-35-4085
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
This document was originally
signed and sealed by
Kevin D. Davidson, NC P.E.
#024582 on May 11,2018.
This medium shall not be
considered a signed and
sealed document.
FINAL DESIGN
RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Treatment
System layout
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
Jake Lewis 4/9/2018
RELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
SHEET NAVE:
24"x36" Sheet
ww-3

General Dotes:
1. Clear all trees less than 8' in diameter (measured at
a height 3' from soil surface) from the sprayfield.
Clear trees that may obstruct each nozzle spray I
radius. —.
2. Vegetation that will re —grow from a cut stump shall I
\ I
be stumped or pulled from the ground. Stumps shall
not be pushed over. Remaining stumps may be ground I
in place with "forestry cutter" or equivalent. All Sprayheads to
3. Sprayfleld area shall be raped of all leaves, pine I
straw, debris, etc. The accumulated material shall be Have 42' Radius I
removed from the sprayfield.
4. Supply lines shall be installed with a minimum of 1 8"
cover. Supply line to be installed with a minimum of
36 cover or encased in a ductile iron sleeve where I
crossing road/driveway.
5. Seed and straw sprayfield as per project specifications. j \
I \
Wetted Area Install Fence
—Wetted Area Per Spray Head — 5,542 sgft.
—Total Wetted Area (w/ overlap) — 15,728 soft. g Around Sprayfield
100' Buildin
I >
Setback — — — — , I °-
Fill pecifications: \ C) l
The final fill material will accept wastewater application not to \U
exceed 0.30 inches per hour. The engineered design for this
system is 0.1 inches per hour. Hill material will be placed and
graded to match the natural 2-5% slope. Hill material shall \ j
meet the following guidelines:
1. Coarse fragments as defined by USDA (2 mm to 3.0 \ Q
I \ 1
inches) shall not exceed 1 0% by volume of the volume of _ \ I \
the fill material. \
U 2. Hill material shall not contain more than 5% organic
I
matter (including leaf debris, twigs, sticks, etc.) \ J*
3. Hill material shall not include any construction debris such Nx I
as bricks, concrete, construction wood materials, or any \�
components or fragments of such. I /
4. Hill material shall classify under one of the following USDA
soil texture classes: loamy sand, sandy loam, sandy clay Highest Spray Head
loam, loam, clay loam, or silt loam. Particle size analysis _ \ /
may be confirmed by a third party testing laboratory if EL — 665'I N /
necessary. \ �, �, 1.25" S�,H40 P /
y I � � /
5. Lime shall be added to fill material at .5 tons/acre (380 I /
Ibs) during construction. Pill shall NOT be tilled into the I /
native soil° A 1 0-1 0-1 0 or equivalent fertilizer shall be 1•25" SCH40 PVC
\J/ \J/ \J/ \J/
added to the fill at 180 Ibs/acre (66 Ibs). I \J/ \J/ \J/ \J/ \ /
6. Pill material shall be applied at a depth of 4 inches /
across the site. The shallowest depth to seasonal high — — I /
water table noted at the site is 12 inches. With 4 inches
of fill, the depth to SHWT will approach 16 inches. Hill is
to be applied at the 4-Inch depth over the footprint of Gate /
the drip irrigation field (tillage is not recommended).
Remove all trees less than 8' in diameter (measured at a 1
height 3' from soil surface) from the drainfield prior to
I
fill installation. The fill shall be graded to a final grade to
match the natural 2-5% slopes. LL_
I �
I I I I
I 0 I I
0 1
1 .� I Suitable i
— cU
c) =1-0 Soils Area
W� _
O W I
O �
a- I
�
1Well_
et ac _ -
_ 4
tt
0 12' 24'
Fnol 2"�V Am_�_ "LL*)) 9�,/,�A =W�IILLI
SeVD
Alkir
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Constantine Residence
Owner Information:
Alexander Constantine
& Marissa Carmi
519 High Ridge Dr
Durham, HC 27707
[e-mail]
Property Information:
Walnut Church Road
Hurdle Mills, HC 27541
Orange County
PIH# 9879-35-4085
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
This document was originally
signed and sealed by
Kevin D. Davidson, NC P.E.
#024582 on May 11,2018.
This medium shall not be
considered a signed and
sealed document.
FINAL DESIGN
RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Surface Dr'Pfi6d
layout
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
Jake Lewis 4/9/2018
RELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
SHEET NAME:
24"x36" Sheet

xxNOTE-USE 24'
CAST -IN -PLACE
❑RENC❑ RISER
ADAPTER
Orenco 24' 6' Orenco 24'
Riser Base Riser Base
W/ Lid W/ Lid
13
4 4" INLET &
OUTLET BOOTS
TOP VIE4
xxTOP VIEW MEASUREMENTS
/ ARE TO WIDEST DIMENSIONS
4" SIDE INLET
WITH BOOT
Cast in Place Orenco Riser Adapters
q^ 3'
5
TO BOTT
IN
_ET
SHOAF PRECAST SEPTIC INC.
TS 1500 ST
MODEL:
NON TRAFFIC
1500 Gallon Septic Tank
4130 WEST US HWY 64
LEXINGTON, NC 27295
PHONE [phone]
FAX [phone]
WWW.SHOAFPRECAST.COM
SHOAF-1,500 SEPTIC TANK
STB-390 NON TRAFFIC
LIQUID CAPACITY-1,517 GALLONS/AIRSPACE- 10'
TANK HEIGHT-70"
BOTTOM OF TANK TO CENTER OF INLET-61"
BOTTOM OF TANK TO CENTER OF OUTLET-59"
LENGTH TO WIDTH RATIO-2 TO 1
SIZE OF INLET & OUTLET-4' PIPE
TYPE OF INLET & OUTLET-POLYLOCK OR EQUAL (MEETS ASTM C-923)
CONCRETE PSI-4000; TANK WEIGHT- 13,000 LBS.
REINFORCEMENT PER STATE CODE
--NOTE-TEE NOT
SUPPLIED
TOM OF
TLET
JI;HLL - IV.I,J,
--NOTE I' BUTYL RUBBER
MASTIC SEALANT
CONTINUOUS IN JOINT
7' 6 "
0"
O
2" VENT
SLOT
3'
�O 0 0 0
4, FLOW
THROUGH
END VIEW
56"
STATE
APPROVAL #
SHOAF-1500
/ STB-390
1. Septic tank to be approved by NCDHHS.
2. Leakage testing of tank is required. Allowable leakage must not exceed 1 % of tank
capacity per 24 hour period.
3. Documentation of tank testing shall be provided to certifying Engineer.
4. Tank risers to extend minimum of 6" above finished grade.
5. Final grading shall slope soil away from tank openings.
SEPTIC TANK DETAIL (or equivale
N.T.S. SOURCE: Shoaf Precast Septic, Inc.
3.5"x6.5' CCA
Treated Post
lop= 4„
3rd. 28'
4th: 40'
Ground surface
N.T.S.
' Cmax)
eat
5 Gauge
minized Steel
ce Wire
II
II
�35'x6,5' CCA
J Treated Post
(2) FENCE DETAIL (or equivalent)
WW-5 N,T,S, SOURCE: AWT, Inc.
I I I I
24"
III
� J NOTE: Four strands are recommended for the
perimeter fence. At a minimum, 2 strands must be
Installed. Fence Wire shall not be stapled to trees
N.T.S.
xwNOTE-USE 24'
CAST -IN -PLACE
ORENCO RISER
ADAPTER
7a 72°
150'
74' TO BOTTOM OF 4' INLET J
MODEL; MS NON -TRAFFIC 3500 PT
NON TRAFFIC MID SEAM PUMP TANK
SHOAF PRECAST SEPTIC INC.
4130 WEST US HWY 64
LEXINGTON, NC 27295
PHONE [phone]
FAX [phone]
[e-mail]
WWW,shoafprecast,com
- NC APPROVAL # ; PT-2105
LIQUID CAPACITY - 3,516 GALLONS
GALLONS PER INCH - 43.95
PIPE PENETRATIONS - (MEETS ASTM C-92
CONCRETE - 5000 PSI MIN.
TANK WEIGHT - 18,640 #
- TOP - 9,320 #
- BOTTOM - 9,320 #
- REINFORCEMENT PER ENGINEER SPECS
4" BUYTL SEALANT CONTINUOUS IN JOINTS
- 72'
78"
4
4
1. Pump tank to be approved by NCDHHS or Engineer.
2. Leakage testing of tank is required. Allowable leakage must not exceed 1 % of tank
capacity per 24 hour period.
3. Documentation of tank testing shall be provided to certifying Engineer.
4. Tank risers to extend minimum of 6" above finished grade.
5. Final grading shall slope soil away from tank openings.
N.T.S.
PUMP TANK DETAIL (or equivalent pump tank with 5-day sto
N.T.S. SOURCE: Shoaf Precast Septic, Inc.
:h
/or
e/toenail
HORIZONTAL LINE/END DETAIL
3.5"x6.5' CCA
fTreated Post
HORIZONTAL CORNER BRACE DETAIL
Corner angle 90' or less
�J
Filler Tank Dry Weight.- 8601hs
Pent
E* Final Discharge
Splice Box
Recirc Pznnp
Paull
Splice Box
102"
AX20 800 gal. Recirc. Tank - Top View
Recirculation Timer Settings
# of Cycles/day 96 cyclesiday
Cycle Volume 17.4 gallons
Cycle Run time 1.04 min
Cycle Off Time 13.96 min
Discharge
® LiguidLevel
1nvel2
3J "from Bottom
Cei onlroPa ofTank�
ControllPanel
Control Panel Detail Discharge Detail
Vol To Scale Not,& Scale
Float
Y
f1i h 1
G
Overrr
W
LL41R
4
AX20 800 gal. Recirc. Tank - Side View
Pump _ "Ste_
Discharge Chamber - End View
AX20-RT AdvanTex Treatment System - FOR ILLUSTRATION ONLY
N.T.S. SOURCE: Orenco Systems, Inc.
I I
I
I I
I
I I
I
I
I I
I
I I I
I
I_ ...__I�II___I�I'___I�II__
j
I
I I :Ilr I I
I I
I I
I I
I I :IIIJ I I
I
Fiberglass
Reinforced
Beam —
I L 1 1 1 1 1 1.
AX-RT AdvanTex Anti -Buoyancy Beams
N.T.S. SOURCE: Orenco Systems, Inc.
Discharge
(see dell,
� "Exterior Invert
is AclualInvert
cutlet, :vee letall
N.T.S.
A%vr
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Constantine Residence
Owner Information:
Alexander Constantine
& Marissa Carmi
519 High Ridge Dr
Durham, NC 27707
[e-mail]
Property Information:
Walnut Church Road
Hurdle Mills, NC 27541
Orange County
PINS 9879-35-4085
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
This document was originally
signed and sealed by
Kevin D. Davidson, NC P.E.
#024582 on May 11,2018.
This medium shall not be
considered a signed and
sealed document.
FINAL DESIGN
RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Surface Drip
Detail Sheet #1
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
Jake Lewis 4/9/2018
RELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
SHEET NAME:
ww-5

Note:
-Sampling spigot to be installed with pump
tank's discharge pump line.
-Install Headworks unit over pump tank.
Safety Net With
Quick Disconnect
6" above ground
surface
Undisturbed / ERL
Earth III
4" Sch 40 PVC
Compacted
Backfill
N.T.S.
SYSTEM PROFILE VIEW
WyV-6 NTS SOURCE: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
Ball Valve (2)
Safety Net With 4
Quick Disconnects
Cast In Place
Riser Adapters
A
Clean, Tamped Backfill
Baffle
Holes
'111:
00•i Baffled Septic Tank
.. .-. . •
AdvanTex RT Unit
(AX20-RT UV)
-One Piece
Riser
Clean, Tamped
Backfill
1-
//\�/ //
,,
4" Sch 40 PVC
°0°0°0°
0°°°°°°
0000000
00
o°o°o°°
000000
000000
0 0 0
o°o°o°
00000.
000
00'
0 0
Undisturbed
00000
Earth to
00000
Support Pipe
00000
00000
°°°°°
#78 Gravel
o 0 0 _
6" (min) Gravel Bed
#57 Gravel
Undisturbed Earth
Vent
6" above ground
Conduit surface
Splice Box 18" burial
ISlope soil away
1�
hlll���
Clean,Tamped
I
:.ckfIll
Return
Line
III
Union yvith
IIIFlow
a
IIRecirculation I Transfer Line Compacted Backfill
Recirculation Recirculation
Return Valve Pump Vault
nstaH Safety Net
n Each Access Rae n Elevation Determination Sheet (All Elevations in Feet)
Septic Tank
Install Safety Net Below 2nd Riser Rib Drainline Invert EL at house (assumed) 667.75 ft
Colo Pipe Length to Septic Tank 20.00 ft
Slope of Pipe to Septic Tank 3.54%
Rubber Washer, Ground Surface at Septic Tank 669.25 ft
Flat Washer, & =0 I Cover over Septic Tank 15.00 In
Cap Nut or Lock Safety 1.25 ft
Nut � Net
®I Elevation at top of Septic Tank (Exterior) 650.00 ft
Distance to Inlet invert from top 0.96 ft
Threaded Eye I Elevation at Inlet Invert 667.04 ft
RiserWall Distance to Outlet invert from Top 1.13 ft
Rise Elevation at Outlet Invert 666.03 ft
Wall
Eternal Height of Septic Tank 5.13 ft
External Bottom of Tank Elevation 662.00 ft
Safety Netting Gravel Bed Thickness 6.00 in
i Bottom of Excavation Elevation 552.38 ft
I
Eye Bolt
Riser Heights � a RRr+ox}
Colo S e pti c Ta n k 1.7 5 ft
21.00 in
Ring Clamp Pump Tank 3.50 ft
- A (4 Above Filter) � 41.97 In
N.T.S.
Adva nTex FAT Pod
4"x6" Support Post
Bury 36" min in
natural soil.
Control Panel
24" above ground
(min.)
i l I
II 'Rain Sensor
I'
I
III
II Splice Box
Safety Net With I Or LB
Quick Disconnect II
III
III
II
I
\/ X///\// ////X
Clean, Tamped lily
Cast In Place
Riser Adapter
UV Unit
3,500-gal, Pump Tank
Backfill 11.11 Conduit
Cast In Place
Riser Adapter
PE/HWA 72"-----
TE 27"-----
LWA/RO 21"----
*All Float Distances Reference
from Interior of Tank Floor
TTT
Jadistliried
Pipe Length from SToutlet
7.00
ft
Pipe Slope from BT to Pod
2.25%
Ground Surface at Pod
660.70
ft
Exposed Height of Pod
2.00
in
0.17
ft
Elevation at top of Pod
660.37
tt
Extension Collar Height
0
in
0.000
ft
Distance to Inlet invert from top
2.15
ft
Elevation at Inlet invert
666.72
ft
Distance to Outlet Invert from top
3.27
ft
Elevation at Outlet Invert
665.59
tt
Height of Pod
72.00
in
(with Extension)
6.00
ft
Exterior Elevation at Pod Bottom
662.07
tt
Pad Bottom Thickness
0.21
in
Interior Elevation of Pod Floor
662.00
ft
Gravel Bed Thickness
6
in
B otto m of Excavati o In E I evati o n
552.37
ft
Adva nTex RT Pod Float Settings
Height from
Elev. ii
Tank Floor (in)
Low Waterldundant Off
665.22
20
Pump Override
666.30
41
High Water ,alarm
666.43
42.5
Safety Net With
Quick Disconnect
Splice Box
Or LB
Clean, Tamped
Backfill
e
Discharge
Assembly
Pump Tank
above ground
surface
Riser or Box
Enclosure
Headworks Unit
(Spin Filter,
Flory Meter,r\\
Return Valve)
18"
Min. 18" Min.
To Drain
y Field
Pump Run Time = 28.6 min/day/zone
0.48 hours/day/zone
Desired # Doses/Day = 2
Pump Run Time/Dose = 14.3 min/dose
0.24 hrldose
Dosage Volume (max) = 240 gallons
Pipe Slope to Pump Tank
1.00%
Pipe Length
17.00
tt
Elevation at Inlet Invert
665.42
ft
Distance to Inlet Invert From Exterior Top
3.00
in
(inlet located in riser)
0.25
tt
Elevation at top of Pump Tank
655.17
ft
Ground Surface at Pump Tank
660.17
ft
Cover over Pump Tank
35.97
in
3.00
ft
External Tank Height
7.33
ft
Exterior Bottom of Tank EL
657.04
ft
Tank Bottom Thickness
4
In
Elevation at Tank Floor
650.17
ft
Elevation at pump (-6" off flood
650.67
ft
Gravel Bed Thickness
6
in
Bottom of Excavation Elevation
657.34
ft
Pump Tank Float Settings
Height from
EIev. (ft., Tank. Floor fins
La1n WaterlRedundant Off 659.92 21
Timer Enable 660.42 27
Peak EnablelHigh'•Nrater Alarn 664.17 72
Alkir
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Constantine Residence
Owner Information:
Alexander Constantine
& Yarissa Carmi
519 High Ridge Dr
Durham, HC 27707
[e-mail]
Property Information:
Walnut Church Road
Hurdle Mills, HC 27541
Orange County
PIN# 9879-35-4085
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
This document was originally
signed and sealed by
Kevin D. Davidson, NC P.E.
#024582 on May 11,2018.
This medium shall not be
considered a signed and
sealed document.
FINAL DESIGN
RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Surface Drip
Detail Sheet #2
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
Jake Lewis 4/9/2018
RELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
SHEET NAME:
SAFETY NET
yy -6 SOURCE: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
SYSTEM ELEVATIONS
WyV-6 SOURCE: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.

90` Elbow
Reducing
Tee
Pump Tank
Outlet Riser
1.25" Pump
Discharge Line
Safety Net
Pressure —Rated
Flexible Pipe
FCamlock Fitting
W/ Coupling
1" Spigot
Ground Surface
Elbow
18" (min,)
Ball Volve
mmet
Elbow
To
-0-- Headworks
Unit
Note: All components to be 1.25 SCH40
PVC except where noted.
PUMP TANK DISCHARGE ASSEMBLY
N.T.S. SOURCE: AWT, Inc.
Cor
Pa(
N.T.S.
N.T.S.
nstcH if Spigot is not ocated on house
within 50' of treatment system
y FRESHWATER SPIGOT DETAIL
WW-7 N.T.S. SOURCE: AWT, Inc.
F
To Spray r
P
From
orsar
TOP LA YER
To Septic Tank
BOTTOM LAYER
Note: Supply and Return line penetrations to be at least 18" below top of box
y HEADWORKS BOX - TOP VIEW
N.T.S. (or equivalent)
RAIN SENSOR
SINGLE
CONDUIT
(no splices)
CONDUIT
SUPPORT
RISER OR
CORRUGATED
PIPE
COVER CONDUIT
MINIMUM 18"
TO PUMP TANK
TO POWER SOURCE
INSTALL
MULTIPLE
CONDUITS AS
NEEDED
N.T.S.
CONTROL PANEL DETAIL
N.T.S. SOURCE: AWT, Inc.
_000
000
O0
O 00
00
O00
_0-0
4X6 TREATED POST
MOUNT PANEL
CONTROL DIRECTLY TO POSTS
PANEL OR TO ALUMINUM PLATE
0000 (GRIND OFF PROTRUDING
0 I SCREWS)
2X4 TREATED - SECURE
WITH 4 - 3" DECK SCREWS
PER POST
I
2'(min.)
0
11111
00]
loot
00
00
00
00
00
00 _ y� GRAVEL
00 /
00
00
O0
00
00
0°
_o
00
_o_
00 y\\/
o_o_ , ,
TO HEADWORKS
ALL CONDUIT
TO BE 3/4 " (min)
� 3' BURIAL DEPTH
MINIMUM
N.T.S.
Rainbird 3/4"—
Impact Sprinkler
1 "Brass Shut —Off
Valve
1 " Galvanized
Steel Pipe
18" of Cover
Backfill
xx
Sprayfleld
Supply Llne
Undisturbed
Earth
N.T.S.
ySUPPLY LINE INSTALLATION DETAIL
t-7 N.T.S. SOURCE: AWT, Inc.
.II.
4%4" Treated Pos IIII
36" burial (min)
II,
IIII
IIII
Supports
Concrete
Collar
d
IIII
IIII
°
°
a
°IIII
°°d
ills
a
IIII
IIII
IIII
IIII
IIII
IIII
I
(Symbo� on
Drawing)
O
N.T.S.
IIJ
Sprinkler Characteristics
Part #30H SBN-3V (LAN-1)
Sprinkler Size = 3/4"
Nozzle Size = 9/64"
Sprinkler Radius = 42' (approx.)
— Operating Pressure = 25 psi
— Operating Flowrate = 4.20 gpm
Drain Valve (DV) Characteristics
Part #16A—FDV-075
— Connection: 4" male threaded
Check Valve (CV) Characteristics
— Part # CV—S-10
4'-0" — Spring style check valve
Connection: I" slip
Minimum opening pressure 5 psi,
d n
CV MIN. COVER
O
DV
2" MIN, 6"length,
1 "SCH40 PVC
1 cu.ft. gravel
With filter fabric
Galvanized
Elbow, fipt
SPRAY HEAD INSTALLATION DETAIL
N.T.S. SOURCE: AWT, Inc.
Supply
Line
Avvr
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Constantine Residence
Owner Information:
Alexander Constantine
& Marissa Carmi
519 High Ridge Dr
Durham, HC 27707
[e-mail]
Property Information:
Walnut Church Road
Hurdle Mills, HC 27541
Orange County
PIN# 9879-35-4085
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
This document was originally
signed and sealed by
Kevin D. Davidson, NC P.E.
#024582 on May 11,2018.
This medium shall not be
considered a signed and
sealed document.
FINAL DESIGN
RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Surface Drip
Detail Sheet #3
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
Jake Lewis 4/9/2018
RELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
SHEET NAME:
'W�7

�inT�c
1. Boundary and Topographical information taken from property description on deed and
GIS Mapping.
2. All tanks to have cast in place riser adapters. Septic Tank to have approved Orenco
Effluent Filter model FTP-0854-36 NC,
3. Treatment system to be 400' from any off -site residence, 1 00' from any well, 200'
from residence or building foundation (to be waived to 100'), 100' from any surface
water, and 150' from any Property Line. Verification of these setbacks to be performed by
contractor
4. Contractor shall backfill around all access areas such that storm water is shed away
from potential entry points.
5. Invert elevations of all components to be verified in field by contractor to insure
proper operation.
5. All system piping to be SCH40 PVC.
6. All gravity elbows to be long radius or long sweeping type elbows.
7. Actual installation and placement of treatment system to be overseen by Contractor.
8. Contractor to document system installation with photographs.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
1. A contractor or other qualified professional should be contacted if you are uncomfortable or unfamiliar with operating
this system or if system troubleshooting is necessary.
2. The Septic Tank Effluent Filter shall be cleaned at least every 6 months or per manufacturer's recommendations.
Check Septic Tank solids level annually. In general, it is recommended that solids be pumped from the Septic Tank every
3-5 years.
3. A clean -out is located on the system just before the Septic Tank. If liquid backs up into the house or the Septic
Tank, the drainline may be clogged or the Septic Tank may have too many solids in it to allow adequate flow through.
qualified contractor should be contacted to unclog any blockages via these clean -outs. A pumping contractor should be
used to empty solids from the Septic Tank.
4. Effluent from the AdvanTex treatment system shall be sampled per the requirements of the system permit. If no
parameters are listed, AWT recommends sampling for the following parameters; Total Suspended Solids (TSS), Biological
Oxygen Demand (BOD5), Total Nitrogen (TN), Ammonia -Nitrogen (NH3-N), and Fecal Coliform,
5. Maintenance of the AdvanTex treatment system should be conducted by a certified operator under contract with the
homeowner.
6. The UV component shall be checked weekly to ensure the alarm bulb (on control panel) is not illuminated. The UV
bulb should be cleaned on a 6 month interval. It is recommended that the homeowner (or contracted operator) maintain
a back-up UV bulb and quartz sleeve when it is time to replace the bulb. This service should be completed by the
engaged certified operator.
7. The storage and pumping component shall be checked weekly to ensure the alarm bulb (on control panel) is not
s Engineer inspection(s), installer certification and engineer certification of installed illuminated. If the control panel indicates the system is in alarm mode, the following steps should be taken:
system is required.
10. Contractor to seed and/or mulch disturbed areas to coincide with existing landscape.
Area shall not be left with uncovered soil.
11. Upon system completion, Contractor to supply Engineer with documentation of
installation and a signed letter indicating system was installed per approved design or
noting any deviation from approved design.
12. Contractor to install phone line to VCOV control panel.
13. AdvanTex
Pod
to
be
placed on
gravel
bed.
Pour
concrete
ring around
flange of
treatment unit.
In
lieu
of
concrete
collar,
Orenco
anti-bouyancy
devices can
be used.
14. Leak test required on all tanks.
15. Mount Control Panel 24" (min) above grade.
16.
All
system
wiring
to be installed
in electrical conduit buried to a minimum depth
of
18,'.
All wire
to be
OF or THWN
rated.
17. Electrical service from residence to be installed by licensed electrician under the
residence building permit.
18. Separate circuits for each pump and alarm/control panel are required.
• Stop use of all water in the residence (to stop flow into the pump tank),
• Verify that the system has electrical power.
• Contact a qualified contractor to inspect the system (if needed).
AVVT
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Constantine Residence
Owner Information:
A Alexander Constantine
& Marissa Carmi
519 High Ridge Dr
Durham, NC 27707
[e-mail]
Property Information:
Walnut Church Road
Hurdle Mills, NC 27541
Orange County
PIN# 9879-35-4085
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
If it has rained recently the pump may
not be operating
because the rain sensor is temporarily blocking the system from
operating. If this is the case then the
pump will resume
operation once
it is dry enough. If the pump tank is in danger
This document was originally
of overflowingand continued rainfall is
expected, contact
p
a septic tank
p
um contractor to remove a portion of the liquid
pump p q
signed and sealed by
Kevin D. Davidson, INC P.E.
in the pump tank. The pump tank has
been designed to
accommodate
approximately 5 days of effluent storage under
#024582 on May 11,2018.
normal usage. As a result, prolonged periods
of rain may
cause a back-up
of effluent in the system since the rain
This medium shall not be
sensor prevents application of effluent
onto the drip field.
considered a signed and
sealed document.
8. It
is important to
inspect
the pump
tank
and its components on an annual basis to ensure no solids are building up
on the
tank bottom, to
ensure
that the
pump
control switches are placed properly, and to verify proper pumping of the
effluent.
These activities
will be
handled
by the
engaged service provider.
9. The location of the supply line should be walked weekly to ensure that a line breakage has not occurred. The area in
which the line is buried should be monitored for any wet spots or locations of excessive vegetation growth as these
occurrences may be an indication of a line breakage. No permanent structure shall be erected over the locations of the
Supply line. No heavy vehicles or equipment should be driven over the Supply line.
10. The sprayfield should be inspected weekly to verify proper operation and to ensure spray heads have not become
damaged. Clogged or worn nozzles or piping should be replaced or, in the event of minimal obstruction, cleaned. No
heavy vehicles or equipment should be driven over the irrigation area.
11. The application area should be allowed to remain in a natural state; The turf should be cut occasionally to keep the
19. Risers to have safety nets or inner lids, turf at a manageable height. Wheeled or tracked equipment should not be used. A soil sample should be collected from
the spray field area to determine appropriate rates of lime and fertilizer application.
20. Sampling spigot to be installed on Pump Tank discharge line.
21. Recirculation Timer Settings:
TIME ON/OFF: 1.04 / 13.96 minutes
12 gpm to Pod / 4.75 gpm to Septic Tank
12. System fencing shall be maintained to prevent human contact with the treated effluent and to ensure the vegetation
remains healthy.
FINAL DESIGN
RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Surface
Notes
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
Jake Lewis 4/9/2018
RELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
SHEET NAME:
WW�8

Soils Legend
HeB — Helena sandy loam, 2-8% slopes
HhA — Helena —Sedgefield complex, 0-2% slopes
I
AMANDA DODSON \
PIN 9879-25-4835
DB 5226/25 \ /
F — — — —
/ I
I /
HhA
0 �I
o / I
Ln
0_�
Compliance
Boundary At
Property Line
0
\ �0_
\aly
I
�( _150' Property
Line Setback
/ r
Review
Boundary
Notes:
—Onsite Residence setback reduced to 100'.
EDWARD WHEELEY
PIN 9879-35-5699
DB 960/114
ALEXANDER CONSTANTINE
\ AND MARISSA CARMI
PIN 9879-35-4085
\ DB 6426/355
_ \ 7
r^ �
Waste
I Boundary ... 2�
All Sprayheads to
O I Have 42' Radius -
.... I
CN
I Install Fence
j4euoam9 Around Sprayfield
0 `
HeB �
I
o
v
/1
\00o
2 ...
Highest Spray Head I I
2 O / EL = 665' . . . /
68 I / \
Gat
KSAT#�
�..... \ \
I.:.�.�:.: _ Suitable m foils Area I -
100' Well Setback Setb
1\ O
\ / 50' Well \ \ Vp'
L / � Setback y \ I \
ert
Line Setback
Potential Well / I N
\ \ Location 00
-- ro
86020)E
00
/ THOMAS AND JAMES \
BLALOCK /
\ I PIN 9879-24-3495 I
I / I
I / I
\ I EXISTING
❑ES /\ RESIDENCE
500' Boundary
I �
24"x36" Sheet
JAMES AND
CANDACE IRWIN
PIN 9879-53-1821
DB 1864/40
THOMAS AND JAMES
BLALOCK
PIN 9879-24-3495
JERRY HAWKINS
PIN 9879-45-6093
DB 1766/176
RAJ
9
AVVT
Engineers and Soil Scientists
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
501 N. Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
919-859-0669
www.agriwaste.com
Constantine Residence
Owner Information:
Alexander Constantine
& Varissa Carmi
519 High Ridge Dr
Durham, HC 27707
[e-mail]
Property Information:
Walnut Church Road
Hurdle Vills, HC 27541
Orange County
PIN# 9879-35-4085
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER SEAL
This document was originally
signed and sealed by
Kevin D. Davidson, NC P.E.
#024582 on May 11,2018.
This medium shall not be
considered a signed and
sealed document.
FINAL DESIGN
RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV. ISSUED DATE DESCRIPTION
SHEET TITLE
Site Map
DRAWN BY: CREATED ON:
Jake Lewis 4/9/2018
RELEASED BY: RELEASED ON:
SHEET NAME:
SM 1

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
NON -DISCHARGE WASTEWATER SYSTEM WAIVER
(THIS FORMMAYBEPHOTOCOPIEDFOR USE AS AN ORIGINAL)
The Division of Water Resources will not consider this form complete unless all instructions are followed. Failure
to follow instructions or to submit all required items will lead to additional processing and review time.
For more information or for an electronic version of this form, visit our web site at:
http: //portal. ncden r. oLg/web/wglaps/laulaRplications.
INSTRUCTIONS TO THE APPLICANT:
✓ Do not submit this form for review without a corresponding Non -Discharge Permitting Unit application form.
✓ Any changes to this form will result in the application package being returned.
✓ Any other setbacks required by 15A NCAC Subchapter 02T other than those referenced below, cannot be waived
through execution of this form.
✓ A copy of the completed and appropriately executed form must be provided to the property owner.
AGREEMENT TO WAIVE SETBACKS AS REQUIRED BY
15A NCAC 02T .0506(a), .0506(b), .0606(a), .0706(a) and .1006(a)
The undersigned property owner(s) hereby permits:
Applicant's name:
Alexander Constantine
Complete mailing address of applicant: 519 High Ridge Drive
City: Durham State: NC Zip: 27707
Telephone number: ( 703 969-8352
Hereinafter referred to as the Permittee, to (check all that apply):
Facsimile number: (�
❑ Non -Discharge disposal of wastewater effluent within I feet of the property line,
x❑ Non -Discharge disposal of wastewater effluent within 100 feet of the identified residence,
❑ Construct treatment and storage units within feet of the property line,
❑ Construct treatment and storage units within feet of the identified residence.
FORM: NDWSW 10-16 Page 1 of 2

The waived setbacks apply as shown on the attached map and located at the following:
Location address of property: PIN# 9879-35-4085 Walnut Grove Church Road
City: Hurdle Mills
State: NC
Zip: 27541
x❑ I certify that I am a deeded property owner of above -referenced property and am authorized to make decisions
regarding this property on behalf of other deeded property owners. Furthermore, I certify that I have read and
understand this Agreement and do hereby grant permission to the Permittee to dispose of wastewater effluent or
construct wastewater treatment units as specified herein. I further agree that I will record this waiver form with the
appropriate Register of Deeds and provide the Permittee and Division of Water Resources with documentation of
such.
Property owner(s) name(s):
Signature:
Signature:
NORTH CAROLINA,
I,
do hereby certify that
COUNTY
a Notary Public for
acknowledged the due execution of the foregoing instrument.
Witness my hand and official seal this the day of
SEAL
Date:
Date:
County, North Carolina,
personally appeared before me this day and
Signature of Notary Public
My commission expires
FORM: NDWSW 10-16 Page 2 of 2

DWR
State of North Car olina
Department of Envi ron mental Quality
Division of Water Resources
DMsion of Water Resources
15A NCAC 0 2T .0600 — SINGLE -FAMILY RESID ENCE WASTE WATER IRRI GATION SY STEM S
INSTRUC TIONS FOR F ORM: SFRWWIS 06 -16 & SUPPO RTING DOCUM ENTATION
The Division of Water Resources will not accept an application package unless all instructions are followed. Plans,
specifications and support ing documents shall be prepa red in accordance with 15A NCAC 02L .0100, 15A NCAC 02T .0100,
15A NCAC 02T .0600, 15A NCAC 18A .1900, Division Policies and good en2ineerin 2 bract ices. Failure to submit all required
items may result in the appl icatio n being ret urn ed, and will necessitate additio nal pro cessing and rev iew time.
For more information, visit the Water Quality Permitting Section's Non -Discharge Permitting Unit website
General — When submitting a non -discharge application to the Water Quality Permitting Section's Non -Discharge Permitting Unit,
please use the following instructions as a checklist in order to ensure all required items are submitted. Adherence to these instructions
and checking the provided boxes will help produce a quicker review time by assisting the reviewer in locating the required materials
and potentially reducing the amount of requested additional information. Unless otherwise noted, the Applicant shall submit one
original and at least two copies of the application and supporting documentation.
A. Cover Lett er (All Application Packages):
® List all items and attached supporting documentation included in the application package, as well as a brief description of the
requested permitting action.
B. Application Fee (All New and Major Modification Application Packages):
® Submit a check, money order or electronic funds transfer made payable to: North Carolina Department of Environmental
Quality (NCDEQ).
❑ The appropriate fee amount for new and major modification application packages may be found at: Standard Review Project
Fees.
C. Single -Family Residenc e Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16) Application (All Application Packages):
® Submit the completed and appropriately executed Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM:
SFRWWIS 06-16) application. Any unauthorized content changes to FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 shall result in the application
package being returned. If necessary for clarity or due to space restrictions, attachments to the application may be made, as
long as the attachments are numbered to correspond to the section and item to which they refer.
❑ If the Applicant Type in Item L2. is a corporation or company, provide documentation it is registered for business with the
North Carolina SecretM of State.
❑ If the Applicant Type in Item L2. is a partnership, sole proprietorship, trade name, or d/b/a, enclose a copy of the certificate
filed with the Register of Deeds in the county of business.
® The facility name in Item IL2. shall be consistent with the facility name on the plans, specifications, agreements, etc.
® The Professional Engineer's Certification on Page 6 of the Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM:
SFRWWIS 06-16) application shall be signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer.
® The Applicant's Certification on Page 6 of the Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM: SFRWWIS
06-16) application shall be signed in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0106(2). Per 15A NCAC 02T .0106(c), an alternate
person may be designated as the signing official if a delegation letter is provided from a person who meets the criteria in 15A
NCAC 02T .0106(b).
❑ If this project is for a renewal without modification, use the Non -Discharge System Renewal (FORM: NDSR) application.
D. Existing Pe rmit (All Modification Packages):
❑ Submit the most recently issued existing permit.
❑ Provide a list of any items within the permit the Applicant would like the Division to address during the permit modification
(i.e., compliance schedules, permit description, monitoring, permit conditions, etc.).
E. Proper ty Ownership Docu mentat ion (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(e), the Applicant shall demonstrate they are the owner of all property containing the wastewater
treatment, storage and irrigation facilities:
E Legal documentation of ownership (i.e., contract, deed or article of incorporation), or
❑ Written notarized intent to purchase agreement signed by both parties with a plat or survey map, or
❑ Written notarized lease agreement that specifically indicates the intended use of the property and has been signed by both
parties, as well as a plat or survey map. Lease agreements shall adhere to the requirements of 15A NCAC 02L .0107.
® Provide all agreements, easements, setback waivers, etc. that have a direct impact on the wastewater treatment, conveyance,
storage and irrigation facilities.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 1 of 4

F. Soil Eva luatio n (All Application Packages that include new irrigation sites):
®Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(b) and current Division Policy, submit a detailed soil evaluation that has been signed, sealed and
dated by a North Carolina Licensed Soil Scientist and includes at a minimum:
❑ The report shall identify all the sites/fields with project name, location, and include a statement that the sites/fields were
recommended for the proposed land application activity.
❑ Note, if the soil evaluation was performed more than one year prior to the submittal of this application package, a
statement shall be included indicating that the site has not changed since the original investigation.
❑ Field delineated detailed soils map meeting all of the requirements of the Soil Scientist Evaluation Policy.
❑ Soil profile descriptions meeting all of the requirements of the Soil Scientist Evaluation Policy.
❑ Provide all soil boring logs performed at the site.
❑ Standard soil fertility analysis conducted no more than one year prior to permit application for each map unit in the soil
map legend for the following parameters:
❑ Acidity ❑ Exchangeable sodium percentage (by calculation) ❑ Phosphorus
❑ Base saturation (by calculation) ❑ Magnesium ❑ Potassium
❑ Calcium ❑ Manganese ❑ Sodium
❑ Cation exchange capacity ❑ Percent humic matter ❑ Zinc
❑ Copper ❑ pH
Note: The number of samples will vary depending upon the project size and past land use history. Multiple samples for
each map unit are required if the irrigation zones are separated, and cropland, pasture, hay land and wooded areas shall
be sampled separately for the same map unit due to past differences in soil fertility management.
® Saturated hydraulic conductivity (KSAT) data that shall include at a minimum:
❑ A minimum of three KSAT tests shall be conducted in the most restrictive horizon for each soil series in the soil map.
❑ All KSAT tests shall be conducted in areas representative of the site.
❑ All KSAT tests shall be run until steady-state equilibrium has been achieved.
❑ All collected KSAT data shall be submitted, including copies of field worksheets showing all collected readings.
❑ Submit a soil profile description for each KsAT data point that shall extend at least one foot below the tested horizon.
® Soil evaluation recommendations shall include at a minimum:
❑ A brief summary of each map unit and its composition and identification of minor contrasting soils.
❑ Maximum irrigation precipitation rate (in/hr) for each soil/map unit within the proposed irrigation areas.
❑ Identification of areas not suitable for wastewater irrigation.
❑ Recommended geometric mean KSAT rate to be used in determining the SFR Loading Rate Group for each soil/map
unit based upon in -situ measurement of the saturated hydraulic conductivity from the most restrictive horizon.
❑ Recommended annual hydraulic loading rate (in/hr) for each soil/map unit within the proposed irrigation areas based
upon in -situ KSAT measurements form the most restrictive soil horizon. The recommended loading rate must be in
accordance with the Single -Family Residence Wastewater Irrigation System Loading Rate Calculation Policy.
❑ A completed copy of the Single -Family Residence Loading Rate Workbook (i.e., Project Information, Potential
Evapotranspiration, Precipitation, and Irrigation Area Calculations).
G. Engineeri ng Plans (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(c)(1), submit standard size and 11 x 17-inch plan sets that have been signed, sealed and dated by a
North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer.
® At a minimum, the engineering plans shall include the following items:
❑ Table of contents with each sheet numbered, as well as cross-referenced with the appropriate application items.
❑ A general location map with at least two geographic references, vicinity map, topographic map and site map.
❑ A process and instrumentation diagram showing all flow, recycle/return, electrical paths, etc.
❑ Plan and profile views of all treatment and storage units, including their piping, valves, and equipment (i.e., pumps, etc.),
as well as their dimensions and elevations.
❑ Details of all piping, valves, pumps, precipitation/soil moisture sensors, etc.
❑ A hydraulic profile from the treatment plant headworks to the highest irrigation point.
❑ The irrigation area with an overlay of the suitable irrigation areas depicted in the Soil Evaluation.
❑ Each nozzle/emitter and their wetted area influence, and each irrigation zone labeled as it will be operated.
❑ Locations within the irrigation system of air releases, drains, control valves, highest irrigation nozzle/emitter, etc.
® Plans shall represent a completed design and not be labeled with preliminary phrases (e.g., FOR REVIEW ONLY, NOT FOR
CONSTRUCTION, etc.) that indicate they are anything other than final specifications. However, the plans may be labeled
with the phrase: FINAL DESIGN - NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 2 of 4

H. Specifications (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(c)(2), submit specifications that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina licensed
Professional Engineer.
® At a minimum, the specifications shall include the following items:
❑ Table of contents with each section/page numbered, as well as cross-referenced with the appropriate application items.
❑ Detailed specifications for each treatment/storage/irrigation unit, as well as all piping, valves, equipment (i.e., pumps,
etc.), nozzles/emitters, precipitation/soil moisture sensor, audible/visual high water alarms, liner material, etc.
❑ Site Work (i.e., earthwork, clearing, grubbing, excavation, trenching, backfilling, compacting, fencing, seeding, etc.)
❑ Materials (i.e., concrete, masonry, steel, painting, method of construction, etc.)
❑ Electrical (i.e., control panels, etc.)
❑ Means for ensuring quality and integrity of the finished product, including leakage, pressure and liner testing.
® Specifications shall represent a completed design and not be labeled with preliminary phrases (e.g., FOR REVIEW ONLY,
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION, etc.) that indicate they are anything other than final specifications. However, the
specifications may be labeled with the phrase: FINAL DESIGN - NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
I. Engineeri ng Calculatio ns (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(c)(3), submit engineering calculations that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North
Carolina licensed Professional Engineer.
❑ At a minimum, the engineering calculations shall include the following items:
® Hydraulic and pollutant loading calculations for each treatment unit demonstrating how the designed effluent
concentrations in Application Item V.1. were determined (Note: "black boa'' calculations are unacceptable).
® Sizing criteria for each treatment unit and associated equipment (i.e., pumps, etc.).
® Total and effective storage calculations for each storage unit.
® Friction/total dynamic head calculations and system curve analysis for each pump used.
® Manufacturer's information for all treatment units, pumps, irrigation system, etc.
® Flotation calculations for all treatment and storage units constructed partially or entirely below grade.
® Demonstrate the designed maximum precipitation and annual loading rates do not exceed the recommended rates.
❑ Demonstrate the specified auxiliary power source is capable of powering all essential treatment units.
® A properly completed and executed Single -Family Residence Loading Rate Workbook.
Site Map (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(d), submit standard size and 11 x 17-inch site maps that have been signed, sealed and dated by a
North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer and/or Professional Land Survey.
® For clarity, multiple site maps of the facility with cut sheet annotations may be submitted.
® At a minimum, the site map shall include the following:
❑ A scaled map of the site with topographic contour intervals not exceeding two feet and showing all facility -related
structures and fences within the wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation areas.
❑ Soil mapping units shown on all irrigation sites.
❑ The location of all wells (including usage and construction details if available), streams (ephemeral, intermittent, and
perennial), springs, lakes, ponds, and other surface drainage features within 500 feet of all wastewater treatment, storage
and irrigation sites.
❑ Delineation of the compliance and review boundaries per 15A NCAC 02L .0107(i) and .0108.
❑ Setbacks as required by 15A NCAC 02T .0606.
❑ Site property boundaries within 500 feet of all wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation sites.
❑ All habitable residences or places of public assembly within 500 feet of all treatment, storage and irrigation sites.
K. Operation and Maintenance Plan (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(f), submit an operation and maintenance (O&M) plan encompassing all wastewater treatment,
storage and irrigation systems that at a minimum shall address:
❑ How to perform routine inspections.
❑ A maintenance schedule.
❑ A troubleshooting guide.
❑ A layman's explanation of the wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation systems.
❑ A crop maintenance and management plan.
® Note a final O&M Plan may be submitted with the partial and/or final Engineering Certification required under 15A NCAC
02T .0116, however, a preliminary O&M Plan shall be submitted with each application package.
L. Operation and M aintena nce Agreement (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(h), submit a notarized Operation and Maintenance Agreement that has been signed and dated by
all deeded property owners.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 3 of 4

M. County Health Depar tment Denial Lett er (All New Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0604(g), provide a written letter from the local County Health Department denying the site for all
subsurface systems.
N. Floodway Regulation Compliance (All Application Packages where any portion of the wastewater treatment, storage and
irrigation system is located within the 100-year floodplain):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(8), provide written documentation from all local governing entities that the facility is in
compliance with Article 21 Part 6 of Chapter 143 of the General Statutes (i.e., § 143-215.51. through § 143-215.61.).
O. Threatened o r Enda ngered Aqua tic Specie s Documentat ion (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(10), submit documentation from the Department's Natural Heritage Program demonstrating the
presence or absence of threatened or endangered aquatic species within the boundary of the wastewater treatment, storage
and irrigation facilities.
❑ If the facility directly impacts such species, this documentation shall provide information on the need for permit conditions
pursuant to 15A NCAC 02B .0110.
P. Other Environ mental Permits (All Application Packages that include stream or wetland crossings):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(6), submit a copy of either the approved permit/certification or a letter from the appropriate
review agency acknowledging receipt of the application for the following applicable permits/certifications:
❑ Division of Water Resources' Water Quality Permitting Section — Wetlands 401 Certification
❑ US Army Corps of Engineers South Atlantic Division — Nationwide 12 or Section 404 permit
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(6), this application shall be considered incomplete or the resulting permit may be issued
conditionally, if a pending issuance of any of the aforementioned permits/certifications directly impact the facility herein.
THE COM PLETED APPL ICATION A ND SUPPOR TING DOCUM ENTATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO:
NORTH CA ROL INA DEPARTMENT OF ENV IRON MENTAL QUALITY
DIVISION OF WATER RE SOURCES
WATER QUALITY PERMITTING SEC TION
NON-DISCHAR GE PERM ITTING UNIT
By U.S. Postal Service:
1617 MAIL SERVIC E CEN TER
RALEI GH, NORTH CARO LIMA 276 99-1617
TELEPHON E NUMBER: [phone]
By Courier /Special Deliv ery
512 N. SALISBURY S T.
RALEI GH, NORTH CA RO LINA 276 04
FAX NUMBER: [phone]
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 4 of 4

DWR
State of North Car olina
Department of Envi ron mental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Division of Water Resources
15A NCAC 0 2T .0600 — SINGLE -FAMILY RESID ENCE WASTE WATER IRRI GATION SY STEM S
FORM: SFRWWIS 06 -16
L APPLICA NT INFORMATION:
1. Applicant's name as appears on deed, contract or lease agreement: Alexander Constantine & Marissa Carmi
2. Applicant type: ® Individual ❑ Corporation ❑ General Partnership
3. Signature authority's name: Alexander Constantine per 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b) Title: Property Owner
4. Applicant's mailing address: 519 High Ridge Drive
City: Durham State: NC Zip: 27707-
5. Applicant's contact information:
Telephone number: [phone] Fax number:
IL FACIL,IT Y INFORM ATION :
Email Address: a bconsl0Agmail.com
1. Facility name: Constantine Residence
2. Facility status: ❑ Existing or ® Proposed
3. Facility's physical address: Pin: 9879354085, Walnut Grove Church Road
City: Hurdle Mills State: NC Zip: 27541- County: Orange
4. Wastewater Treatment Facility Coordinates: Latitude: 36' 12' 31" Longitude: -79° 05' 28"
Provide the following latitude and longitude coordinate determination information:
Datum: NAD83 Level of accuracy: Nearest second Method of measurement:
Aerial photo_ aphy with ground control
5. USGS Map Name: Caldwell
III. CONSUL TANT INFO RM ATION :
1. Engineer's name: Kevin D. Davidson License Number: 024582 Firm: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
Engineer's mailing address: 501 N. Salem Street, Ste 203
City: Apex State: NC Zip: 27502-2315
Telephone number: [phone] Fax number: [phone]
2. Soil Scientist's name: Karl Shaffer License Number: 1009
Soil Scientist's mailing address: 501 N. Salem Street, Ste 203
City: Apex State: NC Zip: 27502-2315
Telephone number: [phone] Fax number: (_) _-.
IV. GENERAL R EQUIREM ENTS — 15A NCAC 02T .0100
Email Address: kdavidson(a_agriwaste.com
Firm: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc.
Email Address: kshafferkagriwaste.com
1. Application type: ® New ❑ Major Modification ❑ Minor Modification
If a modification, provide the existing permit number: WQ00 and most recent issuance date:
2. Application fee: $60.00
3. Describe the origin of the wastewater and provide a brief project description: Residential single-family dwelling with
AdvanTex pretreatment and surface spray disposal.
4. Wastewater flow: 480 GPD
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 1 of 6

IV. GENERAL REQUIREM ENTS — 15A NCAC 02T .0100 (CONTIN UED):
5. Using 15A NCAC 02T .0114, explain how the total wastewater flow was determined:
Establish ment Type
Flow Basis
Flow
Per Unit
Number
of Units
Flow
4 Bedroom SFR
gal/day
120
4
480 GPD
gal/
GPD
Total
480 GPD
6. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(6), if the project includes any stream or wetland crossings, what is the status of the following
applicable permits/certifications?
Per mit/Certif icatio n
Drovate
Per mit/Certif icatio n No.
Agency Reviewer
Submitted
A ed
Nationwide 12 or 404
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
Wetlands 401
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
7. What is the nearest 100-year flood plain elevation to the facility? 626 feet mean sea level. Source: FEMA Flood MU
Number 3710986800K
Are any treatment, storage or irrigation systems located within the 100-year flood plain? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, has documentation of compliance with Article 21 Part 6 of Chapter 143 of the G.S. been provided? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
V. DESIGN CRITERIA AND SETBACKS —.15A NCAC 02T .0605 & .0606:
1. Provide the estimated influent and designed effluent concentrations from the engineering calculations to verify conformance
with 15A NCAC 02T .060502) for the following parameters:
Para meter
Estimated I nfluent
Concentr ation
Designed Effluent
Concentr atio n
(monthly average)
Minimum Require d
Degree of Treat ment
Prior to Storage
Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD5)
350 mg/1
<10 mg/1
< 30 mg/1
Total Suspended Solids (TSS)
200 mg/1
<10 mg/1
< 30 mg/1
Ammonia Nitrogen (NH3-N)
100 mg/1
<10 mg/1
< 15 mg/1
Fecal Coliforms
<100 per 100 nil
< 200 colonies/100 nil
2. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0605(c), is the effluent placed directly in contact with GA classified groundwater? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, have predictive calculations demonstrating such placement will not contravene GA groundwater standards been
provided? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
3. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0605(d), are any of the treatment or storage units excavated into bedrock? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, has a 10 millimeter synthetic liner been provided? ❑ Yes (Plan Sheet: & Specification Page: ) or ❑ No
4. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(e), are any earthen treatment and storage facilities provided? ❑ Yes or ® No
5. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(f), have any by-pass or overflow lines been provided? ❑ Yes or ® No
6. If any treatment, storage or irrigation systems are located within the 100-year flood plain, in accordance with 15A NCAC
02T .0605(g), which systems are affected and what measures being taken to protect them against flooding? N.A.
7. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(h), has an operation and maintenance plan been submitted? ® Yes or ❑ No
8. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(i), how will restricted access to the irrigation system be provided? Minimum
Two -Strand Fence
Are all treatment units and control panels locked to prevent entry? ® Yes or ❑ No
9. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .06050), do the designed irrigation loading rates (see Application Item VIL4.) exceed
the soil scientist recommended loading rates (see Application Item VIL3.)? ❑ Yes or ® No
10. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(k), does the septic tank design adhere to 15A NCAC 18A .1900'? ® Yes or ❑ No
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 2 of 6

V. DESIGN CRITERIA AND SETBACKS —.15A NCAC 02T .0605 & .0606 (CONTINUED):
11. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(1), what is the specified method of disinfection? Ultraviolet
If chlorine, specify contact detention time provided: minutes and where contact time occurs:
If UV, specify the number of banks: 1, total lamps: 1 and maximum flow capacity: 6 GPM.
12. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(m), has a minimum of five days of storage based on average daily flow between
the pump off float and inlet invert pipe been provided? ® Yes or ❑ No
13. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(n), have all tanks containing pumps been provided with audible and visual
alarms that are external to any structure? ® Yes (Plan Sheet: WW-6 & Specification Page: See. H-6. 7) or ❑ No
14. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(o), has a precipitation or soil moisture sensor been provided?
® Yes (Plan Sheet: WW-7 & Specification Page: See. H-6. 7) or ❑ No
15. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(p), has a minimum of 18 inches of vertical separation between the apparent
seasonal high water table (SHWT) and the ground surface been provided? ® Yes or ❑ No
16. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(gl, has a minimum of 12 inches of vertical separation between any perched
seasonal high water table (SHWT) and the ground surface been provided? ® Yes or ❑ No
17. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0605(r), does the designed annual loading rate exceed 50 inches? ❑ Yes or ® No
18. Does the project comply with all setbacks found in the river basin rules (15A NCAC 02B .0200)? ® Yes or ® No
If no, list non -compliant setbacks: Residence (owned by Permittee) setback to spray field to be waived (down to 100' off
residence).
19. Per 15A NCAC 02T .0606, verify setback compliance by providing the minimum field observed distance (ft) from the
facility's irrigation system and treatment/storage units to each listed setback parameter (Note: Distances greater than 500 feet
shall be marked N/A):
Setback Para meter
Irrigat ion
System
Treat ment /
�Stora ge Units
Any habitable residence or place of assembly under separate ownership or not to be
maintained as part of the project site
101'
20'
Any habitable residence or place of assembly owned by the Permittee to be maintained as
part of the project site
452'
Any private or public water supply source
N/A
N/A
Surface waters (streams — intermittent and perennial, perennial waterbodies, and wetlands)
226'
496'
Groundwater lowering ditches (where the bottom of the ditch intersects the SHWT)
N/A
Subsurface groundwater lowering drainage systems
N/A
Surface water diversions (ephemeral streams, waterways, ditches)
226'
Any well with exception of monitoring wells
173'
187'
Any property line
287'
270'
Top of slope of embankments or cuts of two feet or more in vertical height
N/A
Any water line from a disposal system
101'
Any swimming pool
N/A
Public right of way
N/A
Nitrification field
>287'
Any building foundation or basement
101'
20. Are any setback waivers proposed for this facility? ® Yes or ❑ No
If yes, in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0606(c), submit the appropriate setback waivers (FORM: NDWSW) that have
been notarized, signed by all parties involved and recorded with the County Register of Deeds. Waivers involving the
compliance boundary shall be in accordance with 15A NCAC 02L .0107.
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 3 of 6

VI. WASTEW ATER T REATM ENT & STOR AGE FACILI TY DESI GN:
1. Type of treatment system: Septic Tank / Advantex
2. Provide the requested information for each treatment/storage unit and its associated mechanical equipment:
a. PRELIMINARY / PRIMARY TREATMENT (i.e., physical removal operations):
Treat ment Unit
No. of
Units
Manufact urer o r
Materia 1
Dimensions (ft) /
acin s (in)
Spacings
Volume
(al)
Plan Sheet
Refere nce
Specification
Reference
Septic Tank
1
Shoaf Precast Septic
10.5' x 5.5' x 5.83'
1500
WW-5
Sec. H-6.1
Select
Select
b. SECONDARY TREATMENT (i.e., physical, biological and recirculation processes):
Treat ment Unit
No. of
Units
Manufacturer o r
Materia 1
Dimensions (ft)
Volume
al
Plan Sheet
Refere nce
Specification
Refere nce
Advantex Treatment
1
Orenco Systems, Inc.
8.5' x 5.17' x 7.0'
800
WW-5
Sec. H-6.5
Select
Select
c. DISINFECTION:
No. of
Manufact urer o r
Volume
Plan Sheet
Specification
Treat ment Unit
Dimensions (ft)
Units
Materia 1
al
Refere nce
Reference
Ultraviolet
1
Orenco Systems, Inc.
3" Diameter
6 gpm
WW-5
Sec. H-6.6
Select
d. PUMP/STORAGE TANK:
Manufact urer o r
Materia 1
No. of
Units
Dimensions (ft)
Total
Volume
(gal)
Effective
Volume
(al)
Effective
Stora ge
(day s)
Plan Sheet
Refere nce
Specification
Refere nce
Shoaf Preceast Septic
1
13.0'x6.5'x6.67'
3500
2431.1
5.06
WW-5
Sec. H-6.1
e. PUMPS:
Location
No. of
Pumps
purpose
Manufacturer/
Type
I Capac ity
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
I GPM
JTDH
Treatment Pod
1
Recirculation
Orenco Systems, Inc.
16.75
12.91
WW-5
Sec. H-6.4
Pump Tank
1
Field Dosing
Orenco Systems, Inc.
19.32
77.73
WW-7
Sec. H-6.4
f. BLOWERS:
Location
No. of
Blowers
Units Served
Manufacturer/
T e
Capac ity
CFM
Plan Sheet
Refere nce
Specification
Refere nce
N.A.
g. MIXERS:
Location
No. of
Mixers
Units Served
Manufact urer /
Type
Power
(h)
Plan Sheet
Refere nce
Specificat ion
Refere nce
N.A.
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 4 of 6

VIL IRRIGA TION SY STEM DESIGN:
1. Are there any artificial drainage or water movement structures within 200 feet of the irrigation area? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, please explain if the Soil Evaluation addresses artificial structures and indicate if these structures are to be maintained
or modified: N/A
2. What is the proposed cover crop? Grass
3. Soil Evaluation recommendations:
Soil Series
Fields within Soil Area
Minimum Observed
Depth to SHWT
(ft)
Recommended
Loading Rate
(in/h')
Recommended
Loading Rate
(in/r)
Helena
1
12
.300
18.12
4. Irrigation System Information (Note — this table may be expanded for additional fields):
Field
Area
Gres)
Dominant
Soil Series
Designed
(RateR
m/hr)
Designed
?
(m/ r)
Latitude
(DMS)
Longitude '
(DMS)
Wate rbody
Stre No Index
Classification
1
.36
Helena
.103
17.82
36' 12' 32"
-79° 05' 26"
27-2-21-3
WS-II; HQW,
NSW
0 „
0 „
0 „
0 „
0 „
0 „
0 „
0 „
Total
' Provide the following latitude and longitude coordinate determination information:
Datum: NAD83 Level of accuracy: Nearest second Method of measurement:
Aerial photo rabhy with ground control
2 For assistance determining the waterbody stream index number and its associated classification, instructions may be
downloaded at: https:Hncdenr.s3.amazonaws.com/s3fs-
public/Water%20Quality/Aquifer%20Protection/LAU/Agrreements/W SCA%2008-13.pdf.
Spray Irrigat ion Design Elements
Drip Irriga tion De sign Ele ments
Nozzle wetted diameter:
84 ft
Emitter wetted area:
N.A. ft2
Nozzle wetted area:
5542 ft2
Distance between laterals:
N.A. ft
Nozzle capacity:
4.2 GPM
Distance between emitters:
N.A. ft
Nozzle manufacturer/model:
Rainbird / 30H SBN-3 V
(LAN-1)
Emitter capacity:
p �'
N.A. GPH
Elevation of highest nozzle:
665' ft
Emitter manufacturer/model:
N.A. / N.A.
Specification Reference:
Sec. H-6.8
Elevation of highest emitter:
N.A. ft
Specification Reference:
N.A.
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 5 of 6

Prof essional Engineer' s Certific atio n:
I, Kevin Davidson attest that this application for
(Professional Engineer's name from Application Item III.1.)
Constantine Residence
(Facility name from Application Item IL 1.)
has been reviewed by me and is accurate, complete and consistent with the information supplied in the plans, specifications,
engineering calculations, and all other supporting documentation to the best of my knowledge. I further attest that to the best of my
knowledge the proposed design has been prepared in accordance with this application package and its instructions, as well as all
applicable regulations and statutes. Although other professionals may have developed certain portions of this submittal package,
inclusion of these materials under my signature and seal signifies that I have reviewed this material and have judged it to be consistent
with the proposed design.
Note: In accordance with General Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.6B, any person who knowingly makes any false statement,
representation, or certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not to
exceed $10,000, as well as civil penalties up to $25,000 per violation.
North Carolina Professional Engineer's seal, signature, and date:
Applicant' s Certific ation per 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b):
I, Alexander Constantine (Property Owner) attest that this application for
(Signature Authority's name & title from Application Item L3.)
Constantine Residence
(Facility name from Application Item IL 1.)
has been reviewed by me and is accurate and complete to the best of my knowledge. I understand that any discharge of wastewater
from this non -discharge system to surface waters or the land will result in an immediate enforcement action that may include civil
penalties, injunctive relief, and/or criminal prosecution. I will make no claim against the Division of Water Resources should a
condition of this permit be violated. I also understand that if all required parts of this application package are not completed and that
if all required supporting information and attachments are not included, this application package will be returned to me as incomplete.
I further certify that the applicant or any affiliate has not been convicted of an environmental crime, has not abandoned a wastewater
facility without proper closure, does not have an outstanding civil penalty where all appeals have been exhausted or abandoned, are
compliant with any active compliance schedule, and do not have any overdue annual fees per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(e).
Note: In accordance with General Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.6B, any person who knowingly makes any false statement,
representation, or certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not to
exceed $10,000 as well as civil penalties up to $25,000 per violation.
Signature:
Date:
FORM: SFRWWIS 06-16 Page 6 of 6

SURFACE WASTEWATER SYSTEM MONITORING REPORT
9/15/22 Jeff Vaughan 24312
Date of Inspection Certified Subsurface System Operator's Name Certificate Number
W00039997 9879354085
Permit Number Date of Operation Permit Tax Map Parcel PIN
Constantine 7816 Walnut Grove Church Road, Hurdle Mills, NC 27541
Permittee Address of Property
Instructions: Check yes or no for appropriate items and explain in space provided for remarks and
comments. If an item is not applicable, indicate by "NA". If an item is not or cannot be evaluated, indicate
by "N" and explain. Note that this monitoring form is not totally inclusive for all systems. All maintenance
and monitoring items specified in the permit are to be carried out.
INSPECTION RESULTS:
SEPTIC TANK:
YES
/ NO
Evidence of leaks ?
❑
/ X
Tank risers accessible, free of
infiltration and surface water diverted ?
X
/ ❑
Septic tank needs pumping ?
❑
/ X
Inches of solids: 0"
Septic tank filter cleaned ?
X
/ ❑
ADVANTEX FILTER DOSING SYSTEM
Required pumps present & functional ?
X /
❑
High water alarm operating properly ?
X /
❑
Floats, valves, etc. in good condition ?
X /
❑
Control panel & components in good
condition ?
X /
❑
Effluent free of excess solids ?
X /
❑
Inches of solids(pump/dose tank): 0"
PRETREATMENT SYSTEM (Advantex Filter
Filter surface maintained ?
X
/
❑
Evidence of ponding ?
❑
/
X
Filter effluent free of excess solids ?
X
/
❑
Modules free of damage, accessible,
properly ventilated & free of insects ?
X
/
❑
Any excess odor?
❑
/
X
Berm condition satisfactory?
X
/
❑
Media condition satisfactory?
X
/
❑
UV Bulb Replaced?
❑
/
X
UV Bulb Cleaned?
❑
/
X
Samples collected at this inspection ?
X
/
❑
SPRAY FIELD EFFLUENT DOSING SYSTEM
Required pumps present & functional ?
X
/
❑
High water alarm operating properly ?
X
/
❑
Floats, valves, etc. in good condition ?
X
/
❑
Headworks in good condition?
X
/
❑
Control panel & components in good
condition ?
X
/
❑
Effluent free of excess solids ?
X
/
❑
Inches of solids(pump/dose tank): 0"
Flow meter reading: 95.0759
DISPOSAL FIELD
Evidence of effluent surfacing ?
❑
/
X
Evidence of effluent ponding in trenches ?
❑
/
X
Surface water effectively diverted ?
X
/
❑
Diversions/swales properly maintained ?
X
/
❑
Vegetative cover maintained ?
X
/
❑
Protected from traffic/unauthorized uses ?
X
/
❑
Distribution devices in good condition ?
X
/
❑
Field free of settled or low areas ?
X
/
❑
REMARKS
Settling around tank, owner working on.
Sample results attached.
UV bulb amp =0.34A
Settling around tank, owner working on.

SPRAY FIELD SYSTEM PERFORMANCE:
Dose Design Delivery Rate (gpm): 19.3 Measured Delivery Rate (gpm): 19.30 % of Design: 100
COMPLIANCE:
Compliant X
Non -compliant ❑
Needs repair/maintenance ❑
ADDITIONAL COMMENTS:
OPERATOR TEL. NO. [phone] office [phone] cell

'�o F, '
)*1 ENCO Laboraton'les
Accurate. Timely. Responsive. Innovative.
102-A Woodwinds Industrial Court
Cary NC, 27511
Phone: [phone] FAX: [phone]
Tuesday, October 4, 2022
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc. (AG002)
Attn: Christopher McGee
501 North Salem Street, Suite 203
Apex, NC 27502
RE: Laboratory Results for
Project Number: [none], Project Name/Desc: Constantine
ENCO Workorder(s): CF11075
Dear Christopher McGee,
Enclosed is a copy of your laboratory report for test samples received by our laboratory on
Thursday, September 15, 2022.
Unless otherwise noted in an attached project narrative, all samples were received in
acceptable condition and processed in accordance with the referenced methods/procedures.
Results for these procedures apply only to the samples as submitted.
The analytical results contained in this report are in compliance with NELAC standards, except
as noted in the project narrative if applicable. This report shall not be reproduced except in
full, without the written approval of the Laboratory.
This report contains only those analyses performed by Environmental Conservation
Laboratories. Unless otherwise noted, all analyses were performed at ENCO Cary. Data from
outside organizations will be reported under separate cover.
If you have any questions or require further information, please do not hesitate to contact me.
Sincerely,
Stephanie Franz For Shahla Vakili
Project Manager
Enclosure(s)
FINAL This report relates only to the sample as received by the laboratory, and may only be reproduced in full. I Page 1 of

(� �Eo
www.encolabs.com
SAMPLE SUMMARY/LABORATORY CHRONICLE
Client ID: Constantine Influent
Lab ID: CF11075-01
Sampled: 09/15/22 09:50
Received: 09/15/22 13:37
Parameter
Preparation
Hold Date/Time(s)
Prep Date/Time(s)
Analysis Date/Time(s)
CALC
NO PREP
06/10/25
10/04/22 11:32
10/04/22 11:36
EPA 351.2
Same
10/13/22
09/29/22 10:58
09/30/22 10:34
EPA 353.2
NO PREP
10/13/22
09/19/22 09:00
09/19/22 12:04
SM 5210 B-2011
NO PREP
09/17/22 09:50
09/16/22 13:19
09/16/22 13:19
Client ID: Constantine Effluent
Lab ID: CF11075-02
Sampled: 09/15/22 09:45
Received: 09/15/22 13:37
Parameter
Preparation
Hold Date/Time(s)
Prep Date/Time(s)
Analysis Date/Time(s)
CALC
NO PREP
06/10/25
10/04/22 11:32
10/04/22 11:36
Colilert 18
NO PREP
09/15/22 17:40 09/16/22
12:38 09/15/22 14:34
09/16/22 11:20
SM 2540D-2015
NO PREP
09/22/22
09/21/22 15:20
09/21/22 15:20
SM 5210 B-2011
NO PREP
09/17/22 09:45
09/16/22 13:19
09/16/22 13:19
Client ID: Constantine Effluent
Lab ID: CF13075-02RE1
Sampled: 09/15/22 09:45
Received: 09/15/22 13:37
Parameter
Preparation
Hold Date/Time(s)
Prep Date/Time(s)
Analysis Date/Time(s)
EPA 351.2
Same
10/13/22
09/29/22 10:58
09/30/22 12:36
Client ID: Constantine Effluent
Lab ID: CF13075-02RE2
Sampled: 09/15/22 09:45
Received: 09/15/22 13:37
Parameter
Preparation
Hold Date/Time(s)
Prep Date/Time(s)
Analysis Date/Time(s)
EPA 350.1
NO PREP
10/13/22
09/20/22 09:42
09/20/22 14:12
EPA 353.2
NO PREP
10/13/22
09/26/22 18:34
09/26/22 22:30
FINAL This report relates only to the sample as received by the laboratory, and may only be reproduced in full. I Page 2 Of 11

(� �Eo
www.encolabs.com
SAMPLE DETECTION SUMMARY
Client ID: Constantine Influent
Lab ID:
CF11075-01
Analyte
Results
Flag
MDL
POL
Units
Method Notes
Biochemical Oxygen Demand
67
2.0
2.0
mg/L
SM 5210 B-2011
Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen
76
D
2.6
4.8
mg/L
EPA 351.2
Total Nitrogen - Total
76
0.02
0.10
mg/L
CALC
Client ID: Constantine Effluent
Lab ID:
CF11075-02
Analyte
Results
Flag
MDL
POL
Units
Method Notes
Biochemical Oxygen Demand
6.3
2.0
2.0
mg/L
SM 5210 B-2011
Coliform, Fecal
250
1.0
1.0
MPN/100 mL
Colilert 18
Total Nitrogen - Total
86
0.02
0.10
mg/L
CALC
Total Suspended Solids
5.4
2.5
2.5
mg/L
SM 2540D-2015
Client ID: Constantine Effluent
Lab ID:
CF33075-02RE3
Analyte
Results
Flag
MDL
POL
Units
Method Notes
Total Kieldahl Nitroaen
86
D
2.6
4.8
ma/L
EPA 351.2
Client ID: Constantine Effluent
Lab ID:
CF33075-02RE2
Analyte
Results Flag MDL
POL
Units Method Notes
Ammonia as N
86 D 4.0
9.0
mg/L EPA 350.1
Nitrate/Nitrite as N
0.047 3 0.041
0.10
mg/L EPA 353.2
FINAL This report relates only to the sample as received by the laboratory, and may only be reproduced in full. I Page 3 Of 11

(� �Eo
www.encolabs.com
ANALYTICAL RESULTS
Description: Constantine Influent Lab Sample ID: CF11075-01 Received: 09/15/22 13:37
Matrix: Waste Water Sampled: 09/15/22 09:50 Work Order: CF11075
Project: Constantine Sampled By:Jeff Vaughan
Classical Chemistry Parameters
Analyte rCAS Numberl
Results Flag
Units
DF
MDL
Q
Batch
Method
Analyzed
ft Notes
Biochemical Oxygen Demand
67
mg/L
1
2.0
2.0
2I16018
SM 5210 B-2011
09/16/22 13:19
JOC
Nitrate/Nitrite as N
< 0.041
mg/L
1
0.041
0.10
2I19009
EPA 353.2
09/19/22 12:04
MSE
Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen
76 D
mg/L
10
2.6
4.8
2I29014
EPA 351.2
09/30/22 10:34
MSE
Total Nitrogen [17778-88-0]
76
mg/L
1
0.02
0.10
2JO4023
CALC
10/04/22 11:36
MSE
Description: Constantine Effluent Lab Sample ID: CF11075-02 Received: 09/15/22 13:37
Matrix: Waste Water Sampled: 09/15/22 09:45 Work Order: CF11075
Project: Constantine Sampled By:Jeff Vaughan
Classical Chemistry Parameters
Analyte rCAS Numberl
Results
Flag
Units
DF
MDL
Q
Batch
Method
Analyzed
ft Notes
Ammonia as N [7664-41-7]
86
D
mg/L
90
4.0
9.0
2I20013
EPA 350.1
09/20/22 14:12
MSE
Biochemical Oxygen Demand
6.3
mg/L
1
2.0
2.0
2I16018
SM 5210 B-2011
09/16/22 13:19
JOC
Nitrate/Nitrite as N
0.047
J
mg/L
1
0.041
0.10
2I26024
EPA 353.2
09/26/22 22:30
MSE
Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen
86
D
mg/L
10
2.6
4.8
2I29014
EPA 351.2
09/30/22 12:36
MSE
Total Nitrogen [17778-88-0]
86
mg/L
1
0.02
0.10
2JO4023
CALC
10/04/22 11:36
MSE
Total Suspended Solids
5.4
mg/L
1
2.5
2.5
2I21014
SM 2540D-2015
09/21/22 15:20
DMJ
Microbiological Parameters
Analyte rCAS Numberl Results Flag Units DF MDL Q Batch Method Analyzed ft Notes
Coliform, Fecal 250 MPN/100 1 1.0 2I16028 Colilert 18 09/16/22 11:20 MJY
mL
FINAL This report relates only to the sample as received by the laboratory, and may only be reproduced in full. I Page 4 Of

���
www.encolabs.com
QUALITY CONTROL DATA
Classical Chemistry Parameters - Quality Control
Batch M6018 - NO PREP
Blank (2I16018-BLK1) Prepared & Analyzed: 09/16/2022 13:19
Spike Source %REC RPD
Anala Result Flag Q Units Level Result %REC Limits RPD Limit Notes
Biochemical Oxygen Demand 2.0 U 2.0 mg/L B-03
LCS (2I16018-BS3) Prepared & Analyzed: 09/16/2022 13:19
Spike
Source
%REC
RPD
Anala
Result Flag
Q
Units
Level
Result
%REC Limits
RPD Limit Notes
Biochemical Oxygen Demand
210
2.0
mg/L
198
104 85-115
Duplicate (2I36018-DUP3)
Prepared & Analyzed: 09/16/2022 13:19
Source:CF11075-01
Spike
Source
%REC
RPD
Analvte
Result Flag
Q
Units
Level
Result
%REC Limits
RPD Limit Notes
Biochemical Oxygen Demand
75
2.0
mg/L
67
11 30
Batch M9009 - NO PREP
Blank (2I39009-BLK3) Prepared: 09/19/2022 09:00 Analyzed: 09/19/2022 11:48
Spike Source %REC RPD
Anala Result Flag Q Units Level Result %REC Limits RPD Limit Notes
Nitrate/Nitrite as N 0.041 U 0.10 mg/L
LCS (2I19009-BS3) Prepared: 09/19/2022 09:00 Analyzed: 09/19/2022 11:53
Spike Source %REC
RPD
Anala
Result
Flag
Q
Units
Level Result %REC Limits RPD
Limit
Notes
Nitrate/Nitrite as N
1.3
0.10
mg/L
1.25 103 90-110
Matrix Spike (2I19009-MS3)
Prepared: 09/19/2022 09:00 Analyzed: 09/19/2022 11:57
Source:CF11074-01
Spike Source %REC
RPD
Analvte
Result
Flag
Q
Units
Level Result %REC Limits RPD
Limit
Notes
Nitrate/Nitrite as N
0.57
0.10
mg/L
0.521 0.041 U 110 90-110
Matrix Spike (2I19009-MS2)
Prepared: 09/19/2022 09:00 Analyzed: 09/19/2022 12:02
Source:CF11074-02
Spike Source %REC
RPD
Anala
Result
Flag
Q
Units
Level Result %REC Limits RPD
Limit
Notes
Nitrate/Nitrite as N
120
D
10
mg/L
52.1 70 93 90-110
Matrix Spike Dup (2I39009-MSD3)
Prepared: 09/19/2022 09:00 Analyzed: 09/19/2022 11:59
Source:CF11074-01
Spike Source %REC
RPD
Anala
Result
Flag
Q
Units
Level Result %REC Limits RPD
Limit
Notes
Nitrate/Nitrite as N
0.55
0.10
mg/L
0.521 0.041 U 106 90-110 4
10
Batch 2120013 - NO PREP
Blank (2I20013-BLK3) Prepared: 09/20/2022 09:42 Analyzed: 09/20/2022 12:20
Spike Source %REC RPD
Analvte Result Flag Q Units Level Result %REC Limits RPD Limit Notes
Ammonia as N 0.045 U 0.10 mg/L
FINAL This report relates only to the sample as received by the laboratory, and may only be reproduced in full. I Pager) Of 11

(� �Eo
www.encolabs.com
QUALITY CONTROL DATA
Classical Chemistry Parameters - Quality Control
Batch 2120013 - NO PREP - Continued
LCS (2I20013-BS3) Prepared: 09/20/2022 09:42 Analyzed: 09/20/2022 12:21
Spike Source %REC
RPD
Anala
Result
Flag
Q
Units
Level Result %REC Limits RPD
Limit
Notes
Ammonia as N
1.1
0.10
mg/L
1.01 104 90-110
Matrix Spike (2I20013-MS3)
Prepared: 09/20/2022 09:42 Analyzed: 09/20/2022 12:25
Source:CF08459-01
Spike Source %REC
RPD
Anala
Result
Flag
Q
Units
Level Result %REC Limits RPD
Limit
Notes
Ammonia as N
540
D
50
mg/L
196 370 85 90-110
QM-07
Matrix Spike (2I20013-MS2)
Prepared: 09/20/2022 09:42 Analyzed: 09/20/2022 12:30
Source:CF11075-02
Spike Source %REC
RPD
Analvte
Result
Flag
Q
Units
Level Result %REC Limits RPD
Limit
Notes
Ammonia as N
5.9
E
0.10
mg/L
0.393 5.9 16 90-110
QM-07
Matrix Spike Dup (2I20013-MSD1)
Prepared: 09/20/2022 09:42 Analyzed: 09/20/2022 12:26
Source:CF08459-01
Spike Source %REC
RPD
Anala
Result
Flag
Q
Units
Level Result %REC Limits RPD
Limit
Notes
Ammonia as N
540
D
50
mg/L
196 370 89 90-110 1
10
QM-07
Batch 2121014 - NO PREP
Blank (2I23014-BLK3) Prepared & Analyzed: 09/21/2022 15:20
Spike Source %REC RPD
Anala Result Flag Q Units Level Result %REC Limits RPD Limit Notes
Total Suspended Solids 2.5 U 2.5 mg/L
LCS (2I21014-BS3) Prepared & Analyzed: 09/21/2022 15:20
Spike Source %REC
RPD
Analvte
Result
Flag
Q
Units
Level Result %REC Limits
RPD
Limit Notes
Total Suspended Solids
110
2.5
mg/L
100 113 80-120
Duplicate (2I23014-DUPl)
Prepared & Analyzed: 09/21/2022 15:20
Source:CF13143-01
Spike Source %REC
RPD
Anala
Result
Flag
Q
Units
Level Result %REC Limits
RPD
Limit Notes
Total Suspended Solids
460
120
mg/L
460
0
20
Duplicate (2I23014-DUP2)
Prepared & Analyzed: 09/21/2022 15:20
Source:CF14025-01
Spike Source %REC
RPD
Anala
Result
Flag
Q
Units
Level Result %REC Limits
RPD
Limit Notes
Total Suspended Solids
17
12
mg/L
16
9
20
Batch 2126024 - NO PREP
Blank (2I26024-BLK3) Prepared: 09/26/2022 18:34 Analyzed: 09/26/2022 21:47
Spike Source %REC RPD
Analvte Result Flag Q Units Level Result %REC Limits RPD Limit Notes
Nitrate/Nitrite as N 0.041 U 0.10 mg/L
FINAL This report relates only to the sample as received by the laboratory, and may only be reproduced in full. I Page 6 Of 11

QUALITY CONTROL DATA
Classical Chemistry Parameters - Quality Control
Batch 2126024 - NO PREP - Continued
(� �Eo
www.encolabs.com
LCS (2I26024-BS3) Prepared: 09/26/2022 18:34 Analyzed: 09/26/2022 21:49
Spike Source %REC
RPD
Anala
Result
Flag
Q
Units
Level Result %REC Limits RPD
Limit
Notes
Nitrate/Nitrite as N
1.3
0.10
mg/L
1.25 106 90-110
Matrix Spike (2I26024-MS3)
Prepared: 09/26/2022 18:34 Analyzed: 09/26/2022 21:52
Source:CF09611-01
Spike Source %REC
RPD
Anala
Result
Flag
Q
Units
Level Result %REC Limits RPD
Limit
Notes
Nitrate/Nitrite as N
0.70
0.10
mg/L
0.521 0.23 90 90-110
Matrix Spike (2I26024-MS2)
Prepared: 09/26/2022 18:34 Analyzed: 09/26/2022 21:58
Source:CF11436-01
Spike Source %REC
RPD
Analvte
Result
Flag
Q
Units
Level Result %REC Limits RPD
Limit
Notes
Nitrate/Nitrite as N
56
DE
1.0
mg/L
5.21 48 137 90-110
QM-07
Matrix Spike Dup (2I26024-MSD3)
Prepared: 09/26/2022 18:34 Analyzed: 09/26/2022 21:54
Source:CF09611-01
Spike Source %REC
RPD
Anala
Result
Flag
Q
Units
Level Result %REC Limits RPD
Limit
Notes
Nitrate/Nitrite as N
0.69
0.10
mg/L
0.521 0.23 89 90-110 0.4
10
QM-07
Batch 2129014 - Same
Blank (2I29014-BLK1) Prepared: 09/29/2022 10:58 Analyzed: 09/30/2022 10:18
Spike Source %REC RPD
Anala Result Flag Q Units Level Result %REC Limits RPD Limit Notes
Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen 0.26 U 0.48 mg/L
LCS (2I29014-BS3) Prepared: 09/29/2022 10:58 Analyzed: 09/30/2022 10:20
Spike Source %REC
RPD
Analvte
Result
Flag
Q
Units
Level Result %REC Limits RPD
Limit
Notes
Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen
12
0.48
mg/L
12.0 97 90-110
Matrix Spike (2I29014-MS1)
Prepared: 09/29/2022 10:58 Analyzed: 09/30/2022 10:23
Source:CF11080-01
Spike Source %REC
RPD
Anala
Result
Flag
Q
Units
Level Result %REC Limits RPD
Limit
Notes
Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen
6.5
0.48
mg/L
4.80 1.9 95 90-110
Matrix Spike (2I29014-MS2)
Prepared: 09/29/2022 10:58 Analyzed: 09/30/2022 10:29
Source:CF13851-01
Spike Source %REC
RPD
Anala
Result
Flag
Q
Units
Level Result %REC Limits RPD
Limit
Notes
Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen
6.6
0.48
mg/L
4.80 1.2 114 90-110
QM-07
Matrix Spike Dup (2I29014-MSD3)
Prepared: 09/29/2022 10:58 Analyzed: 09/30/2022 10:25
Source:CF11080-01
Spike Source %REC
RPD
Analvte
Result
Flag
Q
Units
Level Result %REC Limits RPD
Limit
Notes
Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen
8.1
0.48
mg/L
4.80 1.9 127 90-110 21
10
QM-07,
QM-11
Microbiological Parameters - Quality Control
Batch M602B - NO PREP
FINAL This report relates only to the sample as received by the laboratory, and may only be reproduced in full. I Page 7 Of 11

(� �Eo
www.encolabs.com
QUALITY CONTROL DATA
Microbiological Parameters - Quality Control
Batch M602B - NO PREP - Continued
Duplicate (2I36028-DUPl) Prepared: 09/15/2022 14:34 Analyzed: 09/16/2022 11:20
Source: CF13356-02
Spike Source %REC RPD
Anala Result Flag Q Units Level Result %REC Limits RPD Limit Notes
Coliform, Fecal 1.0 1.0 MPN/100 mL 1.0 U 25
FINAL This report relates only to the sample as received by the laboratory, and may only be reproduced in full. I Page 8 Of

(� �Eo
www.encolabs.com
FLAGS/NOTES AND DEFINITIONS
B The analyte was detected in the associated method blank.
D The sample was analyzed at dilution.
] The reported value is between the laboratory method detection limit (MDL) and the laboratory method
reporting limit (MRL), adjusted for actual sample preparation data and moisture content, where applicable.
U The analyte was analyzed for but not detected to the level shown, adjusted for actual sample preparation
data and moisture content, where applicable.
E The concentration indicated for this analyte is an estimated value above the calibration range of the
instrument. This value is considered an estimate.
MRL Method Reporting Limit. The MRL is roughly equivalent to the practical quantitation limit (PQL) and is
based on the low point of the calibration curve, when applicable, sample preparation factor, dilution
factor, and, in the case of soil samples, moisture content.
PQL PQL: Practical Quantitation Limit. The PQL presented is the laboratory MRL.
N The analysis indicates the presence of an analyte for which there is presumptive evidence (85% or greater
confidence) to make a "tentative identification".
P Greater than 25% concentration difference was observed between the primary and secondary GC column.
The lower concentration is reported.
[CALC] Calculated analyte - MDL/MRL reported to the highest reporting limit of the component analyses.
B-03 Blank exceeds the method required oxygen depletion of <0.20 mg/L.
QM-07 The spike recovery was outside acceptance limits for the MS and/or MSD. The batch was accepted based
on acceptable LCS recovery.
QM-11 Precision between duplicate matrix spikes of the same sample was outside acceptance limits.
FINAL This report relates only to the sample as received by the laboratory, and may only be reproduced in full. I Page 9 of 11

E
0
V
V1
0
C
/o/�
Nc
0
0
ui
cc
0
0
cn
v
LL
0
Z
Q
2
U)
O
Q
M0
W
Z
0
a
9
C�
yWy^
Vi
z
0
U
r
Z
LU
2
Z
0
Z
W
0
LIO
w
M
rL
0
v
ti
(D
M
m —0
C
I- V? Lu $ �
L C
�
D �
O
m
"
E
E
¢ U
Q
a
a
a
�
U
a
ro
m
�
m N
Q d
N
D
UNN
N
m
$
C
z N
c
0 9
= m
N
w
m
(lOiGZWS SSl
x
a
m
m
m
m°
n
0
Z' 69£ N)i1' Z'£g£ XON
x
a
2 E
s
o{e0 £S£ Poi Ua60-IM
o
x
x
2 w
Hoo—A
°��'.
x
C
p m
U
E
E
E
7(w�/��c
8o MYS (108
[��,
a
6
C?
m
❑
v
a N
L'1WNML`Z'C5C XONT09C ewulwUIy
X
C
e
o�
c
�
�
o
r O
C m
U
� y
y
°
y 3
L_
O a
u
WS
L•
m
V
�
.F
C1 N
�
N
O
lV
C 0
r�
zo
zC
m
�i"'
-
c
O'
v
gp
G�
U
_
¢
CJ
a
m
n
y �
N
4
�
�
E
f
0
U
V'
m
v
Qj
r_+
d
m
d
c
w
v
ELO
v
UJ
o
co
�
y
T
a
3
Zj
�,
�
//a��
V
o
Q
y
['J
CJ7
r
a
a
E
w
G
m
ar
E Page 10 of 11
(A
(n

Sample Preservation Verification
ENCO Cary
Work Order: CF11075
Client: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc. (AG002)
Project: Constantine
Project * [none]
Lagged In: 15-Sep-22 14:19 LL
Logged By: Samantha L Hyaittt Preservation Check Performed By: Date/Time: Cl. 1 `` ' I I `-'{
CF11075-01
Gant
Type
Pres (pH)
Requirement
pH Checked /
;: In Control
pH Adjusted Date/Time
Adiusted
Reagent Used/Comments
B
250mLP+H2SO4
s2
Y( N I NA
Y! N� NA
C F11075-02
Cont
Type
Pres (pH)
pH Checked/
:.#n Control
Date/Time
pH Adjusted
�� � Adjusted
Reagent
eagenE Used/CommentsRequirement
C
25OmLP+-H2SO4
<2
Y 'I N 1 NA
Y! N 7 NA
Rea ent Name 1D
1
2
pH Strip ID:
4�
Rea ent Name ID
3
4
Reacient Name ID
5
6
Page 11 of ILJ
C-.\ELMNTIPrintlwko_PreservationCheck. rpt

SURFACE WASTEWATER SYSTEM MONITORING REPORT
3/15/23 Jeff Vaughan 24312
Date of Inspection Certified Subsurface System Operator's Name Certificate Number
W00039997 9879354085
Permit Number Date of Operation Permit Tax Map Parcel PIN
Constantine 7816 Walnut Grove Church Road, Hurdle Mills, NC 27541
Permittee Address of Property
Instructions: Check yes or no for appropriate items and explain in space provided for remarks and
comments. If an item is not applicable, indicate by "NA". If an item is not or cannot be evaluated, indicate
by "N" and explain. Note that this monitoring form is not totally inclusive for all systems. All maintenance
and monitoring items specified in the permit are to be carried out.
INSPECTION RESULTS:
SEPTIC TANK:
YES /
NO
Evidence of leaks ?
❑
/
X
Tank risers accessible, free of
infiltration and surface water diverted ?
X
/
❑
Septic tank needs pumping ?
❑
/
X
Inches of solids: 0"
Septic tank filter cleaned ?
X
/
❑
ADVANTEX FILTER DOSING SYSTEM
Required pumps present & functional ?
X /
❑
High water alarm operating properly ?
X /
❑
Floats, valves, etc. in good condition ?
X /
❑
Control panel & components in good
condition ?
X /
❑
Effluent free of excess solids ?
X /
❑
Inches of solids(pump/dose tank): 0"
PRETREATMENT SYSTEM (Advantex Filter
Filter surface maintained ?
X
/
❑
Evidence of ponding ?
❑
/
X
Filter effluent free of excess solids ?
X
/
❑
Modules free of damage, accessible,
properly ventilated & free of insects ?
X
/
❑
Any excess odor?
❑
/
X
Berm condition satisfactory?
X
/
❑
Media condition satisfactory?
X
/
❑
UV Bulb Replaced?
❑
/
X
UV Bulb Cleaned?
X
/
❑
Samples collected at this inspection ?
❑
/
X
SPRAY FIELD EFFLUENT DOSING SYSTEM
Required pumps present & functional ?
X
/
❑
High water alarm operating properly ?
X
/
❑
Floats, valves, etc. in good condition ?
X
/
❑
Headworks in good condition?
X
/
❑
Control panel & components in good
condition ?
X
/
❑
Effluent free of excess solids ?
X
/
❑
Inches of solids(pump/dose tank): 0"
Flow meter reading: 115.4634
DISPOSAL FIELD
Evidence of effluent surfacing ?
❑
/
X
Evidence of effluent ponding in trenches ?
❑
/
X
Surface water effectively diverted ?
X
/
❑
Diversions/swales properly maintained ?
X
/
❑
Vegetative cover maintained ?
X
/
❑
Protected from traffic/unauthorized uses ?
X
/
❑
Distribution devices in good condition ?
X
/
❑
Field free of settled or low areas ?
X
/
❑
REMARKS
Settling around tank, owner working on.
UV bulb amp =0.36A
Settling around tank, owner working on.
2 sprayheads not rotating.

SPRAY FIELD SYSTEM PERFORMANCE:
Dose Design Delivery Rate (gpm): 19.3 Measured Delivery Rate (gpm): 9.99 % of Design: 52
COMPLIANCE:
Compliant X
Non -compliant ❑
Needs repair/maintenance X
ADDITIONAL COMMENTS:
OPERATOR TEL. NO. [phone] office [phone] cell

SURFACE WASTEWATER SYSTEM MONITORING REPORT
9/7/23 Jeff Vaughan 24312
Date of Inspection Certified Subsurface System Operator's Name Certificate Number
W00039997 9879354085
Permit Number Date of Operation Permit Tax Map Parcel PIN
Constantine 7816 Walnut Grove Church Road, Hurdle Mills, NC 27541
Permittee Address of Property
Instructions: Check yes or no for appropriate items and explain in space provided for remarks and
comments. If an item is not applicable, indicate by "NA". If an item is not or cannot be evaluated, indicate
by "N" and explain. Note that this monitoring form is not totally inclusive for all systems. All maintenance
and monitoring items specified in the permit are to be carried out.
INSPECTION RESULTS:
SEPTIC TANK:
YES
/ NO
Evidence of leaks ?
❑
/ X
Tank risers accessible, free of
infiltration and surface water diverted ?
X
/ ❑
Septic tank needs pumping ?
❑
/ X
Inches of solids: 2"
Septic tank filter cleaned ?
X
/ ❑
ADVANTEX FILTER DOSING SYSTEM
Required pumps present & functional ?
X /
❑
High water alarm operating properly ?
X /
❑
Floats, valves, etc. in good condition ?
X /
❑
Control panel & components in good
condition ?
X /
❑
Effluent free of excess solids ?
X /
❑
Inches of solids(pump/dose tank): 0"
PRETREATMENT SYSTEM (Advantex Filter
Filter surface maintained ?
X
/
❑
Evidence of ponding ?
❑
/
X
Filter effluent free of excess solids ?
X
/
❑
Modules free of damage, accessible,
properly ventilated & free of insects ?
X
/
❑
Any excess odor?
❑
/
X
Berm condition satisfactory?
X
/
❑
Media condition satisfactory?
X
/
❑
UV Bulb Replaced?
X
/
❑
UV Bulb Cleaned?
X
/
❑
Samples collected at this inspection ?
X
/
❑
SPRAY FIELD EFFLUENT DOSING SYSTEM
Required pumps present & functional ?
X
/
❑
High water alarm operating properly ?
X
/
❑
Floats, valves, etc. in good condition ?
X
/
❑
Headworks in good condition?
X
/
❑
Control panel & components in good
condition ?
X
/
❑
Effluent free of excess solids ?
X
/
❑
Inches of solids(pump/dose tank): 0"
Flow meter reading: 129.9744
DISPOSAL FIELD
Evidence of effluent surfacing ?
❑
/
X
Evidence of effluent ponding in trenches ?
❑
/
X
Surface water effectively diverted ?
X
/
❑
Diversions/swales properly maintained ?
X
/
❑
Vegetative cover maintained ?
X
/
❑
Protected from traffic/unauthorized uses ?
X
/
❑
Distribution devices in good condition ?
X
/
❑
Field free of settled or low areas ?
X
/
❑
REMARKS
Settling around tank, owner working on.
Sample results attached.
UV bulb amp =0.34A
Settling around tank, owner working on.
2 sprayheads not rotating.

SPRAY FIELD SYSTEM PERFORMANCE:
Dose Design Delivery Rate (gpm): 19.3 Measured Delivery Rate (gpm): 20 % of Design: 104
COMPLIANCE:
Compliant X
Non -compliant ❑
Needs repair/maintenance X
ADDITIONAL COMMENTS:
OPERATOR TEL. NO. [phone] office [phone] cell

tiff eurofins
Environment Testing
I ANALYTICAL REPORT
PREPARED FOR
Attn: Chris McGee
Agri -Waste Technology, Inc. (AWT) �
501 N. Salem Street
Suite 203
Apex, North Carolina 27502
Generated 9/20/2023 8:03:29 AM
JOB DESCRIPTION
ok
Constantine
Constantine
JOB NUMBER
752-11314-1

This report may not be reproduced except in full, and with written approval from the laboratory. The results relate only to the
samples tested. For questions please contact the Project Manager at the e-mail address or telephone number listed on this
page.
The test results in this report relate only to the samples as received by the laboratory and will meet all requirements of the
methodology, with any exceptions noted. This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the express written
approval of the laboratory. All questions should be directed to the Eurofins Environment Testing Southeast, LLC Project
Manager.
7 Generated
9/20/2023 8:03:29 AM
Authorized for release by
Amanda Gaines, Project Manager
amanda.gaines _ et.eurofinsus.com
[phone]
12
13
74
Eurofins Savannah is a laboratory within Eurofins Environment Testing Southeast, LLC, a company within Eurofins Environment Testing Group of Companies
Page 2 of 21 9/20/2023

Client: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc. (AWT)
Project/Site: Constantine
Laboratory Job ID: 752-11314-1
Table of Contents
Cover Page ..............................................
1
Table of Contents .........................................
3
Definitions/Glossary.......................................
4
Case Narrative ...........................................
5
Detection Summary ........................................
6
Client Sample Results ......................................
7
QC Sample Results ........................................
8
QC Association Summary ...................................
12
Lab Chronicle ............................................
14
Certification Summary ......................................
15
Method Summary .........................................
16
Sample Summary .........................................
17
Chain of Custody ..........................................
18
Receipt Checklists .........................................
20
12
13
74
Page 3 of 21
Eurofins Raleigh
9/20/2023

Definitions/Glossary
Client: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc. (AWT)
Project/Site: Constantine
Qualifiers
General Chemistry
Qualifier Qualifier Description
E Result exceeded calibration range.
F1 MS and/or MSD recovery exceeds control limits.
Glossary
Abbreviation These commonly used abbreviations may or may not be present in this report.
0 Listed under the "D" column to designate that the result is reported on a dry weight basis
%R Percent Recovery
CFL Contains Free Liquid
CFU Colony Forming Unit
CNF Contains No Free Liquid
DER Duplicate Error Ratio (normalized absolute difference)
Dil Fac Dilution Factor
DL Detection Limit (DoD/DOE)
DL, RA, RE, IN Indicates a Dilution, Re -analysis, Re -extraction, or additional Initial metals/anion analysis of the sample
DLC Decision Level Concentration (Radiochemistry)
EDL Estimated Detection Limit (Dioxin)
LOD Limit of Detection (DoD/DOE)
LOQ Limit of Quantitation (DoD/DOE)
MCL EPA recommended "Maximum Contaminant Lever'
MDA Minimum Detectable Activity (Radiochemistry)
MDC Minimum Detectable Concentration (Radiochemistry)
MDL Method Detection Limit
ML Minimum Level (Dioxin)
MPN Most Probable Number
MOIL Method Quantitation Limit
NC Not Calculated
Job ID: 752-11314-1
ND
Not Detected at the reporting limit (or MDL or EDL if shown)
NEG
Negative / Absent
POS
Positive / Present
PQL
Practical Quantitation Limit
PRES
Presumptive
QC
Quality Control
RER
Relative Error Ratio (Radiochemistry)
RL
Reporting Limit or Requested Limit (Radiochemistry)
RPD
Relative Percent Difference, a measure of the relative difference between two points
TEF
Toxicity Equivalent Factor (Dioxin)
TEQ
Toxicity Equivalent Quotient (Dioxin)
TNTC
Too Numerous To Count
12
13
74
Eurofins Raleigh
Page 4 of 21 9/20/2023

Case Narrative
Client: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc. (AWT)
Project/Site: Constantine
Job ID: 752-11314-1
Laboratory: Eurofins Raleigh
Narrative
Job Narrative
752-11314-1
Job ID: 752-11314-1
Analytical test results meet all requirements of the associated regulatory program listed on the Accreditation/Certification Summary Page
unless otherwise noted under the individual analysis. Data qualifiers are applied to indicate exceptions. Noncompliant quality control
(QC) is further explained in narrative comments.
Matrix QC may not be reported if insufficient sample or site -specific QC samples were not submitted. In these situations, to
demonstrate precision and accuracy at a batch level, a LCS/LCSD may be performed, unless otherwise specified in the method.
Surrogate and/or isotope dilution analyte recoveries (if applicable) which are outside of the QC window are confirmed unless attributed
to a dilution or otherwise noted in the narrative.
Regulated compliance samples (e.g. SDWA, NPDES) must comply with the associated agency requirements/permits.
Receipt
The samples were received on 9/7/2023 3:30 PM. Unless otherwise noted below, the samples arrived in good condition, and, where
required, properly preserved and on ice. The temperature of the cooler at receipt time was 0.3°C
General Chemistry
Method 350.1: The matrix spike / matrix spike duplicate (MS/MSD) recoveries for analytical batch 752-4451 were outside control limits for
one or more analytes. See QC Sample Results for detail. Sample matrix interference and/or non -homogeneity are suspected because the
associated laboratory control sample (LCS) recovery is within acceptance limits.
Method 351.2: The initial calibration curve analyzed in batch 680-797759 was outside acceptance criteria for TKN standard 1.0 at-11.48%.
Correlation coefficient 0.9981 and all following QC (ICV, ICB, CCV, CCB) meet their acceptance criteria.
Method 351.2: The native sample, matrix spike, and matrix spike duplicate (MS/MSD) associated with preparation batch 680-798407 and
analytical batch 680-798715 were performed at the same dilution. Due to the additional level of analyte present in the spiked samples,
the concentration of Nitrogen, Kjeldahl in the MS/MSD was above the instrument calibration range. The data have been reported and
qualified.
Method 353.2: The matrix spike / matrix spike duplicate (MS/MSD) recoveries for analytical batch 752-4378 were outside control limits for
one or more analytes. See QC Sample Results for detail. Sample matrix interference and/or non -homogeneity are suspected because the
associated laboratory control sample (LCS) recovery is within acceptance limits.
No additional analytical or quality issues were noted, other than those described above or in the Definitions/ Glossary page.
Biology
No additional analytical or quality issues were noted, other than those described above or in the Definitions/ Glossary page.
F47
12
13
74
Eurofins Raleigh
Page 5 of 21 9/20/20g3

Detection Summary
Client: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc. (AWT)
Project/Site: Constantine
Job ID: 752-11314-1
Client Sample ID: Influent Lab Sample ID: 752-11314-1
Analyte
Result Qualifier
RL
MDL
Unit
Dil Fac D
Method
Prep Type
Nitrogen, Kjeldahl
130
10
5.0
mg/L
50
351.2
Total/NA
Nitrate Nitrite as N
0.33
0.10
0.041
mg/L
1
353.2
Total/NA
Biochemical Oxygen Demand
78
20
20
mg/L
1
SM 5210B
Total/NA
Nitrogen, Total
130
0.25
0.25
mg/L
1
Total Nitrogen
Total/NA
Client Sample ID: Effluent Lab Sample ID: 752-11314-2
Analyte
Result Qualifier
RL
MDL
Unit
Dil Fac D
Method
Prep Type
Ammonia
86
2.6
1.0
mg/L
51.43
350.1
Total/NA
Nitrogen, Kjeldahl
84
20
10
mg/L
100
351.2
Total/NA
Total Suspended Solids
6.9
2.5
2.5
mg/L
1
SM 2540D
Total/NA
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Biochemical Oxygen Demand
13
2.0
2.0
mg/L
1
SM 5210B
Total/NA
Nitrogen, Total
84
0.25
0.25
mg/L
1
Total Nitrogen
Total/NA
Coliform, Fecal
>2400
1.0
1.0
MPN/100ml-
1
Coliform
Total/NA
This Detection Summary does not include radiochemical test results.
Eurofins Raleigh
Page 6 of 21 9/20/2023

Client Sample Results
Client: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc. (AWT)
Job ID: 752-11314-1
Project/Site: Constantine
Client Sample ID: Influent
Lab Sample ID: 752-11314-1
Date Collected: 09/07/23 09:30
Matrix: Water
Date Received: 09/07/23 15:30
General Chemistry
Analyte
Result Qualifier
RL
MDL
Unit
D Prepared Analyzed oil Fac
Nitrogen, Kjeldahl (EPA 351.2)
130
10
5.0
mg/L
09/12/23 10:14 09/13/23 12:55 50
Nitrate Nitrite as N (EPA 353.2)
0.33
0.10
0.041
mg/L
09/08/23 12:20 1
Biochemical Oxygen Demand (SM
78
20
20
mg/L
09/08/23 15:06 1
5210B)
Nitrogen, Total (EPA Total
130
0.25
0.25
mg/L
09/14/23 08:58 1
Nitrogen)
Client Sample ID: Effluent
Lab Sample ID: 752-11314-2
Date Collected: 09/07/23 09:25
Matrix: Water
Date Received: 09/07/23 15:30
General Chemistry
Analyte
Result Qualifier
Ammonia (EPA 350.1)
86
Nitrogen, Kjeldahl (EPA 351.2)
84
Nitrate Nitrite as N (EPA 353.2)
<0.041
Total Suspended Solids (SM
6.9
2540D)
Biochemical Oxygen Demand (SM
13
5210B)
Nitrogen, Total (EPA Total
84
Nitrogen)
Method: IDEXX Coliform - Coliforms,
Fecal
Analyte
Result Qualifier
Coliform, Fecal
>2400
RL
MDL
Unit
D Prepared Analyzed
oil Fac
2.6
1.0
mg/L
09/11/2312:00
51.43
20
10
mg/L
09/18/2311:04 09/19/2315:46
100
0.10
0.041
mg/L
09/08/2312:21
1
Is
2.5
2.5
mg/L
09/13/23 08:48
1
2.0
2.0
mg/L
09/08/2315:11
1
0.25
0.25
mg/L
09/20/23 09:56
1
RL
MDL
Unit
D Prepared Analyzed
oil Fac
1.0
1.0
MPN/100mL
09/07/2316:22
1
Page 7 of 21
Eurofins Raleigh
9/20/2023

QC Sample Results
Client: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc. (AWT)
Job ID: 752-11314-1
Project/Site: Constantine
Method: 350.1 - Nitrogen, Ammonia
Lab Sample ID: MB 752-4451/10
Client Sample ID: Method Blank
Matrix: Water
Prep Type: Total/NA
Analysis Batch: 4451
MB MB
Analyte Result Qualifier
RL MDL Unit
D Prepared Analyzed Dil Fac
Ammonia <0.020
0.050 0.020 mg/L
09/11/2310:20 1
Lab Sample ID: MB 752-4451/40
Client Sample ID: Method Blank
Matrix: Water
Prep Type: Total/NA
Analysis Batch: 4451
MB MB
Analyte Result Qualifier
RL MDL Unit
D Prepared Analyzed Dil Fac
Ammonia <0.020
0.050 0.020 mg/L
09/11/2311:11 1
Method: 351.2 - Nitrogen, Total Kjeldahl
Lab Sample ID: MB 680-797495/13-A
Client Sample ID: Method Blank
Matrix: Water
Prep Type: Total/NA
Analysis Batch: 797759
Prep Batch: 797495
MB MB
Analyte Result Qualifier
RL MDL Unit
D Prepared Analyzed Dil Fac
Nitrogen, Kjeldahl <0.10
0.20 0.10 mg/L
09/12/23 10:14 09/13/23 12:04 1
Lab Sample ID: LCS 680-797495/14-A
Client Sample ID: Lab Control Sample
Matrix: Water
Prep Type: Total/NA
Analysis Batch: 797759
Prep Batch: 797495
Spike LCS LCS
%Rec
Analyte
Added Result Qualifier
Unit D %Rec Limits
Nitrogen, Kjeldahl
2.00 2.11
mg/L 106 75 _ 125
Lab Sample ID: LCSD 680-797495/25-A
Client Sample ID: Lab Control Sample Dup
Matrix: Water
Prep Type: Total/NA
Analysis Batch: 797759
Prep Batch: 797495
Spike LCSD LCSD
%Rec RPD
Analyte
Added Result Qualifier
Unit D %Rec Limits RPD Limit
Nitrogen, Kjeldahl
2.00 2.05
mg/L 103 75 _ 125 3 40
Lab Sample ID: 680-240042-G-1-B MS
Client Sample ID: Matrix Spike
Matrix: Water
Prep Type: Total/NA
Analysis Batch: 797759
Prep Batch: 797495
Sample Sample
Spike MS MS
%Rec
Analyte Result Qualifier
Added Result Qualifier
Unit D %Rec Limits
Nitrogen, Kjeldahl 0.44
2.00 2.39
mg/L 98 75 _ 125
Lab Sample ID: 680-240042-G-1-C MSD
Client Sample ID: Matrix Spike Duplicate
Matrix: Water
Prep Type: Total/NA
Analysis Batch: 797759
Prep Batch: 797495
Sample Sample
Spike MSD MSD
%Rec RPD
Analyte Result Qualifier
Added Result Qualifier
Unit D %Rec Limits RPD Limit
Nitrogen, Kjeldahl 0.44
2.00 2.51
mg/L 104 75 _ 125 5 40
Page 8 of 21
Eurofins Raleigh
9/20/2023

QC Sample Results
Client: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc. (AWT)
Project/Site: Constantine
Method: 353.2 - Nitrogen, Nitrate -Nitrite (Continued)
Lab Sample ID: LCS 752-4378/64
Matrix: Water
Analysis Batch: 4378
Spike
Analyte
Added
Nitrate Nitrite as N
1.25
Lab Sample ID: LCSD 752-4378/80
Matrix: Water
Analysis Batch: 4378
Spike
Analyte
Added
Nitrate Nitrite as N
1.25
Lab Sample ID: 752-11299-C-1 MS
Matrix: Water
Analysis Batch: 4378
Sample
Sample
Spike
Analyte
Result
Qualifier
Added
Nitrate Nitrite as N
0.11
F1
0.521
Lab Sample ID: 752-11299-C-1 MSD
Matrix: Water
Analysis Batch: 4378
Sample
Sample
Spike
Analyte
Result
Qualifier
Added
Nitrate Nitrite as N
0.11
F1
0.521
Lab Sample ID: 752-11230-B-1 DU
Matrix: Water
Analysis Batch: 4378
Sample
Sample
Analyte
Result
Qualifier
Nitrate Nitrite as N
1.8
Method: SM 2540D - Solids, Total Suspended (TSS)
Job ID: 752-11314-1
Client Sample ID: Lab Control Sample
Prep Type: Total/NA
LCS
LCS
%Rec
Result
Qualifier
Unit
D %Rec Limits
1.29
mg/L
103 90 _ 110
Client Sample ID: Lab Control Sample Dup
Prep Type: Total/NA
LCSD
LCSD
%Rec RPD
Result
Qualifier
Unit
D %Rec Limits RPD Limit
1.34
mg/L
107 90 _ 110 10 10
Client Sample ID: Matrix Spike
Prep Type: Total/NA
MS
MS
%Rec
Result
Qualifier
Unit
D %Rec Limits
0.116
F1
mg/L
2 90 _ 110
Client Sample ID: Matrix Spike Duplicate
Prep Type: Total/NA
MSD
MSD
%Rec RPD
Result
Qualifier
Unit
D %Rec Limits RPD Limit
0.114
F1
mg/L
1 90 _ 110 2 10
Client Sample ID: Duplicate
Prep Type: Total/NA
DU
DU
RPD
Result
Qualifier
Unit
D RPD Limit
1.80
mg/L
2 10
Lab Sample ID: MB 752-4429/1 Client Sample ID: Method Blank
Matrix: Water Prep Type: Total/NA
Analysis Batch: 4429
MB MB
Analyte Result Qualifier RL MDL Unit D Prepared Analyzed Dil Fac
Total Suspended Solids <2.5 2.5 2.5 mg/L 09/13/23 08:48 1
Lab Sample ID: LCS 752-4429/2 Client Sample ID: Lab Control Sample
Matrix: Water Prep Type: Total/NA
Analysis Batch: 4429
Spike LCS LCS %Rec
Analyte Added Result Qualifier Unit D %Rec Limits
Total Suspended Solids 100 98.0 mg/L 98 80 _ 120
Page 10 of 21
Eurofins Raleigh
9/20/2023

QC Association Summary
Client: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc. (AWT)
Project/Site: Constantine
General Chemistry
Analysis Batch: 4378
Job ID: 752-11314-1
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
Prep Type
Matrix
Method Prep Batch
752-11314-1
Influent
Total/NA
Water
353.2
752-11314-2
Effluent
Total/NA
Water
353.2
MB 752-4378/46
Method Blank
Total/NA
Water
353.2
MB 752-4378/63
- - - - - - -
Method Blank
- - -
Total/NA
Water
353.2
LCS 752-4378/47
Lab Control Sample
Total/NA
Water
353.2
LCS 752-4378/64
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lab Control Sample
Total/NA
Water
353.2
LCSD 752-4378/80
Lab Control Sample Dup
Total/NA
Water
353.2
752-11299-C-1 MS
Matrix Spike
Total/NA
Water
353.2
752-11299-C-1 MSD
Matrix Spike Duplicate
Total/NA
Water
353.2
752-11230-B-1 DU
Duplicate
Total/NA
Water
353.2
Analysis Batch: 4429
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
Prep Type
Matrix
Method
752-11314-2
Effluent
Total/NA
Water
SM 2540D
MB 752-4429/1
Method Blank
Total/NA
Water
SM 2540D
LCS 752-4429/2
Lab Control Sample
Total/NA
Water
SM 2540D
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
752-11308-B-1 DU
Duplicate
Total/NA
Water
SM 2540D
Analysis Batch: 4430
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
Prep Type
Matrix
Method
752-11314-1
Influent
Total/NA
Water
SM 5210B
752-11314-2
Effluent
Total/NA
Water
SM 5210B
SCB 752-4430/2
Method Blank
Total/NA
Water
SM 5210B
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
USB 752-4430/1
Method Blank
Total/NA
Water
SM 5210B
LCS 752-4430/3
Lab Control Sample
Total/NA
Water
SM 5210B
752-11274-A-1 DU
Duplicate
Total/NA
Water
SM 5210B
Analysis Batch: 4451
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
Prep Type
Matrix
Method
752-11314-2
Effluent
Total/NA
Water
350.1
MB 752-4451/10
Method Blank
Total/NA
Water
350.1
MB 752-4451/40
Method Blank
Total/NA
Water
350.1
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LCS 752-4451/11
Lab Control Sample
Total/NA
Water
350.1
LCS 752-4451/41
Lab Control Sample
Total/NA
Water
350.1
752-11275-C-1 MS
Matrix Spike
Total/NA
Water
350.1
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
752-11275-C-1 MSD
Matrix Spike Duplicate
Total/NA
Water
350.1
752-11349-C-1 MS
Matrix Spike
Total/NA
Water
350.1
752-11349-C-1 MSD
Matrix Spike Duplicate
Total/NA
Water
350.1
Analysis Batch: 797299
Prep Batch
Prep Batch
Prep Batch
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
Prep Type
Matrix
Method Prep Batch
752-11314-1
Influent
Total/NA
Water
Total Nitrogen
752-11314-2
Effluent
Total/NA
Water
Total Nitrogen
Prep Batch: 797495
Lab Sample ID
Client Sample ID
Prep Type
Matrix
Method Prep Batch
752-11314-1
Influent
Total/NA
Water
Digestion
MB 680-797495/13-A
Method Blank
Total/NA
Water
Digestion
LCS 680-797495/14-A
Lab Control Sample
Total/NA
Water
Digestion
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LCSD 680-797495/25-A
Lab Control Sample Dup
Total/NA
Water
Digestion
680-240042-G-1-B MS
Matrix Spike
Total/NA
Water
Digestion
Eurofins Raleigh
Page 12 of 21 9/20/2023

Lab Chronicle
Client: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc. (AWT)
Job ID: 752-11314-1
Project/Site: Constantine
Client Sample ID: Influent
Lab Sample ID: 752-11314-1
Date Collected: 09/07/23 09:30
Matrix: Water
Date Received: 09/07/23 15:30
Batch
Batch
Dilution
Batch
Prepared
Prep Type Type
Method
Run Factor
Number
Analyst
Lab
or Analyzed
Total/NA Prep
Digestion
797495
SM
EET SAV
09/12/23 10:14
Total/NA Analysis
351.2
50
797759
AS
EET SAV
09/13/23 12:55
Total/NA Analysis
353.2
1
4378
ME
EET ESC
09/08/23 12:20
Total/NA Analysis
SM 5210B
1
4430
JC
EET ESC
09/08/23 15:06
Total/NA Analysis
Total Nitrogen
1
797299
TJW
EET SAV
09/14/23 08:58
Client Sample ID: Effluent
Lab Sample ID: 752-11314-2
Date Collected: 09/07/23 09:25
Matrix: Water
Date Received: 09/07/23 15:30
Batch
Batch
Dilution
Batch
Prepared
Prep Type
Type
Method
Run Factor
Number
Analyst
Lab
or Analyzed
Total/NA
Analysis
350.1
51.43
4451
ME
EET ESC
09/11/23 12:00
Total/NA
Prep
Digestion
798407
SM
EET SAV
09/18/23 11:04
Total/NA
Analysis
351.2
100
798715
AS
EET SAV
09/19/23 15:46
Total/NA
Analysis
353.2
1
4378
ME
EET ESC
09/08/23 12:21
Total/NA
Analysis
SM 2540D
1
4429
MDF
EET ESC
09/13/23 08:48
Total/NA
Analysis
SM 5210B
1
4430
JC
EET ESC
09/08/23 15:11
Total/NA
Analysis
Total Nitrogen
1
797299
TJW
EET SAV
09/20/23 09:56
Total/NA
Analysis
Coliform
1
4364
ME
EET ESC
09/07/23 16:22 - 09/08/23 11:03'
This procedure uses a method stipulated length of time for the process. Both start and end times are displayed
Laboratory References:
EET ESC = Eurofins Raleigh, 102-A Woodwinds Industrial Court, Cary, NC 27511, TEL [phone]
EET SAV = Eurofins Savannah, 5102 LaRoche Avenue, Savannah, GA 31404, TEL [phone]
12
13
74
Page 14 of 21
Eurofins Raleigh
9/20/2023

Method Summary
Client: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc. (AWT)
Job ID: 752-11314-1
Project/Site: Constantine
Method Method Description
Protocol
Laboratory
350.1 Nitrogen, Ammonia
EPA
EET ESC
351.2 Nitrogen, Total Kjeldahl
EPA
EET SAV
353.2 Nitrogen, Nitrate -Nitrite
EPA
EET ESC
SM 2540D Solids, Total Suspended (TSS)
SM
EET ESC
SM 5210B BOD, 5-Day
SM
EET ESC
Total Nitrogen Nitrogen, Total
EPA
EET SAV
Coliform Coliforms, Fecal
IDEXX
EET ESC
Digestion Digestion, Hot Block
EPA
EET SAV
Protocol References:
EPA = US Environmental Protection Agency
IDEXX = IDEXX Laboratories
SM = "Standard Methods For The Examination Of Water And Wastewater"
Laboratory References:
EET ESC = Eurofins Raleigh, 102-A Woodwinds Industrial Court, Cary, NC 27511, TEL [phone]
EET SAV = Eurofins Savannah, 5102 LaRoche Avenue, Savannah, GA 31404, TEL [phone]
11
12
13
74
Eurofins Raleigh
Page 16 of 21 9/20/2023

A
ip
p
m
O
(�
C]
.:tn
Zp?
nvj.m
E
2v
ZN
ng
�0
x
cn
��
yn
c-.n�
.
a
o
K.
a
w
a
w
3
0m
s
m�
z
7
tp�
m W
y
m
x
?
.'
7
m
i
i
C
E-
ro
5
S.
m
a
z tr;
O
A
a
V
[n
�
N `�
o
Cr'
.7
.a.
.a..
.�.
m
N
N
a
CD
4
�O
3 -
m
p N
m
�
m
3 i
Z
m
m
ate+
a
m
m
p>
rz
Q
.7
.':.
0
O
(n
to
n
O
3
D
c7i
w
o
_
3 t'
Zp
o
w
�
Q
S
�
�
m
z
m
to
�
x
a
0
w
j
0
0
a
0
a
1n
(n
N
�! 'O
N a
p
-0O
c Oto
a
Y
?F
OR
y
n
m�
C
a
a
c
4
T13
o.
m
A
n
�
p�
a
° 0,� s,
a���
zQ
o
�3
0
a
0
a
o
3
i
�j
!eldFlltared8ampla:(YesorCo}CLmco
7
X
X
351.2 TKN, N€lrcgen,Total
Q
m
a
SM4500NH3 G Amman€a
X
N—,
€DEXX_COIQT_24H CogForm, Fecal
o
.
X
X
°'
757.2 Nitrate Nitd€e es N
p
0
N
o
X
X
'
SM5210B Calc Blochemlcal Oxygen Demand
n
p
ID
c
t
N•
X',
26400 Tola1 Suspended Solids
i
�
5 -
M
.Zl
tD
O H
t
y
m 4r
�
y
�
r
_ -
...
�T ��c�•tttmopwa
-0-0c`tno
ao98adZazn
�
��Eao�➢�'0
#@°inz
o
�i
1
�
O
y
a
A
i
N{ACU�ApvOz
C M
a
o
o
Fl
FlZZ
O
Zg
(ONl! N N N Z W
Zm
O
-0-Hu
I N
s
�
A
C7
r al N
0 O -41
?� 0
o.
ch
0 CL
N
v
o
� z
h
0
c
to
O
CL
(D
0
O
9
Q
e: f
Page 18 of 21 9/20/2023

Client: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc. (AWT)
Login Number: 11314
List Number: 1
Creator: Hyatt, Samantha
Question
Login Sample Receipt Checklist
Answer
Radioactivity wasn't checked or is </= background as measured by a survey
True
meter.
The cooler's custody seal, if present, is intact.
True
Sample custody seals, if present, are intact.
True
The cooler or samples do not appear to have been compromised or
True
tampered with.
Samples were received on ice.
True
Cooler Temperature is acceptable.
True
Cooler Temperature is recorded.
True
COC is present.
True
COC is filled out in ink and legible.
True
COC is filled out with all pertinent information.
True
Is the Field Sampler's name present on COC?
True
There are no discrepancies between the containers received and the COC.
True
Samples are received within Holding Time (excluding tests with immediate
True
HTs)
Sample containers have legible labels.
True
Containers are not broken or leaking.
True
Sample collection date/times are provided.
True
Appropriate sample containers are used.
True
Sample bottles are completely filled.
True
Sample Preservation Verified.
True
There is sufficient vol. for all requested analyses, incl. any requested
True
MS/MSDs
Containers requiring zero headspace have no headspace or bubble is
True
<6mm (1/4").
Multiphasic samples are not present.
True
Samples do not require splitting or compositing.
True
Residual Chlorine Checked.
True
Comment
Job Number: 752-11314-1
List Source: Eurofins Raleigh
[L4
Eurofins Raleigh
Page 20 of 21 9/20/2023

Client: Agri -Waste Technology, Inc. (AWT)
Login Number: 11314
List Number: 2
Creator: Harley, Tynisha
Question
Login Sample Receipt Checklist
Answer
Radioactivity wasn't checked or is </= background as measured by a survey
N/A
meter.
The cooler's custody seal, if present, is intact.
True
Sample custody seals, if present, are intact.
True
The cooler or samples do not appear to have been compromised or
True
tampered with.
Samples were received on ice.
True
Cooler Temperature is acceptable.
True
Cooler Temperature is recorded.
True
COC is present.
True
COC is filled out in ink and legible.
True
COC is filled out with all pertinent information.
True
Is the Field Sampler's name present on COC?
True
There are no discrepancies between the containers received and the COC.
True
Samples are received within Holding Time (excluding tests with immediate
True
HTs)
Sample containers have legible labels.
True
Containers are not broken or leaking.
True
Sample collection date/times are provided.
True
Appropriate sample containers are used.
True
Sample bottles are completely filled.
True
Sample Preservation Verified.
N/A
There is sufficient vol. for all requested analyses, incl. any requested
True
MS/MSDs
Containers requiring zero headspace have no headspace or bubble is
N/A
<6mm (1/4").
Multiphasic samples are not present.
True
Samples do not require splitting or compositing.
True
Residual Chlorine Checked.
N/A
Comment
Job Number: 752-11314-1
List Source: Eurofins Savannah
List Creation: 09/08/23 01:04 PM
[L4
Eurofins Raleigh
Page 21 of 21 9/20/2023